Home

ParaView User's Guide (v3.10)

1. VTK natively support Berger Oliger type AMR Adaptive Mesh Refinement datasets An AMR dataset is essentially a collection of uniform rectilinear grids grouped under increasing refinement ratios decreasing spacing VTK s AMR dataset does not force any constraint on if and how these grids should overlap However it provides support for masking blanking sub regions of the rectilinear grids using an array of bytes This allows VTK to process overlapping grids with minimal artifacts VTK can automatically generate the masking arrays for Berger Oliger compliant meshes VTK Data Model 15 Unstructured Grid An unstructured grid is most general primitive dataset type It stores topology and point coordinates explicitly Even though VTK uses a memory efficient data structure to store the topology unstructured grid uses significantly more memory to represent its mesh Therefore use an unstructured grid only when you cannot represent your dataset as one of the above datasets VTK supports a large number of cell types all of which can exist heterogeneously within one unstructured grid The full list of all cell types supported by VTK can be found in the file vtkCellType h in the VTK source code Here is the list as of when this document was written e VTK_EMPTY_CELL e VTK_VERTEX e VTK_POLY_VERTEX e VTK_LINE e VTK_ POLY_LINE e VTK_TRIANGLE e VTK_TRIANGLE_ STRIP e VTK_ POLYGON e VTK_PIXEL
2. Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 260 VisItPixieReader Reads 2D and 3D simulation data saved in Pixie HDF5 format Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is h5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be
3. Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written The selected dataset must be one of the Input to the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkStructuredGrid Write all timesteps as When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted file series executed once for each timestep available from the reader WriteAllTimeSteps Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following CompressorType appended mode only None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii DataMode appended binary 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected XMLUnstructuredGrid Writer Writer to write unstructured grid in a xml based vtk data file Cannot be used for parallel writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written The selected dataset must
4. File name blow0 vtk blow2 vtk blow4 vtk blow9 vtk CL x Files of type Supported Files ncdf nc pop ncdf pop nc wind vpc partides v State Files Another option is to load a previously saved state file File menu Load State This will return ParaView to its state at the time the file was saved by loading data files applying filters Advanced Data Loading If you commonly load the same data into ParaView each time you can streamline the process by launching ParaView with the data command line argument data data_file You can also launch ParaView Object Inspector Note that opening a file is a two step process so that you do not see any data after opening a data file Instead you see that the object inspector is populated with several options about how we want to read the data Data Ingestion Cell Po nt Array Status pointCScalars pointCVectors_i pointCVectors_r pointScalars pointTensors pointVectors Once you have enabled all the options on the data that you are interested in click the Apply button to finish loading the data For a more detailed explanation of the object inspector read the Properties Section References 1 http www paraview org Wiki ParaView Plugin_HowTo Adding_a_Reader Understanding Data VTK Data Model Introduction To use ParaView effectively you need to understand the ParaView data model Here we
5. Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Slice Type This property sets the type of intersecting The value must be set to one of the following Plane Box Sphere CutFunction geometry and associated parameters Input This input must contian fragment geometry The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkMultiBlockDataSet Source This input must contian fragment centers The selected object must be the result of the following sources Source includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkMultiBlockDataSet List of Filters 323 Iso Volume This filter extracts cells by clipping cells that have point scalars not in the specified range This filter clip away the cells using lower and upper thresholds Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Threshold The selected object must be the result of the Input filter following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Input Scalars The value of this property contains the name of the An array o
6. Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Octree The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Depth Scalars filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkHyperOctree Outline This filter generates a bounding box representation of the input The Outline filter generates an axis aligned bounding box for the input dataset This filter operates on any type of dataset and produces polygonal output Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Input Input This property specifies the input to the Outline filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Outline Corners This filter generates a bounding box representation of the input It only displays the corners of the bounding box The Outline Corners filter generates the corners of a bounding box for the input dataset This filter operates on any type of dataset and produces polygonal output List of Filters 334 CornerFactor edge percentage of the length of the corresponding bounding box Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Corner Factor The value of this property
7. Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 252 VisItNetCDFCCSM_MTSDReader Reads CCSM climate data files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loa
8. List of Readers 236 VisItANALYZEReader Format that stores fMRI data of brain scans Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are img and hdr Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItANSYSReader ASCII file format used for input to the ANSYS suite Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is inp Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the
9. Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Maximum Number of The value of this property specifies the limit on computational iterations i e 100 The value must be Iterations the maximum number of iterations to perform to determine if the value will go greater than or equal MaximumNumberOflterations above 2 Values less than 2 0 after the specified number of iterations are to 1 and less than or considered in the fractal set equal to 5000 Origin CX The four values of this property indicate in order the components of C real 1 75 OriginCX and imaginary and the components of the initial value X real and imaginary 1 25 0 0 Projection Axes The three values in this property allow you to specify the projection from the 012 ProjectionAxes 4D space used by the Mandelbrot set to the axes of the 3D volume By default the real component of C represented by 0 is mapped to the X axis the imaginary component of C represented by 1 is mapped to the Y axis and the real component of X the initial value represented by 2 is mapped to the Z axis The imaginary component of X is represented by 3 All values entered must be between 0 and 3 inclusive Size CX The four values of this property indicate the length of the output in each of the 2 5 2 5 2 SizeCX four dimensions the real and imaginary components of C and the real and 1 5 imaginary components of X The three dimensions specified in the Projec
10. If you select Vary Vertically First the values will be 0 6 66 3 33 10 If you select Vary Only Horizontally the value will be 0 10 0 10 If you select Vary Only Vertically the value will be 0 0 10 10 The last two options may sound useless Why have multiple cells with the same values However if you consider that more than one parameter can be varied in a Comparative View you will realize how useful they are For example you can change parameter A horizontally while varying parameter B vertically to create a traditional spreadsheet of views Comparative Views 117 Performance Computational ParaView will run the pipeline connected to all visible pipeline objects for each cell serially Therefore the time to create a Comparative Visualization of N cells should be on the order of N times the time to create the visualization of 1 cell Memory ParaView will only store what is needed to display the results for each cell except the last one The last cell will contain the representation as well as the full dataset same as any single view For example when using the surface representation the total memory used will be the total of memory used by the geometry in each cell plus the memory used by the dataset of the last cell 118 Remote and Parallel Large Data Visualization Parallel ParaView Parallel Para View One of
11. List of Readers Edge Set Result Array Status EdgeSetResultArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the edges across all edge blocks in a file as sets in their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per edge This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the EdgeSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to The list of array names is provided by the reader appear Edge Variables Use this property to select which variables defined over edges should be loaded The list of array EdgeVariables Edges are oriented boundaries of one or more higher dimensional cells also names is present in the mesh Edge variables specify a single value per entry in some edge provided by the block reader Element Blocks Use this property to select which blocks of elements cells should be loaded All ElementBlocks elements cells in the same block will have the same interpolant tetrahedral triangular trilinear hexahedral etc and have the same variables defined over them Element Map Array Status ElementMapArrayStatus Specify which maps defined over elements cells in the mesh should be loaded An element map is a renumbering of all the elements across all the element blocks of a file from their offset in the file to some arbitrary integers
12. VisItBOV Reader BOV Brick of Values generates a rectilinear grid of values Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is bov Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 238 VisItCEAucdReader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions ucd and inp Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This
13. Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes Input Level Scalars filter readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet List of Filters 325 Linear Extrusion This filter creates a swept surface defined by translating the input along a vector The Linear Extrusion filter creates a swept surface by translating the input dataset along a specified vector This filter is intended to operate on 2D polygonal data This filter operates on polygonal data and produces polygonal data output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Capping The value of this property indicates whether to cap the ends of the swept surface Capping 1 Only the values 0 and 1 Capping works by placing a copy of the input dataset on either end of the swept surface so it are accepted behaves properly if the input is a 2D surface composed of filled polygons If the input dataset is a closed solid e g a sphere then if capping is on i e this property is set to 1 two copies of the data set will be displayed on output the second translated from the first one along the specified vector If instead capping is off i e this property is set to 0 then an input closed solid will produce no output
14. Python Scripting 152 Apply the elevation filter so that we have a useful scalar array gt gt gt elev Elevation s We will use the MinMax algorithm to compute the minimum value of elevation MinMax will be first applied on each processor The results will then be gathered to the first node MinMax will be then applied to the gathered results We first create MinMax without an input gt gt gt mm MinMax None Set it to compute min gt gt gt mm Operation MIN Get the minimum gt gt gt mindata servermanager Fetch elev mm mm applying operation The result is a vtkPolyData with one point gt gt gt mindata GetPointData GetNumberOfArrays 2 gt gt gt a0 mindata GetPointData GetArray 1 gt gt gt ad GetName Elevation gt gt gt a0 GetTuplel 0 0 0 Representations and Views Once a pipeline is created it can be rendered using representations and views A view is essentially a window in which multiple representations can be displayed When the view is a VTK view such as RenderView this corresponds to a collection of objects including vtkRenderers and a vtkRenderWindow However there is no requirement for a view to be a VTK view or to render anything A representation is a collection of objects usually a pipeline that takes a data object converts it to something that can be rendered and renders it When the view is a VTK view
15. Callback to populate the request for current timestep timestep datadescription GetTimeStep input_name input o if timestep 0 datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name AllFieldsoOn datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name GenerateMeshoOn else datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name AllFieldsOff datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name GenerateMeshOff def DoCoProcessing datadescription Callback to do co processing for current timestep global cp_writers cp_writers timestep datadescription GetTimeStep filename_O_pvtp CreateProducer datadescription input Clip2 Clip guiName Clip2 InsideOut 0 UseValueAsOffset 0 Scalars POINTS Cihip2 Cp iy pcr Clip2 ClipType Clo CLIS Elevation Value 0 0 ClipType Plane Normal 0207 mO OO Ocigam i J990 05930320 Oo O 0 Ope Scie 0 0 ParallelUnstructuredGridWriter2 CreateWriter XMLPUnstructuredGridWriter Cut_ St pvtu 5 for writer in cp_writers if timestep writer o writer cpFrequency 0 str timestep writer FileName writer cpFileName replace St UpdatePipeline C CoProcessing example 183 explicitly delete the proxies we do it this way to avoid problems with prototypes tobedeleted GetProxiesToDelete while len tobedeleted gt 0 Del
16. To create online documentation type the following Note that ParaVeiw build does not create this documentation by default make HTMLDocumentation Install Para View Using Visual Studio CMake will now create Visual Studio project files Before you open Visual Studio be sure that the Qt dlls are in your path You should now be able to open the ParaView project or workspace file Make sure to select the appropriate build type Debug Release To build ParaView simply build the ALL_BUILD target The ParaView build does not create the online documentation by default Select the HTMLDocumentation target right click and select Build E ALL_BUILD Microsoft Visual C design Start Page Ele Edt vew Broject Buld Debug Toos window Help h cae gt S3 Es Hex Bl Za Solution Explorer ALL_BUILD ax sB p Debug it Start Page 4 ALL_BUILD a CommonCxxTests EA CommonkWCommonPrintSelf G Continuous A Distributeddata ID EA experimental Projects Online Resources Open an Existing Project gp sinteractiveRender My Profile GA FiteringCxxTests Name GA GenericCommunicator Bpa ZA GenericFiteringCxxTests oven GA GraphicsCuxtests ParaView a HSdetect Ga icet ml icet mpi e EA icet_strategies GA ImagingCxxTests s a INSTALL m Ba a lt gt sobs 23 class v B na Output TK_LOADED_COMMANDS New Project Open Project 10 14 2005
17. Scripted Control Interpreted ParaView The ParaView client provides an easy to use GUI in which to visualize data with the standard window menu button controls Driving ParaView with a mouse is intuitive but not easily reproducible and exact as is required for repetitive analysis and scientific result reproducibility For this type of work it is much better to use ParaView s scripted interface This is an an alternative control path that works alongside of or as a replacement for the GUI ParaView s native scripted interface uses the Python programming language The interface allows one to programatically control ParaView s back end data processing and rendering engines Note that this level of control is distinct from the Python Programmable Filter discussed in the Quantitative Analysis Chapter That is a white box filter that runs in parallel within the server and has direct access to each individual element of the data Here we are discussing client side python control where you control the entire pipeline which may or may not include Python Programmable Filters In this chapter we discuss first ParaView s python scripted interface which follows the same idioms as and thus be operated similarly to the way one works in the GUI Next we discuss the ParaView s python tools which make it even easier to use ParaView python scripts including the ability to record script files from GUI actions and to augment the GUI with them Lastly we
18. This property specifies the file name for the Phasta reader Restarted Sim Exodus Reader Read collections of Exodus output files from simulations that were restarted When a simulation that outputs exodus files is restarted typically you get a new set of output files When you read them in your visualization you often want to string these file sets together as if it was one continuous dump of files This reader allows you to specify a metadata file that will implicitly string the files together DisplacementMagnitude for no scaling Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name This points to a special metadata file that lists the output files for each restart FileName Use Meta File This hidden property must always be set to 1 for this proxy to work 1 Only the values UseMetaFile 0 and 1 are accepted Animate Vibrations If this flag is on and HasModeShapes is also on then this reader will report a 1 Only the values Animate Vibrations continuous time range 0 1 and animate the displacements in a periodic sinusoid 0 and 1 are If this flag is off and HasModeShapes is on this reader ignores time This flag has accepted no effect if HasModeShapes is off Apply Displacements Geometric locations can include displacements When this option is on the nodal 1 Only the values ApplyDisplacements positions are displaced by the standard exodus displacement vector If 0 and 1 are
19. ln jo ae Displays available command line arguments machines opt M Specify the network configurations file for the render server reverse connection SPE Hava ch seryar Commagere CO Che Chilen Servo rs POOLNE OPE sp opt What port should the combined server use to Connec CEOE NCRC Ine tile dimensions x opt tdx opt Size of tile display in the number of displays in each row of the display tile dimensions y opt tdy opt Size of tile display in the number of displays in each column of the display tile mullion x opt tmx opt Size of the gap between columns in the tile display in Pixels tile mullion y opt tmy opt Size of the gap between rows in the tile display in Pixels timeout opt Time in minutes since connecting with a client after which the server may timeout The client typically shows warning messages before the server times out Command Line Arguments 200 use offscreen rendering Render offscreen on the satellite processes This option only works with software rendering or mangled mesa on Unix version V Give the version number and exit Application Settings Application Settings Application wide settings are saved in between sessions so that every time you start ParaView on the same machine you get the same behaviors The settings are stored in an XML file that resides at APPDAT
20. Reflect This filter takes the union of the input and its reflection over an axis aligned plane The Reflect filter reflects the input dataset across the specified plane This filter operates on any type of data set and produces an unstructured grid output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Center If the value of the Plane property is X Y or Z then the value of this property 0 Center specifies the center of the reflection plane Copy If this property is set to 1 the output will contain the union of the input dataset 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Input and its reflection Otherwise the output will contain only the reflection of the CopyInput input data Input This property specifies the input to the Reflect filter The selected object must be the result Input of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet List of Filters 346 Plane The value of this property determines which plane to reflect across If the value 0 The value must be one of the Plane is X Y or Z the value of the Center property determines where the plane is following X Min 0 Y Min 1 Z placed along the specified axis The other six options X Min X Max etc place Min 2 X Max 3 Y Max 4 Z the reflection plane at the specified face of the bounding box of the input
21. XmdvTool is a public domain software package for the interactive visual exploration of multivariate data sets Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is okc Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader Wavefront OBJ Reader Read Wavefront OBJ files to produce polygonal and line data The OBJ reader reads data stored in Wavefront OBJ format The expected file extension is obj the datasets resulting from reading these files are polygons and lines Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the OBJ reader List of Readers 271
22. tmx opt tile mullion y opt tmy opt use offscreen rendering version SU pvserver help sden Anaglyph Checkerboard Give the version number and exit Tell the data render server the host name of the client use with rc Set the ID of the server and client to make sure they match ClientServerStream log file Displays available command line arguments Specify the network configurations file for the render server What Have Size Size Size Size port should the render server use to connect to the client default 22221 the server connect of tile display in of tile display in of the gap between of the gap between Render offscreen on the Give the version number tothe Client the number of displays in each row of the display the number of displays in each column of the display columns in the tile display in Pixels rows in the tile display in Pixels satellite processes This option only works with software rendering or mangled mesa on Unix and exit Command Line Arguments 199 client host opt C la Oj ove Heli the Cleicei render SSinySie rhe NOSE meme or ehe clier Use wirta r connect id o0opt Set the ID of the server and client to make sure they match cslog opt ClientServerStream log file disable composite k Use this option when rendering resources are not available on the server
23. Interpolator Type This property determines which interpolator to use for evaluating the 0 The value must be one of the InterpolatorType velocity vector field The first is faster though the second is more following Interpolator with Point robust in locating cells during streamline integration Locator 0 Interpolator with Cell Locator 1 Maximum Error This property specifies the maximum error for Runge Kutta 4 5 le 06 MaximumError tolerated throughout streamline integration The Runge Kutta 4 5 integrator tries to adjust the step size such that the estimated error is less than this threshold Maximum Step Length When using the Runge Kutta 4 5 ingrator this property specifies the 0 5 MaximumIntegrationStep maximum integration step size Maximum Steps This property specifies the maximum number of steps beyond which 2000 MaximumNumberOfSteps streamline integration is terminated Maximum Streamline This property specifies the maximum streamline length i e physical 1 The value must be less than the Length arc length beyond which line integration is terminated largest dimension of the dataset MaximumPropagation multiplied by a scale factor of 1 Minimum Step Length When using the Runge Kutta 4 5 ingrator this property specifies the 0 01 Vectors SelectInputVectors This property contains the name of the vector array from which to generate streamlines An array of vectors is required L
24. iter Begin cOlosclolleicec while not iter IsAtEnd if iter GetGroup find prototypes 1 iter Next continue proxy servermanager _getPyProxy iter GetProxy proxygroup iter GetGroup iter Next if proxygroup timekeeper and proxy None and proxygroup find pq_helper_proxies 1 tobedeleted append proxy return tobedeleted def CreateProducer datadescription gridname Creates a producer proxy for the grid if not datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName gridname raise RuntimeError Simulation input name s does not exist gridname grid datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName gridname GetGrid producer TrivialProducer producer GetClientSideObject SetOutput grid producer UpdatePipeline return producer def CreateWriter proxy_ctor filename freq global cp_writers writer proxy_ctor writer FileName filenam writer add_attribute cpFrequency freq C CoProcessing example 182 writer add_attribute cpFileName filename cp_writers append writer return writer This second script is still rather simple and only performs a cut on the input from the simulation code It demonstrates though how desired results can be obtained while performing coprocessing at specified time steps try paraview simple except from paraview simple import cp_writers def RequestDataDescription datadescription
25. moves Tick Location draws the tick marks inward toward the center of the object outward away from the center or in both directions simultaneously Corner Offset puts some space between the actual bounds and the displayed axes which is again useful for minimizing visual clutter Finally you have control over the color of the axes through the Set Axes Color popup color selector QO M Edit Cube Axes Properties X Axis YAxis Z Axis Title X Axis M Show Axis Show Ticks v Show Minor Ticks C Show Grid Lines C Custom Bounds 0 20764 5 90918 i cots Closest Triad Tick Location inside 4 Corner Offset 0 00 z O Set Axes Color p Ok Cancel Figure 10 Edit Cube Axes Dialog References 1 http paraview org Wiki ParaView Displaying_Data 105 Animation Animation View In ParaView you can create animations by recording a series of keyframes At each keyframe you set values for the properties of the readers sources and filters that make up the visualization pipeline as well as the position and orientation of the camera Once you have chosen the parameters of the animation you can play through the animation When you play the animation you can cache the geometric output of the visualization pipeline in memory When you subsequently replay the animation playback will be much faster because very little computation must be done to generate the images Also the results of the anima
26. return 1 This method is necessary when configuring a reader to operate in parallel This will be further discussed later in this chapter It should be placed in the protected section of the reader class The method should return 1 for success and 0 for failure RequestData This method is invoked by the superclass s ProcessRequest implementation when it receives a REQUEST_DATA request It should read data from the file and store it in the corresponding data object in the output port The output data object will have already been created by the pipeline before this request is made The amount of data to read may be specified by keys in the output port information For example if the reader produces vtkImageData this method might look like this int vtkExampleReader RequestData WISI bor ormec LCI WACICILMIECMEMeNe LOIMNWACIEOIe A vtkInformationVector outVec vtkInformation outInfo outVec gt GetInformationObject 0 vtkImageData outData vtkImageData SafeDownCast out Info gt Get vtkDataObject DATA_OBJECT int extent 6 tC i 0 1 0 i1 s How to write parallel VTK readers 389 outInfo gt Get vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline UPDATE_EXTENT extent outData gt SetExtent extent read data for this extent from the file return 1 The method should be placed in the protected section of the reader class It should return 1 for succ
27. Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the XYZ reader Time Step TimeStep This property specifies the timestep the X YZ reader should load proSTAR STARCD Reader Reads geometry in proSTAR STARCD file format ProStarReader creates an unstructured grid dataset It reads cel vrt files stored in proSTAR STARCD ASCII format Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName Set the file name for the proSTAR STARCD reader Scale Factor ScaleFactor Scaling factor for the points 1 List of Sources 278 List of Sources 2D Glyph Create a 2D glyph e g arrow cross dash etc The 2D Glyph source is used for generating a family of 2D glyphs each of which lies in the x y plane The output of the 2D Glyph source is polygonal data Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Center Set the x y z coordinates of the origin of the 2D glyph 000 Center Filled If the value of this property is 1 the 2D glyph will bea 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Filled filled polygon otherwise only the edges line segments will be included in the output This only applies to closed 2D glyphs Glyph This property specifies the type of the 2D glyph 9 The value must be one of the following Vertex 1 Dash 2 Type Cross 3
28. Feature Edges This filter will extract edges along sharp edges of surfaces or boundaries of surfaces The Feature Edges filter extracts various subsets of edges from the input data set This filter operates on polygonal data and produces polygonal output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Boundary Edges If the value of this property is set to 1 boundary edges will be extracted 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are BoundaryEdges Boundary edges are defined as lines cells or edges that are used by only one accepted polygon Coloring If the value of this property is set to 1 then the extracted edges are assigned 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are Coloring a scalar value based on the type of the edge accepted Feature Angle Ths value of this property is used to define a feature edge If the surface 30 The value must be greater than or FeatureAngle normal between two adjacent triangles is at least as large as this Feature equal to 0 and less than or equal Angle a feature edge exists See the FeatureEdges property to 180 List of Filters 315 Feature Edges If the value of this property is set to 1 feature edges will be extracted Only the values 0 and 1 are FeatureEdges Feature edges are defined as edges that are used by two polygons whose accepted dihedral angle is greater than the feature angle See the FeatureAngle property Toggle whether to extract featur
29. General Arte Layout Layout Use Logarithmic Scale When Available Title H Bottom Axis Letthe Chart Determine the Axis Layout Right Axis Top Axis Specify the Axis Range Specify Each of the Axis Labels e Use Logarithmic Scale When Available check this to use a log scale unless the data contains numbers lt 0 e Let the Chart Determine the Axis Layout pick this radio button to let the chart use the optimal range and spacing for this axis e Specify the Axis Range pick this radio button to specify the axis range explicitly The labels are auto placed within this range e Specify Each of the Axis Labels pick this radio button to specify each label location on axis explicitly Views Representations and Color Mapping Axis Title Page This page allows the user to change the title for the axis One can change the text as well as color and font for the axis title Mi View Settings x General Tith E Left Axis Layout Text Bottom Axis Font Arial 12 bold Right Axis Top Axis ct Display Properties Display Properties for the Line Chart view allow the user to choose what arrays are plotted along which of the axes as well as the appearance for each of the lines such as its color thickness and style Object Inspactor ex Properties Display Information Attribute Mode Point Data X Axis Data Use Array Index From Y Axis Data Use Data Array arc_length z
30. Input Input This property specifies the input to the Plot Edges filter readers filters one of them vtkPolyData The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of Plot Over Line Sample data attributes at the points along a line Probed lines will be displayed in a graph of the attributes The Plot Over Line filter samples the data set attributes of the current data set at the points along a line The values of the point centered variables along that line will be displayed in an XY Plot This filter uses interpolation to determine the values at the selected point whether or not it lies at an input point The Probe filter operates on any type of data and produces polygonal output a line Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the dataset from which to obtain probe values The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet vtkCompositeDataSet Pass Partial Arrays PassPartialArrays When dealing with composite datasets partial arrays are common i e data arrays that are not available in all of the blocks By default this filter
31. Input written to the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkMultiBlockDataSet Write all timesteps as file series WriteAllTimeSteps When WriteAlITimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 executed once for each timestep available from the reader Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary 0 The value must be one of the following None CompressorType data appended mode only 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii DataMode binary appended binary 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData uses base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected XMLPImageDataWriter Writer to write image data in a xml based vtk data file Can be used for parallel writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to The selected dataset must be one of the Input the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData Write all timesteps as When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are acce
32. Set Scale Factor The value of this property will be used as a multiplier for scaling 1 The value must be less than the SetScaleFactor the glyphs before adding them to the output largest dimension of the dataset multiplied by a scale factor of 0 1 The value must lie within the range of the selected data array The value must lie within the range of the selected data array Scale Mode The value of this property specifies how if the glyphs should be 1 The value must be one of the SetScaleMode scaled based on the point centered scalars vectors in the input following scalar 0 vector 1 dataset vector_components 2 off 3 Glyph Type This property determines which type of glyph will be placed at The selected object must be the result Source the points in the input dataset of the following sources includes readers glyph_sources The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Mask Points If the value of this property is set to 1 limit the maximum 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted UseMaskPoints number of glyphs to the value indicated by MaximumNumberOfPoints See the MaximumNumberOfPoints property Gradient This filter computes gradient vectors for an image volume The Gradient filter computes the gradient vector at each point in an image or volume This filter uses central differences to compute the gradients The Gradient filter operates on uniform re
33. The JPEG series reader reads JPEG files The output is a time sequence of uniform rectilinear image volume dataset The default file extension is jpg or jpeg Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Names The list of files to be read by the reader If more than file is specified the reader will switch to file FileNames series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step LSDynaReader Read LS Dyna databases d3plot This reader reads LS Dyna databases List of Readers 219 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Beam Arrays Select which beam arrays to read The list of array names is provided BeamArrayStatus by the reader Deformed Mesh Should the mesh be deformed over time if the Deflection node 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are DeformedMesh array is set to load accepted File Name Set the file name for the LSDyna reader FileName Part Arrays Select which part arrays to read The list of array names is provided PartArrayStatus by the reader Particle Arrays Select which particle arrays to read The list of array names is provided ParticleArrayStatus by the reader Point Arrays Select which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided PointArrayStatus by the reader Remove Deleted Cells Should cells that have been deleted failed s
34. Velocity magnitude 153 Scalar Entropy 170 Scalar Swirl 184 Vector Velocity 200 Vector Vorticity 201 Vector Pressure gradient 210 Has Byte Count This property indicates whether this file uses O Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted HasByteCount Fortran leading trailing byte counts I Blanking This property indicates whether this dataset 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Blanking has visibility information Multi Grid This property indicates whether these files 0 Only the values 0 and are accepted MultiGrid have multiple block information Two Dimensional This property indicates whether the data is 0 Only the values 0 and are accepted Geometry two or three dimensional TwoDimensionalGeometry PLY Reader Read files stored in Stanford University s PLY polygonal file format The PLY reader reads files stored in the PLY polygonal file format developed at Stanford University The PLY files that ParaView can read must have the elements vertex and face defined The vertex elements must have the propertys x y and z The face elements must have the property vertex_indices defined The default file extension for this reader is ply Property Description Default Value s Restrictions List of Readers 226 File Name This property specifies the file name for the PLY reader FileName PNG Series Reader
35. a source with T 5 6 repeated periodicaly will have output time 5 6 7 8 etc Periodic End Correction If Periodic time is enabled this flag determines if the last time step is the same 1 Only the values 0 and PeriodicEndCorrection as the first If PeriodicEndCorrection is true then it is assumed that the input 1 are accepted data goes from 0 1 or whatever scaled shifted actual time and time is the same as time 0 so that steps will be 0 1 2 3 N 1 2 3 N 1 2 3 where step N is the same as 0 and step 0 is not repeated When this flag is false the data is assumed to be literal and output is of the form 0 1 2 3 N 0 1 2 3 By default this flag is ON Post Shift The amount of time the input is shifted 0 PostShift Pre Shift Apply a translation to the data before scaling To convert T 5 100 to T 0 1 0 PreShift use Preshift 5 Scale 1 95 PostShift 0 To convert T 5 105 to T 5 10 use Preshift 5 Scale 5 100 PostShift 5 Scale The factor by which the input time is scaled 1 Scale List of Filters 357 Temporal Snap to Time Step Modifies the time range steps of temporal data This file modifies the time range or time steps of the data without changing the data itself The data is not resampled by this filter only the information accompanying the data is modified Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input of The selected object must be the res
36. dr Launch ParaView in its default state do not load any preferences saved in ParaView s registry file help Display a list of the command line arguments and their descriptions version V Display ParaView s version number and then exit Client Server Options server s Tell the client process where to connect to the server The default is server localhost This command line option is used on the client client host ch Tell the server process es where to connect to the client The default is client host localhost This command line option is used on the server s server port sp Specify the port to use in establishing a connection between the client and the server The default is server port 11111 If used this argument must be specified on both the client and the server command lines and the port numbers must match data server port dsp Specify the port to use in establishing a connection between the client and the data server The default is data server port 11111 If used this argument must be specified on both the client and the data server command lines and the port numbers must match render server port rsp Specify the port to use in establishing a connection between the client and the render server The default is render server port 22221 If used this argument must be specified on both the client and the render server command lines and the port numbers must match reve
37. eel 2 10 0 git clone git paraview org ParaView git ParaView cd ParaView git checkout b trunk origin master git submodule init git submodule update Update git fetch origin git rebase origin master git submodule update How to build compile install 382 Configure ParaView With CMake e Always use a separate build directory Do not build in the source directory On Unix like systems e Use ccmake Curses CMake GUI from the CMake installed location CCMake is a Curses based GUI for CMake To run it go to the build directory and specify as an argument the src directory mkdir SHOME projects ParaView bin cd SHOME projects ParaView bin ccmake SHOME projects ParaView3 utkarsh medea E file Edt view Terminal Tabs Help utkarsh medea BE utkarsh medea x Page 1 of L BUILD_SHARED_L IBS CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX NPI_EKTPA_LIBRARY MPI INCLUDE_PATH NPI_LIBPARY PARAVIEW_BUILD_9T_GUI PARAVIEW_DATA_ROOT PARAVLEW ENABLE PYTHON PARAVIEW_USE_NPT QT_OMAKE EXECUTABLE hone utkarsh Ot Press enter to edit option CMake Version 2 6 patch 0 Press c to configure Press g to generate and exit Press h for help Press q to quit without generating Press t to toggle advanced mode Currently Off About CCMake Curses CMake GUI e Iterative process e Select values run configure c key e Set the settings run configure set the settings run configure etc
38. 10 12 2005 4 18 2005 E output A com dow Task List Ready ParaView can be run directly from the build directory That said for production environments it should be installed in some system location For that purpose simply follow the instructions for Distributing ParaView and the unpack the generated archive at the appropriate install location Distributing ParaView It is possible to create distribution binaries for ParaView using CPack which is included in CMake The packaged binary can be in any of the variable supported generator formats eg DEB debian packages RPM RPM Packages NSIS Null Soft Installer etc Please refer to 18 for a complete list CMake Variables When building ParaView so that it can be distributed in most typical cases ensure that the values for the following CMake variables are set correctly How to build compile install 385 Variable Value Description BUILD_SHARED_LIBS ON Enables shared libraries unless you are sure you want to do static builds CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE Release Unless you want to end up with debug install set this to Release PARAVIEW_USE_MPI OFF Unless you are taking extra steps to ensure that the clients have the required MPI libraries set this to OFF since ParaView does not include rules to package MPI PARAVIEW_ENABLE_PYTHON OFF Unless you are taking extra steps to ensure that clients have the rquired python libraries modu
39. 2 Model a subset of the data creates an output table or Model and assess the same data 3 tables summarizing a randomly chosen subset of the input dataset 3 Assess the data with a model adds attributes to the first input dataset using a model provided on the second input port and 4 Model and assess the same data is really just operations 2 and 3 above applied to the same input dataset The model is first trained using a fraction of the input data and then the entire dataset is assessed using that model When the task includes creating a model i e tasks 2 and 4 you may adjust the fraction of the input dataset used for training You should avoid using a large fraction of the input data for training as you will then not be able to detect overfitting The Training fraction setting will be ignored for tasks 1 and 3 Tolerance Specify the relative tolerance that will cause early termination 0 01 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 Tolerance and less than or equal to 1 Training Fraction Specify the fraction of values from the input dataset to be used 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 TrainingFraction for model fitting The exact set of values is chosen at random and less than or equal to 1 from the dataset Level Scalars The Level Scalars filter uses colors to show levels of a hierarchical dataset The Level Scalars filter uses colors to show levels of a hierarchical dataset
40. 4 For now you should be aware that the information displayed in the GUI always pertains to these active entities About Paraview Basics of Visualization Put simply the process of visualization is taking raw data and converting it to a form that is viewable and understandable to humans This allows us to get a better cognitive understanding of our data Scientific visualization is specifically concerned with the type of data that has a well defined representation in 2D or 3D space Data that comes from simulation meshes and scanner data is well suited for this type of analysis There are three basic steps to visualizing your data reading filtering and rendering First your data must be read into ParaView Next you may apply any number of filters that process the data to generate extract or derive features from the data Finally a viewable image is rendered from the data and you can then change the viewing parameters or rendering modality for best visual effect The Pipeline Concept In ParaView these steps are made manifest in a Visualization Pipeline That is one visualizes data by building up a set of modules each of which takes in some data operates on it and presents the result as a new dataset This begins with a Reader module who s task it is to ingest data off of files on disk Reading data into ParaView is often as simple as selecting Open from the File menu and then clicking the glowing Accept button on the
41. As shown in Figure 3 for Block selection the full composite tree is shown in the inspector with the selected blocks checked Using the selection inspector one can create a selection based on thresholds for scalars in the dataset Choose the scalar array and then add value ranges for the selected cells or points Selection inspector can be used to create location based selection When field type is CELL cells at the indicated 3D locations will be selected When field type is POINT the point closest to the location within a certain threshold is selected If Select cells that include the selected points is checked then all the cells that contain the selected point are selected It is possible to specify more than one location To aid in choosing positions one can turn the Show location widgets option on As a result ParaView will show cross hairs in the active 3D view which can be moved interactively as shown in Figure 4 Selection inspector also provides a means to create global id based selection These are similar to index based selection however since global ids are unique across all processes and blocks one does not need to specify any additional as needed by the id based selection Convert Selections Selection inspector can also be used to convert a selection of one type to another With some valid active selection present if one changes the selection type then ParaView will try to convert the current selection to the new type
42. MaterialFractionThreshold per voxel Any voxel in the input data set with a material fraction greater than this value is included in the output data equal to 0 08 and less than or equal to 1 set Output Base Name This property specifies the base including path of where to OutputBaseName write the statistics and gemoetry output text files It follows the pattern path to folder and file here file has no extention as the filter will generate a unique extention List of Filters 328 Select Mass Arrays SelectMassArray Mass arrays are paired with material fraction arrays This means that the first selected material fraction array is paired with the first selected mass array and so on sequentially As the filter identifies voxels meeting the minimum material fraction threshold these voxel s mass will be used in fragment center of mass and mass calculation A warning is generated if no mass array is selected for an individual material fraction array However in that case the filter will run without issue because the statistics output can be generated using fragments centers computed from axis aligned bounding boxes An array of scalars is required Compute mass weighted average over SelectMassWtdAvgArray For arrays selected a mass weighted average is computed These arrays are also coppied into fragment geometry cell data as the fragment surfaces are generated An arr
43. MaximumNumberOfPoints value of the UseMaskPoints property is 1 See the UseMaskPoints property Random Mode If the value of this property is 1 then the points to glyph 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted RandomMode are chosen randomly Otherwise the point ids chosen are evenly spaced Scalars This property indicates the name of the scalar array on An array of scalars is required SelectInputScalars which to operate The indicated array may be used for scaling the glyphs See the SetScaleMode property Vectors This property indicates the name of the vector array on 1 An array of vectors is required SelectInputVectors which to operate The indicated array may be used for scaling and or orienting the glyphs See the SetScaleMode and SetOrient properties Orient If this property is set to 1 the glyphs will be oriented based 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted SetOrient on the selected vector array Set Scale Factor The value of this property will be used as a multiplier for 1 The value must be less than the largest SetScaleFactor scaling the glyphs before adding them to the output dimension of the dataset multiplied by a scale factor of 0 1 The value must lie within the range of the selected data array The value must lie within the range of the selected data array List of Filters 318 Scale Mode The value of this property specifies how if the glyphs 1 The value must be one of the fo
44. Note that this selection can produce a very large selection This may be time consuming and can increase the memory usage significantly Selection 77 Select Blocks in a Composite Dataset Kitware ParaView 3 3 0 development eB ee GA me DQ Wd gt D di B me anmu TBAEKAARO mex Select cells that indude the selected points E Invert selection Blocks i Root E Block0 1 F DataSet 0 2 wl DataSet 1 3 Block 1 4 Block 2 5 Block 3 6 Block 4 7 F DataSet 0 8 Block 5 9 Block 6 10 1 Block 7 1 Selection Inspector leza Inspector Composite datasets are multi block or AMR adaptive mesh refinement datasets In case of multi block datasets each block may represent different components of a large assembly e g tires chassis etc for a car dataset Just like selecting cells or points it is possible to select entire blocks To enter the block selection mode use Select Block in the Selection Controls toolbar or under the Edit menu you can also use the B key as a shortcut for Select Block Once in block selection mode you can simply click on the block in the 3D view to select a single block or click and drag to select multiple blocks When a block is selected its surface cells will be highlighted Select using the Spreadsheet View Until now we have been looking at defining the selection on the 3D view Now we will
45. OSMESA_INCLUDE_DIR OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR OPENGL_gl LIBRARY OPENGL_glu_ LIBRARY OSMESA_LIBRARY Description If ON use shared libraries This way executables are smaller but you have to make sure the shared libraries are on every system on the cluster Turn this to ON to enable MPI Other MPI options will not be available until you turn this on Path to the MPI library such as usr lib libmpi so Should be found by default but you may have to set it see the note below Path to extra MPI library such as usr lib libmpi so If the MPI distribution is MPICH this may not be found in this case it is ok for this variable to be set to MPIEXTRA_LIBRARY NOTFOUND Path to MPI includes such as usr include mpi Again this should be found by default Makes python client scripting and the python programmable filter available Flag to enable disable the building of the ParaView Qt based client This option is useful when building paraview on server nodes or when we are only interested in the python client as it avoids building of the Qt client thus does not require Qt ON by Default Path to Qt s qmake executable such as usr local Trolltech Qt 4 2 2 bin qmake Cmake uses this to locate the rest of the required Qt executables headers and libraries For Mac this is the default Neither X11 nor COCOA frameworks are supported Turn this to ON to enable MESA i e software rendering All mesa directory and file settings below dep
46. PARAVIEW_DATA_ROOT C Kitware ParaViewData PARAVIEW_ENABLE_PYTHON ON PARAVIEW_USE_MPI ON QT_QMAKE_EXECUTABLE C Q1 4 3 3 bin qmake exe Right click on a cache value for additional options delete ignore and help Press Configure to update and display new values in red Press OK to generate selected build files and exit f Configure Ok Cancel Delete Cache Help Build Verdict with shared libraries About CMakeSetup Windows CMake GUI Iterative process e Select values press the Configure button e Set the settings run configure set the settings run configure etc Repeat until all values are set and the OK button becomes available e Some variables advanced variables are not visible right away e To see advanced varables toggle to advanced mode Show Advanced Values toggle e To set the value of a variable click on that value e If it is boolean ON OFF a drop down menu will appear for changing the value e If it is file or directory an ellipsis button will appear on the far right of the entry Clicking this button will bring up the file or directory selection dialog e If it is a string it will become an editable string How to build compile install 383 Variable BUILD_SHARED_LIBS PARAVIEW_USE_MPI MPI_LIBRARY MPI_EXTRA_LIBRARY MPI_INCLUDE_PATH PARAVIEW_ENABLE PYTHON PARAVIEW_BUILD_QT_GUI QT_QMAKE_ EXECUTABLE VTK_USE_CARBON VTK_OPENGL_HAS_OSMESA
47. Point Widget The point widget is used to set the position of a point or the center of a point cloud It is used by both the Stream Tracer Probe Location and Probe Location over Time filters The position of the point can be changed by left clicking anywhere on it and dragging Right clicking and dragging anywhere on the widget changes the size of the point widget in the scene To position the widget accurately the user may need to change the camera position as well Holding the Shift key while interacting will restrict the motion of the point to one of the x y or z planes The plane chosen is the one that is most closely aligned with the direction of the initial mouse movement As shown below entry boxes allow the user to exactly specify the coordinates of the point and a button is provided to position the point at the center of the bounds of the current data set If the point widget is being used to position a point cloud instead of a single point entry boxes are also provided to specify the radius of the point cloud and the number of points the cloud contains X Show Point Point o o o Number of Points 100 3 Radius 2 Spline Widget Figure 14 Point widget user interface The spline widget is used to define a path through 3D space It is used by the Spline Source source and in the Camera animation dialog The widget consists of a set of control points shown as spheres in the 3D scene th
48. Point2 connecting this point and that specified by the Origin property define a second edge of the X Resolution This property specifies the number of divisions along the X axis of the parallelogram XResolution The value must be greater than or equal to 1 Y Resolution This property specifies the number of divisions along the Y axis of the parallelogram YResolution The value must be greater than or equal to 1 Point Source Create a point cloud of a certain size radius and center The point source creates a specified number of points within a given radius about a specified center point List of Sources 286 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Center This property specifies the 3D coordinates of the center of the point 000 Center cloud Number Of This property specifies the number of points in the point cloud 1 The value must be greater than or Points equal to 1 NumberOfPoints Radius This property specifies the radius of the point cloud measured from the 0 The value must be greater than or Radius value of the Center property equal to 0 Programmable Source Executes a user supplied python script to produce an output dataset This source will execute a python script to produce an output dataset The source keeps a copy of the python script in Script and creates Interpretor a python interpretor to run the script upon the f
49. Squirt Compression When ParaView is run in client server mode ParaView uses image compression to optimize the image transfer The compression uses an encoding algorithm optimized for images called SQUIRT developed at Sandia National Laboratories SQUIRT uses simple run length encoding for its compression A run length image encoder will find sequences of pixels that are all the same color and encode them as a single run length the count of pixels repeated and the color value ParaView represents colors as 24 bit values but SQUIRT will optionally apply a bit mask to the colors before comparing them Although information is lost when this mask is applied the sizes of the run lengths are increased and the compression gets better The bit masks used by SQUIRT are carefully chosen to match the color sensitivity of the human visual system A 19 bit mask employed by SQUIRT greatly improves compression with little or no noticeable image artifacts Reducing the number of bits further can improve compression even more but it can lead to more noticeable color banding artifacts The Squirt Compression slider determines the bit mask used during interactive rendering i e rendering that occurs while the user is changing the camera position or otherwise interacting with the data During still rendering when the user is not interacting with the data lossless compression is always used The check box to the left of the Squirt Compression slider toggle
50. Surtace z Taute aza RO BOSBVsSreoer amp Pipeline Browser gx builtin By cane D ExtractBlock D PlotOverLines Object Inspector 8 x Properties Display _ Information View rc Visible Zoom To Data sara Ee mem Col L e00 ACCL Magnitude interpolate Scalars BPS Map Scalars 5e 06 VEL Magnitude Apply Texture None 46106 Color by Solid Color X a 3e 06 O Set Solid Color r ACCL Magnitude 6 34 1561049 68 Plotting and Probing Data 87 Plot Data Scatter Plot The Plot Data filter and Scatter Plot filter are very similar in functionality with the Scatter Plot filter being a deprecated version of the Plot Data filter The main difference is that the Scatter Plot filter s output is a 1D rectilinear grid while the Plot Data filter s output is the same type as the input The Plot Data filter plots point or cell data over the entire data set By default the x axis values are determined with respect to their point or cell index Plot Over Line The Plot Over Line filter is used to plot point data over a specified straight line The Plot Over Line filter will not display cell data over the line so the user can use the Cell Data to Point Data filter to convert cell data to point data in order to use this filter for viewing desired cell data The line geometry can specified either by setting the points in the Properties tab of the Object Inspector or by pressing P a
51. ThickCross 4 Triangle 5 Square 6 Circle 7 GlyphType Diamond 8 Arrow 9 ThickArrow 10 HookedArrow 11 EdgeArrow 12 3D Text 3D geometric representation of a text string The 3D Text source displays a text string as polygonal data Text a new line in the text string are supported so are ASCII punctuation marks The only supported control character is n which inserts Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Text This property contains the text string to be displayed The ASCII alphanumeric characters a z A Z and 0 9 3D Text Annotate Time Shows the animation time as text annnotation in the view The Annotate Time source can be used to show the animation time in text annotation Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Format This property specifies the format used to display the input time using printf style Time f Format List of Sources 279 Arrow 3D arrow with a long cylindrical shaft and a cone for the tip The Arrow source appends a cylinder to a cone to form a 3D arrow The length of the whole arrow is 1 0 unit The output of the Arrow source is polygonal data This polygonal data will not contain normals so rendering of the arrow will be performed using flat shading The appearance of the arrow can be improved without significantly increasing the resolution of the tip and shaft by genera
52. filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData vtkStructuredGrid vtkPolyData vtkUnstructuredGrid vtkTable vtkGraph Model Input A previously calculated model with which to assess a separate The selected object must be the result of the ModelInput dataset This input is optional following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkTable vtkMultiBlockDataSet Variables of Choose arrays whose entries will be used to form observations for An array of scalars is required Interest statistical analysis SelectArrays Task Specify the task to be performed modeling and or assessment 3 The value must be one of the following Task 1 Statistics of all the data creates an output table or tables Statistics of all the data 0 Model a subset of summarizing the entire input dataset the data 1 Assess the data with a model 2 2 Model a subset of the data creates an output table or Model and assess the same data 3 tables summarizing a randomly chosen subset of the input dataset 3 Assess the data with a model adds attributes to the first input dataset using a model provided on the second input port and 4 Model and assess the same data is really just operations 2 and 3 above applied to the same input dataset The model is first t
53. for ne a Wp a lt mSieejosss Eri double currentTime tStart stepSize i set the current time and time step dataDesc gt SetTimeData currentTime i check if the script says we should do coprocessing now if processor gt RequestDataDescription dataDesc 0 we are going to do coprocessing so use generator to create our grid at this timestep and provide it to the coprocessing library vtkSmartPointer lt vtkDataObject gt dataObject generator GetNext dataDesc gt Get InputDescriptionByName input gt SetGrid dataObject processor gt CoProcess dataDesc dataDesc gt Delete processor gt Finalize processor gt Delete IMME IL _ ie alia ai wae p return 0 C CoProcessing example 180 CMakeLists txt cmake_minimum_required VERSION 2 6 PROJECT CoProcessingExample FIND_PACKAGE ParaView REQUIRED INCLUDE PARAVIEW_USE_FILE FIND_PACKAGE MPI REQUIRED INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES MPI_INCLUDE_PATH T ADD_EXECUTABLE CoProcessingExample CoProcessingExample cxx TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES CoProcessingExample vtkCoProcessor Python Scripts The first python script below is used to just output the actual results of the example This would correspond to a simulation run with a coarse grid in order to set up coprocessing runs for larger grids where outputting the entire simu
54. http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ChangelInputDialog png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_mergingPipeline png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_mergingPipeline png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_CommonFiltersToolbar png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_CommonFiltersToolbar png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_FilterMenu png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew_UsersGuide_FilterMenu png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_QuickLaunchDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_QuickLaunchDialog png License unknown Contributors 1 anonymous edits File ParaView_UsersGuide_CustomFilterConcept png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_CustomFilterConcept png License unknown Contributors 1 anonymous edits File ParaView_UsersGuide_CustomFilterInputs png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_CustomFilterInputs png License unknown Contributors 1 anonymous edits File ParaView_UsersGuide_CustomFilterOutputs png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_CustomFilterOutputs png License unknown Contributors anonymous e
55. it is easy to request a certain time step from Python All time requests are set on views which then propagate them to the representations which then propagate them to the visualization pipeline Here is an example demonstrating how a time request can be made gt gt gt Show ExodusIIReader FileName can ex2 gt gt gt Render Get a nice view angle gt gt gt cam GetActiveCamera gt gt gt cam Elevation 45 gt gt gt Render 2 Check elie Cwheicaine Waleuy EAM gt gt gt view GetActiveView gt gt gt view ViewTime 0 0 gt gt gt reader GetActiveSource gt gt gt reader TimestepValues 0 0 O OOOLOOOTVSTISI0420727 O COOLIO QVOSLO1L GOS S7OSS 0 00029996439116075635 0 00040008654468692839 oi gt gt gt tsteps reader TimestepValues i ecg be faney ane Uae a Cima Cimmocacom Miilrer ans Kaidi show Cae current time value of the reader as text in the corner of the view gt gt gt annTime AnnotateTimeFilter reader Show the filter gt gt gt Show annTime Look at a few time steps Note that the time value is requested not the time step index gt gt gt view ViewTime tsteps 2 gt gt gt Render gt gt gt view ViewTime tsteps 4 gt gt gt Render Python Scripting 157 Animating Server Manager has a complicated animation engine based on keyframes and scenes This section will introduce a few simple ways
56. large data example Another important example is for visualizing extremely large datasets that can not be easily worked with interactively In this setting the user first constructs a visualization of a small but representative data set Typically this takes place by recording a session in the standard GUI client running on some small and easily accessed machine Later the user changed the filename property of the reader in the recorded session file Finally the user submits the script to a larger machine which performs the visualization offline and saves results for later inspection The essential thing that you need to be able to do for this is to substitute the filename and location of the original small dataset with the name and locations of the large one There are two ways to do this The first way is to directly edit the filename in either the ParaView state file or the python script where it is loaded The task is made easier by the fact that all readers conventionally name the input file name property FileName Standard python scripts are well described in other sections so we will describe paraview state files here instead A paraview state file has the extension pvsm and the internal format is a text based XML file Simply open the pvsm file in a text editor search for FileName and replace all occurances of the old with the new For reference the portion of a pvsm file that specifies a reader s input file is lt Proxy group s
57. otherwise the unique value will match the id of the process Programmable Filter Executes a user supplied python script on its input dataset to produce an output dataset This filter will execute a python script to produce an output dataset The filter keeps a copy of the python script in Script and creates Interpretor a python interpretor to run the script upon the first execution Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Copy Arrays If this property is set to true all the cell and 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted CopyArrays point arrays from first input are copied to the output RequestInformation This property is a python script that is Script executed during the RequestInformation InformationScript pipeline pass Use this to provide information such as WHOLE_EXTENT to the pipeline downstream Input This property specifies the input s to the The selected object must be the result of the following Input programmable filter sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Output Data Set Type The value of this property determines the 8 The value must be one of the following Same as Input 8 OutputDataSetType dataset type for the output of the vtkPolyData 0 vtkStructuredGrid 2 vtkRectilinearGrid programmable filter 3 vtkUnstructuredGrid 4 vtkImageData 6 vtkUn
58. particularly the full alphabetical list can be cumbersome To speed up the selection of filters you should use the quick launch dialog Choose the first item from the filters menu or alternatively press either CTRL and SPACE BAR Windows or Linux or ALT and SPACE BAR on Macintosh together to bring up the Quick Launch dialog As you type in words or word fragments the dialog lists the filters whose names contain them Use the up and down arrow key to select from among them and hit ENTER to create the filter Filter Categories 51 surf extract Extract Surface Extract Surface a v Type to search Enter to select Esc to cancel Figure 12 Quick Launch Why can t I apply the filter I want Note that many of the filters in the menu will be grayed out and not selectable at any given time That is because any given filter may only operate on particular types of data For example the Extract Subset will only operate on structured data sets so it is only enabled when the module you are building on top of produces image data rectilinear grid data or structured grid data Likewise the contour filter requires scalar data and can not operate directly on data sets that have only vectors The input restrictions for all filters are listed in the Appendix and help menus When the filter you want is not available you should look for a similar filter which will accept your data or apply an intermediate filter which transfor
59. the boundary indices of the input IncludeBoundary dataset will be passed to the output even if the boundary extent is not an even multiple of the sample rate in a given dimension Input This property specifies the input to the Extract Grid filter The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData vtkRectilinearGrid vtkStructuredPoints vtkStructuredGrid Sample Rate I This property indicates the sampling rate in the I dimension A 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 1 SampleRatel value grater than results in subsampling every nth index will be included in the output Sample Rate J This property indicates the sampling rate in the J dimension A 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 1 SampleRateJ value grater than results in subsampling every nth index will be included in the output Sample Rate K This property indicates the sampling rate in the K dimension 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 1 SampleRateK A value grater than results in subsampling every nth index will be included in the output VOI This property specifies the minimum and maximum point 000000 The values must lie within the extent of the input VOI indices along each of the I J and K axes these values indicate dataset the volume of interest VOI The output will have the 1 J
60. this corresponds to a collection of objects including geometry filters level of detail algorithms vtkMappers and vtkActors The simple module automatically creates a view after connecting to a server including the built in connection when using the stand alone mode Furthermore the simple module creates a representation the first time a pipeline object is displayed with Show It is easy to create new views gt gt gt view CreateRenderView CreateRenderView is a special method that creates the render view appropriate for the ActiveConnection or for another connection specified as an argument It returns a sub class of Proxy Like the constructor of Proxy it can take an arbitrary number of keyword arguments to set initial values for properties Note that ParaView makes the view that was created last the active view When using Show without a view argument the pipeline is shown in the active view You can get a list of views as well as the active view as follows gt gt gt GetRenderViews lt paraview servermanager RenderView object at Oxaf64ef0 gt lt paraview servermanager RenderView object at Oxaf64b70 gt gt gt gt GetActiveView lt paraview servermanager RenderView object at Oxaf64b70 gt You can also change the active view using SetActive View Once you have a render view you can use pass it to show in order to select in which view a pipeline object is displayed You can also pass it to Render t
61. try paraview simple except from paraview simple import cp_writers def RequestDataDescription datadescription Callback to populate the request for current timestep timestep datadescription GetTimeStep o o if timestep 5 0 or timestep 200 0 datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input AllFieldsOn datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input GenerateMeshoOn def DoCoProcessing datadescription Callback to do co processing for current timestep global cp_writers cp_writers timestep datadescription GetTimeStep CoProcessing 174 grid5_O_vtu CreateProducer datadescription input GradientOfUnstructuredDataSetl GradientOfUnstructuredDataSet guiName GradientOfUnstructuredDataSet1 ScalarArray POINTS velocity ResultArray Name Vorticity ComputeVorticity 1 FasterApproximation 0 Slice2 Slice guiName Slice2 SliceOffsetValues 10 23284210526316 8 8684631578947375 7 S408 2105263152 E LS9VOSZGSISTEIGSO 4 7 7SS2631lS TOL 7 A I oALOQAIISMAZUOS29 2 0465684 2LOSA6 S16 SO GZ iyo ywsose LZ Oil 0 68218947368420935 2 0465684210526316 3 4109473684210521 A VIDSAZCSUS TEATS Go lSsV 70S ZO SLIP IIS TDN ORAZOS ESIB SGC ESL STEC 0 23284 2005 263115 11 597221052631578 12 961600000000001 SliceType Plane SetActiveSource GradientOfUnstructuredDataSet1 ExtractSurfacel ExtractSurface guiName Extra
62. usually specifying a unique global ID across a set of files These are sometimes called new style maps because they are specified differently than in older Exodus files which only allowed a single element map The list of array names is provided by the reader Element Set Array Status ElementSetArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the elements across all element blocks in a file as sets in their own right This property specifies which of those sets should be loaded Variables such as feature classifiers may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per element The accompanying ElementSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded The list of array names is provided by the reader Element Set Result Array Status ElementSetResultArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the elements across all element blocks in a file as sets in their own right Variables such as feature classifiers may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per element This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the ElementSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to appear The list of array names is provided by the reader Element Variables Use this property to select which variables defined over elements cells shoul
63. vtkDataSet Pass Cell Data _ If this property is set to 1 then the input cell data is passed through to the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are PassCellData output otherwise only the generated point data will be available in the output accepted Piece Invariant If the value of this property is set to 1 this filter will request ghost levels so that 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted List of Filters 296 Clean Merge coincident points if they do not meet a feature edge criteria The Clean filter takes polygonal data as input and generates polygonal data as output This filter can merge duplicate points remove unused points and transform degenerate cells into their appropriate forms e g a triangle is converted into a line if two of its points are merged Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Absolute Tolerance If merging nearby points see PointMerging property and using absolute tolerance 1 The value must be AbsoluteTolerance see ToleranceIsAbsolute property this property specifies the tolerance for greater than or equal to performing merging in the spatial units of the input data set 0 Convert Lines To If this property is set to 1 degenerate lines a line whose endpoints are at the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 Points same spatial location will be converted to points are accepted ConvertLinesToPoints Convert Polys To If this property is set to 1 d
64. 0 002 Ok Figure 5 General Render View Preferences e Use Immediate Mode Rendering Controls whether OpenGL display lists are used or not which are generally faster only when rendering relatively small amounts of geometry The LOD Parameters settings control if when and to what extent ParaView will down sample the data it draws while you move the mouse so as to maintain interactivity The algorithm by which ParaView down samples the data is known as quadric clustering e LOD Threshold Rendered data that is smaller than the specified size is not down sampled e LOD Resolution When data is downsampled this controls how coarsely e Outline threshold Data that is larger than this threshold is drawn only as a bounding box while you move the camera e Lock Interactive Render Controls how long ParaView waits after you have released the mouse and finished moving the camera before it returns to a full resolution render e Allow Rendering Interrupts makes the drawing process interuptable so that you can move the camera immediately without having to wait for a potentially slow full resolution render to complete The Depth Peeling settings control the algorithm that ParaView uses given a sufficiently capable GPU to draw translucent geometry correctly e Enable Depth Peeling Controls whether ParaView will try to use the potentially slow depth peeling algorithm at all e Number of Peels Controls the number
65. 0 and 1 are GenerateActiveBlockArray stores the active status of a block accepted Generate Block Id Array GenerateBlockIdArray If this property is set to 1 a cell array will be generated that 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are stores a unique blockId for each block accepted Generate Level Array If this property is set to 1 a cell array will be generated that 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are GenerateLevelArray stores the level of each block accepted List of Readers 232 SESAME Reader Read SESAME data files producing rectilinear grids The SESAME reader reads SESAME data files and outputs rectilinear grids The expected file extension is sesame Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name This property specifies the file name for the SESAME reader FileName Table Id This proeprty indicates which table to read 1 The value must be one of the following Tableld SLAC Data Reader A reader for a data format used by Omega3p Tau3p and several other tools used at the Standford Linear Accelerator Center SLAC The underlying format uses netCDF to store arrays but also imposes several conventions to form an unstructured grid of elements Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Mesh File Name The name of the mesh file to load MeshFileName Mode File Name The name of the mode files to load T
66. 1 are accepted Extract of the region intersected Extract only This parameter controls whether to extract only cells that are on the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted intersected Extract only intersected boundary of the region If this parameter is set the Extraction Side parameter is ignored If Extract Intersected is off this parameter has no effect Extraction Side ExtractInside This parameter controls whether to extract cells that are inside or outside the region The value must be one of the following outside 0 inside 1 Intersect With ImplicitFunction This property sets the region used to extract cells The value must be set to one of the following Plane Box Sphere Input Input This property specifies the input to the Slice filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Extract Edges Extract edges of 2D and 3D cells as lines The Extract Edges filter produces a wireframe version of the input dataset by extracting all the edges of the dataset s cells as lines This filter operates on any type of data set and produces polygonal output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the The selected object must be the re
67. 282 Disk Create a 3D disk with a specified inner and outer radius The Disk source can be used to add a polygonal disk to the 3D scene The output of the Disk source is polygonal data Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Circumferential Set the number of points in 8 The value must be greater than or equal to 3 and less Resolution circumferential direction than or equal to 1024 CircumferentialResolution Inner Radius Specify inner radius of hole in disc 0 5 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 InnerRadius Outer Radius Specify outer radius of disc 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 OuterRadius Radial Resolution Set the number of points in radial 8 The value must be greater than or equal to 3 and less RadialResolution direction than or equal to 1024 Hierarchical Fractal Test source for AMR with HierarchicalDataSet The Hierarchical Fractal source is a collection of uniform grids All have the same dimensions Each block has a different origin and spacing This source uses the Mandelbrot source to create cell data The fractal array is scaled to look like a volme fraction TwoDimensional be 3D Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Asymetric If this property is set to 0 all the blocks will be the same size If it is setto 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are Asymetric 1 an asymmetric dataset w
68. 4 5 the actual step size varies such that the numerical error is less than a specified threshold Input This property specifies the input to the Stream Tracer filter The selected object must be Input the result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 3 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Integration Direction This property determines in which direction s a streamline is generated 2 The value must be one of IntegrationDirection the following FORWARD 0 BACKWARD 1 BOTH 2 Integration Step Unit This property specifies the unit for Minimum Initial Maximum integration 2 The value must be one of IntegrationStepUnit step size The Length unit refers to the arc length that a particle the following Length 1 travels advects within a single step The Cell Length unit represents the step Cell Length 2 size as a number of cells Integrator Type This property determines which integrator with increasing accuracy to use 2 The value must be one of IntegratorType for creating streamlines the following Runge Kutta 2 0 Runge Kutta 4 1 Runge Kutta 4 5 2 Maximum Error This property specifies the maximum error for Runge Kutta 4 5 tolerated le 06 MaximumError throughout streamline integration The Runge Kutta 4 5 integrator tries to adjust the step size such that the estimated error is les
69. Delaunay algorithm i e Delaunay2D in an important way When points are injected into the triangulation the search for the enclosing List of Filters 306 tetrahedron is quite different In the 3D case the closest previously inserted point point is found and then the connected tetrahedra are searched to find the containing one In 2D a walk towards the enclosing triangle is performed If the triangulation is Delaunay then an enclosing tetrahedron will be found However in degenerate cases an enclosing tetrahedron may not be found and the point will be rejected tetra contained within the circumsphere of radius alpha will be output Otherwise only tetrahedra will be output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Alpha This property specifies the alpha or distance value to control the 0 The value must be greater than or Alpha output of this filter For a non zero alpha value only edges faces or equal to 0 Bounding This boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points and 0 Triangulation associated triangles are included in the output These are introduced as BoundingTriangulation an initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process This feature is nice for debugging output Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted length of the bounding box of the points Input This property specifies the input dataset to the Delaunay 3D filter The s
70. Extent VPIC data is written one file per simulation processor This coarse map of files is used in 1 1 YExtent partitioning files between visualizing processors so that each ParaView processor has its own set of files to display Ghost cell overlap is handled within the reader To limit the View of VPIC information the extent in the Y dimension of files can be specified Only the files selected will be displayed and they will be partitioned between the visualizing processors allowing a higher resolution over a smaller area Z Extent VPIC data is written one file per simulation processor This coarse map of files is used in 1 1 ZExtent partitioning files between visualizing processors so that each ParaView processor has its own set of files to display Ghost cell overlap is handled within the reader To limit the View of VPIC information the extent in the Z dimension of files can be specified Only the files selected will be displayed and they will be partitioned between the visualizing processors allowing a higher resolution over a smaller area VRML Reader Load the geometry from a VRML 2 0 file The VRML reader loads only the geometry from a VRML Virtual Reality Modeling Language 2 0 file The expected file extension is wrl The output of this reader is a polygonal dataset Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the VRML reader
71. Extract Surface filter A polydata can be converted to an unstructured grid using Clean to Grid Table Author Affiliation Alma Mater Categories Age Coolness 0 Biff NASA Ole Jazz Ro 27 0 6 1 Bob Bob s Supermarket Ole Jazz 54 0 3 2 Baz Bob s Supermarket TVI Food 16 0 3 3 Bippity Oil Changes R TVI Food 23 0 2 4 Boppity Oil Changes R Home Food A 34 0 25 5 Boo Oil Changes R Princeton Automobiles 27 0 7 A table is a tabular dataset that consists of rows and columns All chart views have been designed to work with tables Therefore all filters that can be shown within the chart views generate tables Also tables can be directly loaded using various file formats such as the comma separated values format Tables can be converted to other datasets as long as they are of the right format Filters that convert tables include Table to Points and Table to Structured Grid Multiblock Dataset You can think of a multi block dataset as a tree of datasets where the leaf nodes are simple datasets All of the data types describe above except AMR are simple datasets Multi block datasets are used to group together datasets that are related The relation between these datasets is not necessarily defined by ParaView A multi block dataset can represent an assembly of parts or a collection of meshes of different types from a coupled simulation Multi block datasets can be loaded or created within ParaView using the Group filter Note that the
72. GCalars MOIINEES Y Vitilesenc toi The above shows the association of the array as well as its name In this case the array is associated with POINTS as it has to be since Glyph cannot scale by cell arrays We could have done gt gt gt glyph Scalars POINTS Elevation Enable scaling by scalars gt gt gt Glyn SCelleMiocde gcala Here the property Scalars maps to SetInputArrayToProcess int idx int port int connection int fieldAssociation const char name which has four integer arguments some of which are enumeration and 1 string argument see vtkAlgorithm documentation for details Properties are either regular push or information pull properties Information properties do not have a VTK method associated with them and are responsible for getting information from the server A good example of an information property is TimestepValues which returns all time steps available in a file if the reader supports time gt gt gt reader ExodusIIReader FileName can ex2 gt gt gt reader TimestepValues ORO COO OMOCOT SH SOS O47 OA es OmOUOMES OPO SiO tEOSS i Osiar 0 00029996439116075635 0 00040008654468692839 OY OCM EGIL OZS LSLS TT Ty O OWOOSLEIISIZGISESSZ227 OWCOV0OO4 asa You can obtain a list of properties a proxy supports by using help However this does not allow introspection programmatically If you need to obtain information about a proxy s properties pro
73. If this property is set to 1 the cell data from the input will be copied to the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are CopyCellData output accepted Input This property specifies the input to the Quadric Clustering filter The selected object must be Input the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Number of This property specifies the number of bins along the X Y and Z axes of the 50 50 50 Dimensions data set NumberOfDivisions Use Feature Edges If this property is set to 1 feature edge quadrics will be used to maintain the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are UseFeatureEdges boundary edges along processor divisions accepted Use Feature Points If this property is set to 1 feature point quadrics will be used to maintain the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are UseFeaturePoints boundary points along processor divisions accepted Use Input Points If the value of this property is set to 1 the representative point for each bin is 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are UselnputPoints selected from one of the input points that lies in that bin the input point that accepted produces the least error is chosen If the value of this property is 0 the location of the representative point is calculated to produce the least error possible for that bin but the point will most likely not be one of the input points Use Internal If this property is set
74. Input This property specifies the input to the Linear Extrusion filter The selected object must Input be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Piece Invariant The value of this property determines whether the output will be the same regardless of the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 PieceInvariant number of processors used to compute the result The difference is whether there are are accepted internal polygonal faces on the processor boundaries A value of 1 will keep the results the same a value of 0 will allow internal faces on processor boundaries Scale Factor The value of this property determines the distance along the vector the dataset will be 1 ScaleFactor translated A scale factor of 0 5 will move the dataset half the length of the vector and a scale factor of 2 will move it twice the vector s length Vector The value of this property indicates the X Y and Z components of the vector along which 00 1 Vector to sweep the input dataset Loop Subdivision This filter iteratively divides each triangle into four triangles New points are placed so the output surface is smooth The Loop Subdivision filter increases the granularity of a polygonal mesh It works by dividing each triangle in the input into four new triangles It is named for Charles Loop the person who devised this subd
75. Multi Group Multi Block and AMR Readers As of VTK 5 0 and ParaView 2 4 multi block and AMR datasets are supported Multi group readers follow the same guidelines as described in the previous sections For convenience you can subclass multi block readers from vtkMultiBlockDataSetAlgorithm and AMR readers from vtkHierarchicalDataSetAlgorithm If you do not sub class from one of these classes make sure to implement the CreateDefaultExecutive FillOutputPortInformation and FillInputPortInformation methods appropriately You can use vtkMultiBlockDataSetAlgorithm as a starting point Two good examples of multi group dataset readers are vtkMultiBlockPLOT3DReader and vtkXMLHierarchicalDataReader Parallel Readers Unless otherwise specified a VTK reader used in ParaView will cause the entire data set to be read on the first process ParaView will then redistribute the data to the other processes It is more desirable to have ParaView do the reading in parallel as well so that the data set is already appropriately divided across the processors Changes should be made in two methods for ParaView readers to operate in parallel RequestInformation and RequestData Exactly which changes should be made depends on whether structured or unstructured data set types are to be read How to write parallel VTK readers 390 Structured In RequestInformation for readers of structured data vtkStructuredGrid vtkRectilinearGrid or vtkImageData the
76. ParaViewData Data If the current pipeline object is a reader the top section will display the name of the file and its full path Data Statistics Statistics Type Image Uniform Rectilinear Grid Number of Cells 8000 Number of Points 9261 Memory 0 037 MB The Statistics section displays high level information about the dataset including the type number of points and cells and the total memory used Note that the memory is for the dataset only and does not include memory used by the representation for example the polygonal mesh that may represent the surface All of this information is for the current time step Array Information Data Arrays Current data time 0 Name Data Type Data Ranges DISPL double 0 0 0 0 0 0 GlobalNodeld idtype 1 10088 PedigreeNodeld idtype 1 10088 GlobalElementid idtype 1 7152 Objectid int 1 2 PedigreeElementid idtype 1 7152 ElementBlocklds int 1 2 QA _ Records char 32 80 32 101 3 AAAA oo Info_Records char 48 48 49 50 47 Information Panel 20 This section shows the association point cell or global name type and range of each array in the dataset In the example the top 3 attributes are point arrays the middle 3 cell arrays and the bottom three global field arrays Note that for vectors the range of each component is shown separately In case the range information does not fit the frame the tooltip will display al
77. Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Consistency The value of this property controls whether consistent polygon ordering is enforced 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Consistency Generally the normals for a data set should either all point inward or all point accepted outward If the value of this property is 1 then this filter will reorder the points of cells that whose normal vectors are oriented the opposite direction from the rest of those in the data set Maximum The value of this property specifies the maximum number of glyphs that should 5000 The value must be greater Number of appear in the output dataset if the value of the UseMaskPoints property is 1 See than or equal to 0 Points the UseMaskPoints property Glyph Max Points Random Mode If the value of this property is 1 then the points to glyph are chosen randomly 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Glyph Random Otherwise the point ids chosen are evenly spaced accepted Mode Set Scale Factor The value of this property will be used as a multiplier for scaling the glyphs before 1 The value must be less than Glyph Scale adding them to the output the largest dimension of the Factor dataset multiplied by a scale factor of 0 1 The value must lie within the range of the selected data array The value must lie within the range of the selected data array Input This property specifies the input to the Extract Surface filter The selected object must be Input the r
78. SetFileName animateable 0 number_of_elements 1 gt lt FileListDomain name files gt lt StringVectorProperty gt lt StringVectorProperty name CellArrayInfo information_only 1 gt lt ArraySelectionInformationHelper attribute_name Cell gt lt StringVectorProperty gt lt StringVectorProperty name CellArrayStatus command SetCellArrayStatus number_of_elements 0 How to write parallel VTK readers 393 repeat_command 1 number_of_elements_per_command 2 element_types 2 0 information_property CellArrayInfo els Ceili INEASA lt ArraySelectionDomain name array_list gt lt RequiredProperties gt lt Property name CellArrayInfo function Arrayhist gt lt RequiredProperties gt lt ArraySelectionDomain gt lt StringVectorProperty gt lt SourceProxy gt The client side XML is extremely simple The purpose of the client side XML is to enable readers from the server side XML and to associate file extensions with them In the case where multiple readers can read files that have the same file extensions the CanReadFile method is called on each one in order to choose the correct one for each data file The client side XML file for readers is located in Qt Components Resources XML ParaViewReaders xml The portion of that file related to XMLPolyDataReader follows lt Reader name XMLPolyDataReader extensions vtp file _description VIK PolyData Files gt lt Re
79. Stride skip between each point included in this output equal to 1 1 1 Variables This property lists which netCDF variables to load The list of array names is provided VariableArrayStatus by the reader NetCDF Reader Read regular arrays from netCDF files Will also read any topological information specified by the COARDS and CF conventions Reads arrays from netCDF files into structured VTK data sets In the absence of any other information the files will be read as image data This reader will also look for meta information specified by the CF convention that specify things like topology and time This information can cause the output to be a nonuniform rectilinear grid or curvilinear structured grid Details on the CF convention can be found at http cf pemdi Inl gov It should be noted that the CF convention is a superset of the COARDS convention so COARDS conventions will also be recognized Nan have that fill value replaced with a not a number NaN value The advantage ReplaceFillValueWithNan of setting these to NaN values is that if implemented properly by the system and careful math operations are used they can implicitly be ignored by calculations like finding the range of the values That said this option should be used with caution as VTK does not fully support NaN values and therefore odd calculations may occur Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name
80. Task 1 Statistics of all the data creates an output table or tables Statistics of all the data 0 Model a subset of summarizing the entire input dataset the data 1 Assess the data with a model 2 2 Model a subset of the data creates an output table or Model and assess the same data 3 tables summarizing a randomly chosen subset of the input dataset 3 Assess the data with a model adds attributes to the first input dataset using a model provided on the second input port and 4 Model and assess the same data is really just operations 2 and 3 above applied to the same input dataset The model is first trained using a fraction of the input data and then the entire dataset is assessed using that model When the task includes creating a model i e tasks 2 and 4 you may adjust the fraction of the input dataset used for training You should avoid using a large fraction of the input data for training as you will then not be able to detect overfitting The Training fraction setting will be ignored for tasks 1 and 3 Training Fraction Specify the fraction of values from the input dataset to be used 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 TrainingFraction for model fitting The exact set of values is chosen at random from the dataset and less than or equal to 1 List of Filters 308 Elevation Create point attribute array by projecting points onto an elevation vector The Ele
81. The default file extensions are vld and rst List of Readers 269 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisIt VsReader Reads VizSchema hdf5 files VizSchema is a specification for markup added to hdf5 files to describe the data contained within VizSchema also allows users to specify run information and other miscellaneous data in a standardized manner Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are h5 and vsh5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This prope
82. The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 245 VisItGULPReader GULP trajectory file reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is trg Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisltGadgetReader Gadget 2 cosmological N body SPH simulation code reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is gadget Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered ar
83. The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItMM5Reader Reads PSU NCAR mesoscale model simulation files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is mm5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 250 VisItMirandaReader Readers the raw output format of LLNL s Miranda simulation Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are mir and raw Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This prop
84. Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItGTCReader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is h5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read
85. Vector This filter displaces point coordinates along a vector attribute It is useful for showing mechanical deformation The Warp vector filter translates the points of the input dataset using a specified vector array The vector array chosen specifies a vector per point in the input Each point is translated along its vector by a given scale factor This filter operates on polygonal curvilinear and unstructured grid datasets Because this filter only changes the positions of the points the output dataset type is the same as that of the input Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Warp vector filter The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 3 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPointSet Scale Factor Each component of the selected vector array will be multiplied ja SelectInputVectors by which to warp the dataset s point coordinates ScaleFactor by the value of this property before being used to compute new point coordinates Vectors The value of this property contains the name of the vector array An array of vectors is required List of Writers 365 List of Writers AnimationSceneImageWriter Internal writer to used paraview uses when it d
86. WHOLE_EXTENT key should be set on the output information object so that downstream filters can take into account the overall dimensions of the data The WHOLE_EXTENT is specified using six parameters the minimum and maximum index along each of the three coordinate axes G nin i K nax or a single int array of max min max Kii length 6 for the entire data set Example C code demonstrating this is shown below int vtkDEMReader RequestInformation vtkInformation vtkNotUsed request vtkInformationVector vtkNotUsed inputVector vtkInformationVector outputVector Vie kiikormatkon ROUTINE OR outputVector gt GetInformationObject 0 ime esceSiae ls g RaR Sei xtent from file Oule Limto gt SSSic vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline WHOLE_EXTENT extent 6 return 1 Before doing any processing in the RequestData method first get the UPDATE_EXTENT from the output information object This key contains the sub extent of the WHOLE_EXTENT for which the current process is responsible The current process is responsible for filling in the data values for the update extent that is returned An example of doing this is shown below int vtkDEMReader RequestData vtkInformation vtkNotUsed request vtkInformationVector vtkNotUsed inputVector vtkInformationVector outputVector get the data object and find out what part we need to read now vtkInformat
87. already been established In the example command lines optional arguments are enclosed in s The rest of this section will be devoted to discussing the two connections required for running ParaView in render server mode Starting the Server s 123 Connection 1 Connecting the client and servers The first connection that must be established is between the client and the first node of both the data and render servers By default the client initiates the connection to each server as shown in Figure 6 In this case both the data server and the render server must be running before the client attempts to connect to them Figure 6 Starting ParaView in render server mode using standard connections To establish the connections shown above do the following First from the command line of the machine that will run the data server enter pvdataserver to start it Next from the command line of the machine that will run the render server enter pvrenderserver to start the render server Now from the machine that will run the client start the client application and connect to the running servers as described in section 1 2 and summarized below Start ParaView and select Connect from the File menu to open the Choose Server dialog Select Add Server to open the Configure New Server dialog Create a new server connection with a Server Type of Client Data Server Render Server Enter the machine names or IP addresses of
88. an ASCII description of the data files which are written one file per processor per category and per time step These are arranged in subdirectories per category field data and hydrology data and then in time step subdirectories Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name ASCII vpc file describes locations of data files grid sizes time step sizes and type and order FileName of data written to the files Point Arrays Variables written to the data files are described in the vpc file and are presented for selection The list of array PointArrayStatus Only selected variables are loaded for a time step names is provided by the reader Stride VPIC data may be very large and not all is needed for effective visualization Setting the stride 1 1 1 The value must be SetStride selects every nth data item within the files for display greater than or equal to 1 X Extent VPIC data is written one file per simulation processor This coarse map of files is used in 1 1 XExtent partitioning files between visualizing processors so that each ParaView processor has its own set of files to display Ghost cell overlap is handled within the reader To limit the View of VPIC information the extent in the X dimension of files can be specified Only the files selected will be displayed and they will be partitioned between the visualizing processors allowing a higher resolution over a smaller area Y
89. bin_val bin_val acct W ACCLt ACCL t W ACCLt acct W acct acct W acct ACcCL_a W ACCL_a Acct_a BB ACCLa ACCta BP ACCta ACcCLa J ACCLa 3500 3000 2500 2000 X 1500 K gt i gt Representation g Bd He x i tz at zt S E 1000 500 Time ojejoje Views Representations and Color Mapping 41 Color Transfer Functions The interface for changing the color mapping and properties of the scalar bar is accessible from the Display tab of the Object Inspector Pressing the Edit Color Map button displays the interface for manipulating the color map and scalar bar as shown below Color Scale Editor Color Scale Color Legend Scalar Value 97 1035 Color Space CIELAB Choose Preset Component C Use Logarithmic Scale Automatically Rescale to Fit Data Range Minimum 37 3531 Maximum 186 729 Rescale Range Rescale to Data Range Use Discrete Colors Resolution 256 Close Figure 1 Color Map Controls At the top of the Color Scale tab of the Color Scale Editor dialog is an editor for mapping scalar values to colors for surface rendering and also to opacity for volume rendering The scalar range of this color map editor is shown below the Automatically Rescale to Fit Data Range check box The leftmost sphere corresponds to the minimum scalar value and the rightmost o
90. cells that indude the selected points E Invert selection Locations x Y Z 2 54637478950448 4 38705180956976 3 63726627722322 3 11280215847887 4 08216277144104 4 64960104504285 We have seen how to use the different views for creating different types of selections However sometimes you may want to tweak the selection or create a new selection with a known set of cell or point ids or create selections based of value of any array or location etc This is possible using the selection inspector Whenever a selection is created in any of the views it becomes the active selection The active selection is always shown in the selection inspector For example if you select cells on the surface of a dataset then as shown in Figure 1 the selection inspector will show indices for the cells selected The selection inspector has three sections the topmost Current Object and Create Selection are used to choose the source whose output you want to create a selection on The Active Selection group shows the details of the active selection if any The Display Style group makes it possible to change the way the selection in shown in the active 3D view To create a new selection choose the source whose output needs to be selected in the Current Object combo box and then hit Create Selection An empty selection will be created and its properties will be shown in the active selection group Alternatively you can use any
91. control any given module within the pipeline and the View area where data is displayed in one or more windows Filters Menu Sources Menu Animation Toolbar Bar Chart View View Configuration Buttons Load Save Data Buttons gt OO u HGP RAS Toe common ites a Rakha o Toolbar gt I Oo OOD St sen Pipeline ip Browser ormar vase nee reper x oen an hte bmn x aed eien tma xes yee tece 5 Object rmen o ie ian er Inspector n n D i 1 3 a a gt 2 5 rie hen reer sx 5 nares Cree Tae Stat me to Animation en s Inspector ae le a s Ped Sector a n mages rnae ines are n oe ey rare ter ll a Spreadsheet View XY Piot View Modality One very important thing to keep in mind when using ParaView is that the GUI is very modal At any given time you will have one active module within the Visualization Pipeline one active View and one active Selection For example when you click on the name of a reader or source within the Pipeline Browser it becomes the active module and the properties of that filter are displayed in the Object Inspector Likewise when you click within a different View that view becomes the Active View and the visibility eye icons in the Pipeline Browser are changed to show what filters are displayed within this View These concepts will be described in detail in later chapters 2 3
92. data is never altered in place means that unlike many visualization tools you can apply several filtering operations in different combinations to your data during a single ParaView session You see the result of each filter as it is applied which helps to guide you data exploration work and can easily display any or all intermediate pipeline outputs simultaneously The Pipeline Browser depicts ParaView s current visualization pipeline and allows you to easily navigate to the various readers sources and filters it contains Connecting an initial data set loaded from a file or created from a ParaView source to a filter creates a two filter long visualization pipeline The initial data set read in becomes the input to the filter and if needed the output of that filter can be used as the input to a subsequent filter etc For example suppose you create a sphere in ParaView by selecting Sphere from the Sources menu In this example the sphere is the initial data set Next create a Shrink filter from the Alphabetical submenu of the Filters menu Because the sphere source was the active filter when the shrink filter was created the shrink filter operates on the sphere source s output Optionally use the Properties tab of the Object Inspector to set initial parameters of the shrink filter and then hit Apply Next create an Elevation filter to filter the output of the shrink filter and hit Apply again You have just created a simple three element linear
93. dataset Max 5 X 6 Y 7 Z 8 Resample With Dataset Sample data attributes at the points of a dataset Probe is a filter that computes point attributes at specified point positions The filter has two inputs the Input and Source The Input geometric structure is passed through the filter The point attributes are computed at the Input point positions by interpolating into the source data For example we can compute data values on a plane plane specified as Input from a volume Source The cell data of the source data is copied to the output based on in which source cell each input point is If an array of the same name exists both in source s point and cell data only the one from the point data is probed Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the dataset from which to The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input obtain probe values includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet vtkCompositeDataSet Source This property specifies the dataset whose geometry The selected object must be the result of the following sources Source will be used in determining positions to probe includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of the
94. details on choosing file type as well as a magnification factor to save images larger than the view size Python Scripting 155 Advanced Concepts Dealing with lookup tables As shown earlier you can use MakeBlueToRedLt min max to create a lookup table However this simply creates a new lookup table which the GUI won t be aware of In ParaView Qt application we have special lookup table management that ensures that the same lookup table is used for all arrays with same name and number of components To reproduce the same behavior in Python use GetLookupTableForArray def GetLookupTableForArray arrayname num_components params Used to get an existing lookuptable for a array or to create one if none exists Keyword arguments can be passed in to initialize the LUT if a new one is created Returns the lookup table This will create a new lookup table and associate it with that array if none already exists Any default arguments to be passed to the lookup table if a new one is created can be specified as additional parameters You can always change the properties on the lookup table returned by this function To color the representation by an array we need to first create a lookup table We use the range of the Elevation array gt gt gt dp LookupTable GetLookupTableForArray Elevation 1 REBLosineEs mula Of O i were i OW Ol ColorSpace HSV gt gt gt dp ColorAttributeType
95. displacements are turned off the user can explicitly add them by applying a warp accepted filter Displacement Magnitude When displacements are being applied they are scaled by this amount Set to 1 1 EdgeSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded Edge Blocks Use this property to select which blocks of edges should be loaded All edges in The list of array EdgeBlocks the same block will have the same interpolant linear quadratic etc and have the names is same variables defined over them provided by the reader Edge Map Array Status Specify which maps defined over edges in the mesh should be loaded An edge The list of array EdgeMapArrayStatus map is a renumbering of all the edges across all the edge blocks of a file from names is their offset in the file to some arbitrary integers usually specifying a unique provided by the global ID across a set of files reader Edge Set Array Status An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the edges across all edge blocks in a The list of array EdgeSetArrayStatus file as sets in their own right This property specifies which of those sets should names is be loaded Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these provided by the sets by specifying a single number per edge The accompanying reader List of Readers Edge Set Result Array Status EdgeSetResultArrayStatus An Ex
96. e VTK_ QUAD e VTK_TETRA e VTK_VOXEL e VTK_HEXAHEDRON e VTK_ WEDGE e VTK_ PYRAMID e VTK_PENTAGONAL PRISM e VTK_ HEXAGONAL PRISM e VTK_QUADRATIC_EDGE e VTK_QUADRATIC_TRIANGLE VTK Data Model e VTK_QUADRATIC_QUAD e VTK_QUADRATIC_TETRA e VTK_QUADRATIC_HEXAHEDRON e VTK_QUADRATIC_WEDGE e VTK_QUADRATIC_PYRAMID e VTK_BIQUADRATIC_QUAD e VTK_TRIQUADRATIC_HEXAHEDRON e VTK_QUADRATIC_LINEAR_ QUAD e VTK_QUADRATIC_LINEAR_ WEDGE e VTK_BIQUADRATIC_QUADRATIC_WEDGE e VTK_BIQUADRATIC_QUADRATIC_HEXAHEDRON e VTK_BIQUADRATIC_TRIANGLE e VTK_CUBIC_LINE e VTK_CONVEX_POINT_SET e VTK_ POLYHEDRON e VTK_ PARAMETRIC_CURVE e VTK_ PARAMETRIC SURFACE e VTK_PARAMETRIC_TRI_SURFACE e VTK_ PARAMETRIC _QUAD_SURFACE e VTK_PARAMETRIC_TETRA_ REGION e VTK_PARAMETRIC_HEX REGION Many of these cell types are straightforward For details see VTK documentation Polygonal Grid Polydata ae AZ K mez aA AAN NAN XIA WA She SST A polydata is a specialized version of unstructured grid designed for efficient rendering It consists of OD cells vertices and polyvertices 1D cells lines and polylines and 2D cells polygons and triangle strips Certain filters VTK Data Model that generate only these cell types will generate a polydata Examples include the Contour and Slice filters An unstructured grid as long as it has only 2D cells supported by polydata can be converted to a polydata using the
97. file for connection Hava cha Server CoOmmece wo che C llakeine Time in minutes since connecting with a may timeout The client typically shows the server times out version We pypython help connect id opt they match cslog opt data opt the numeral replac my vtk yo WE machines opt M render server SCN e00 Hres Give the version number and exit Ser cae IND Oz tie SSioweic anc Cllieime co make surta ClientServerStream log file Load the specified data Waticla a lo To specify file series eg myO vtk myl vtk myN vtk becomes Displays available command line arguments Specify the network configurations file for the Load the specified statefile pvsm Tell the application to enable stereo rendering Command Line Argument S 198 only when running on a single process STECO TJ opt Specify the stereo type This valid only when stereo is specified Possible values are Crystal Eyes Red Blue W ihime uc lheveeel version AV Dre pvrenderserver help client host opt ch opt connect id opt cslog opt help Te machines opt m opt render server port opt rsp opt reverse connection Sre tile dimensions x opt tdx opt tile dimensions y opt tdy opt tile mullion x opt
98. i Ji Favorites blow0 vtk di CX blowt vti open multiple files with lt ctrl gt key J DA blow2 vtk D E blow3 vtk D FA blow vtk Windows Net E blow5 vtk a E blow6 vtk E blow9 vtk Ji Desktop blowl1 vtk A Data blow15 vtk XML d SceneBuilder J EnSight Filename blow vtk Files of type Supported Files ncdf nc pop ncdf pop nc wind vpc partides v Cancel You can expand the file series by clicking on the triangle as shown in the above diagram Simply select the group in the picture named blow vtk and click ok The reader will store all the filenames and treat each file as a time step You can now animate use annotate time filter do anything you can do with readers that natively support time If you want to load a single step of a file series just expand the triangle and select the file you are interested in Data Ingestion Opening Multiple Files ParaView supports loading multiple files as long as they exist in the same directory Just hold the ctrl key down while selecting each file or hold shift to select all files in a range E ParaViewData Data FileSeries d My Documen Filename 4 E blow vtk E blow0 vtk blowl vtk E blow2 vtk E blow3 vtk E blow4 vtk E blow5 vtk E blow6 vtk Arwa T E blowl1 vtk E blow15 vtk b es open multiple files with lt ctrl gt key J EnSight
99. if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItSAS Reader Reads SAS files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are sas sasgeom and sasdata Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItSpheralReader Reads ASCII coupled hydrodynamical and gravitational simulations Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a t
100. images rather than geometry are being delivered to the client The Apply presets for menu allows you to choose from a set of default settings which are generally well suited to particular network connection bandwidths e Interactive Subsample Rate This setting controls how coarsely the image is downsampled to maintain interactivity while the camera is being manipulated Application Settings 209 e Image Compression Enables compression of images during interaction You can choose from either of the two image compression algorithms e Squirt Chooses IceT s native squirt image compression algorithm The slider to the right controls the colorspace fidelity of the compression and conversely the interactive responsiveness e Zlib Chooses the ZLib library s compression algorithm instead The spin box to the right specifies a compression level 1 through 9 The slider controls the colorspace fidelity The Strip Alpha checkbox removed the Opacity channel if any from the shipped images The Tile Display Parameters section contains controls that take effect when doing tiled display wall rendering Still Subsample Rate This puts a screen space coarseness limit on the normally full resolution rendering that happens once you release the mouse after moving the camera Image compositing time can prevent interactivity when working with large displays This limit allows you to preview your results quickly and then choose to rende
101. index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_boxWidgetUI png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_sphereWidget png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_sphereWidget png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_sphereWidgetUL png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_sphereWidgetUI png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_pointWidget png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_pointWidget png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_pointWidgetUL png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_pointWidgetUI png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_splineWidget png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_splineWidget png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_splineWidgetUI png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_splineWidgetUI png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_ColorLegendButton png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ColorLegendButton png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_scalarBar png Source http paraview org Wiki ind
102. input contains no vector array then default 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are Normal ribbon normals will be generated DefaultNormal property if a vector array has accepted UseDefaultNormal been set SelectInputVectors property the ribbon normals will be set from the specified array If this property is set to 1 the default normal DefaultNormal property will be used regardless of whether the SelectInputVectors property has been set Vary Radius The property determines whether how to vary the radius of the tube If varying by 0 The value must be one of VaryRadius scalar 1 the tube radius is based on the point based scalar values in the dataset If the following Off 0 By it is varied by vector the vector magnitude is used in varying the radius Scalar 1 By Vector 2 By Absolute Scalar 3 Warp By Scalar This filter moves point coordinates along a vector scaled by a point attribute It can be used to produce carpet plots The Warp scalar filter translates the points of the input data set along a vector by a distance determined by the specified scalars This filter operates on polygonal curvilinear and unstructured grid data sets containing single component scalar arrays Because it only changes the positions of the points the output data set type is the same as that of the input Any scalars in the input dataset are copied to the output so the data can be colored by them Property Description
103. is selected XMLRectilinearGridWriter Writer to write rectilinear grid in a xml based vtk data file Cannot be used for parallel writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written The selected dataset must be one of the Input to the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkRectilinearGrid Write all timesteps as file series WriteAllTimeSteps When WriteAl TimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 executed once for each timestep available from the reader Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following None CompressorType appended mode only 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii DataMode appended binary 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData uses base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected List of Writers 377 XMLStructuredGrid Writer Writer to write structured grid in a xml based vtk data file Cannot be used for parallel writing
104. leaf nodes of a multi block dataset don t all have to have the same attributes If you apply a filter that requires an attribute it will be VTK Data Model 18 applied only to blocks that have it Multipiece Dataset Multi piece datasets are similar to multi block datasets in that they group together simple datasets However there is one big difference Multi piece datasets group together datasets that are part of a whole mesh datasets of the same type and with same attributes This data structure is used collect datasets produced by a parallel simulation without having to append the meshes together Note that there is not way to create a multi piece dataset within ParaView They are created by certain readers Furthermore multi piece datasets act for the most part as simple datasets For example it is not possible to extract individual pieces or obtain information about them Information Panel 19 Information Panel Introduction Clicking on the Information button on the Object Inspector will take you to the Information Panel The purpose of this panel is to provide you with information about the output of the currently selected source reader or filter The information on this panel is presented in several sections We start by describing the sections that are applicable to all dataset types then we describe data specific sections File Properties Properties Filename can ex2 Path Users berk Work ParaView
105. loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItTSurfReader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is ts_deg83 List of Readers 265 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItTecplotBinaryReader Reads a subset of the Tecplot binary file format Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapp
106. make realclean e make TARGET for instance make linux x86 64 Note some platforms will complain during ParaView compiles about needing fPIC In the configs directory copy your platform file to another custom file edit it and add fPIC to the compile lines For instance cp linux x86 64 linux x86 64 fPIC Download ParaView Source Code If you are trying to build a ParaView release download it from the release page For the development version please follow the instructions below for checking it out from git Download The Release Don t forget that you can always just download the binaries from the ParaView download page U5 This page contains binaries for several platforms and the source code for the releases Note debian build List of packages to build ParaView on Debian libphonon dev libphonon4 libqt4 assistant qt4 dev tools libqt4 core libqt4 gui qt4 qmake libxt dev g gcc cmake curses gui libqt4 opengl dev mesa common dev With MPI using openmpi you can use any other flavour openmpi common openmpi bin libopenmpi dev With Python python2 5 dev How to build compile install 381 Checkout Development Version from git Note that you may need to download and install a git client here 16 On Unix like operating systems On Windows We recommend msysgitl 17 Msysgit provides an msys shell that mkdir HOME projects has the appropriate environment set up for using git and it s tools cd SHOME projects
107. must be set to one of the following Function generator Spline ParametricF unction Superquadric Create a superquadric according to the theta and phi roundness parameters This one source can generate a wide variety of 3D objects including a box a sphere or a torus The Superquadric source can be used to add a polygonal superquadric to the 3D scene This source can be used to create a wide variety of shapes e g a sphere a box or a torus by adjusting the roundness parameters The output of the Superquadric source is polygonal data with point normals and texture coordinates defined Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Center This property specifies the 3D coordinates of the center of the superquadric 000 Center Phi Resolution The value of this property represents the number of divisions in the phi latitudinal 16 The value must be greater PhiResolution direction This number will be rounded to the nearest multiple of 4 than or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 1024 Phi Roundness This property defines the roundness in the phi latitudinal direction A value of 0 1 The value must be greater PhiRoundness represents a rectangular shape a value of 1 represents a circular shape and values than or equal to 0 01 greater than 1 produce higher order shapes Scale The three values in this property are used to scale the superquadric in X Y and Z 111 Scale The surface norm
108. names is provided by the reader List of Readers 231 Side Set Array Status An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the of all the elements in a file as sets The list of array SideSetArrayStatus in their own right This property specifies which of those sets should be loaded names is Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by provided by the specifying a single number per side For example a hexahedron has 18 sides 6 reader faces and 12 edges Any of these sides may be individually called out in a set and assigned a result value The accompanying SideSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded Side Set Result Array Status An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the of all the elements in a file as sets The list of array SideSetResultArrayStatus in their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined names is over these sets by specifying a single number per side For example a hexahedron provided by the has 18 sides 6 faces and 12 edges Any of these sides may be individually called reader out in a set and assigned a result value This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the SideSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to appear XML File Name XMLFileName This property specifies the name of an XM
109. np 3 to 0 NP cubed overlap shared point ghost cell gap The space in rL units to extend processor 5 The value must be greater than or equal distance particle ownership for ghost particles cells to 0 Overlap Needed for correct halo calculation when halos cross processor boundaries in parallel computation pmin minimum particle threshold for Minimum number of particles threshold 100 The value must be greater than or equal an FOF halo needed before a group is called a to 1 PMin friends of friends FOF halo rL physical box side length The box side length used to wrap particles 100 The value must be greater than or equal RL around if they exceed rL or less than 0 in any to 0 dimension only positive positions are allowed in the input or they are wrapped around scale factor for rho_c Scale factor for rho_c in SOD halo finding such 1 RhoCScale that rho_c rho_c scale factor Initial rho_c is 2 77536627e11 M_sun h Mpc h 3 initial SOD center The initial friends of friends FOF center used 0 The value must be one of the following SODCenterType for calculating a spherical overdensity SOD Center of mass 0 Average position 1 halo WARNING Using MBP or MCP can be Most bound particle 2 Most connected very slow particle 3 scale factor for initial SOD mass Scale factor for the initial SOD mass such that 1 SODMassScale mass mass scale factor Initial SOD mass is 1 0e14 M_sun h
110. of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 257 VisItPATRANReader Reads PATRAN neutral files which are ASCII format files that contain unstructured geometry and simulation results Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is neu Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reade
111. of the files to load FileName Dimensions Load the grid with the given dimensions Any arrays that conform to these Dimensions dimensions will be loaded Output Type Specifies the type of data that the reader creates If Automatic the reader will 1 The value must be one of OutputType use the most appropriate grid type for the data read Note that not all grid the following Automatic types support all data A warning is issued if a mismatch occurs 1 Image 6 Rectilinear 3 Structured 2 Unstructured 4 Replace Fill Value With If on any float or double variable read that has a _Fill Value attribute will 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Spherical Coordinates If on then data with latitude longitude dimensions will be read in as SphericalCoordinates curvilinear data shaped like spherical coordinates If false then the data will always be read in Cartesian coordinates Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted List of Readers 223 Vertical Bias The bias of the vertical component of spherical coordinates It is common to VerticalBias write the vertical component with respect to something other than the center of the sphere for example the surface In this case it might be necessary to scale and or bias the vertical height The height will become height scale bias Keep in mind that if the positive attribute of the vertical dimension is down then the height is negated The sc
112. on the output Inversely if this filter has a request for time t it will request time t Shift Scale on its input Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input The input to the Temporal Shift Scale filter The selected object Input must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject Maximum Number Of If Periodic time is enabled this controls how many time periods time is reported 1 The value must be Periods for A filter cannot output an infinite number of time steps and therefore a finite greater than or equal MaximumNumberOfPeriods namber of periods is generated when reporting time to 0 and less than or equal to 100 Periodic If Periodic is true requests for time will be wrapped around so that the source 0 Only the values 0 and Periodic appears to be a periodic time source If data exists for times 0 N 1 setting 1 are accepted periodic to true will cause time 0 to be produced when time N 2N 2N etc is requested This effectively gives the source the ability to generate time data indefinitely in a loop When combined with Shift Scale the time becomes periodic in the shifted and scaled time frame of reference Note Since the input time may not start at zero the wrapping of time from the end of one period to the start of the next will subtract the initial time
113. operation removes outliers this filter is useful for removing high intensity low probability noise shot noise Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Input Input This property specifies the input to the Median filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData Kernel Size The value of this property specifies the number of pixels voxels in each KernelSize dimension to use in computing the median to assign to each pixel voxel If the kernel size in a particular dimension is 1 then the median will not be computed in that direction Select Input The value of thie property lists the name of the scalar array to use in An array of scalars is required Scalars computing the median SelectInputScalars List of Filters 329 Merge Blocks vtkCompositeDataToUnstructuredGridFilter appends all vtkDataSet leaves of the input composite dataset to a single unstructure grid The subtree to be combined can be choosen using the SubTreeCompositeIndex If the SubTreeCompositeIndex is a leaf node then no appending is required Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input dataset Input Set the input composite vtk
114. or m command line argument to tell the data server the name of the configuration file In practice the same file should be given to all three ParaView components This ensures that the client the render server and the data server all agree on the network parameters Figure 8 Initializing the connection from the data server to the render server An example network configuration file called machines pvx in this case is given below lt xml version 1 0 gt lt pvx gt lt Process Type client gt gt lt Process gt lt Process Type render server gt lt Option Name render node port Value 1357 gt lt Machine Name rs_mi Environment DISPLAY rs_m1 0 gt lt Machine Name rs_m2 Environment DISPLAY rs_m2 0 gt lt Process gt lt Process Host data server gt lt Machine Name ds_mi gt lt Machine Name ds_m2 gt lt Machine Name ds_m3 gt lt Machine Name ds_m4 gt lt Process gt lt pvx gt Starting the Server s 125 Sample command line arguments that use the configuration file above to initiate the network illustrated in Figure 8 are given below mpirun np 2 pvdataserver m machines pvx mpirun np 2 pvrenderserver m machines pvx paraview m machines pvx It should be noted that the machine configuration file discussed here is a distinct entity from and has a different syntax from the server configuration file discussed at the end
115. or libOSMesa so file Once again once you build with OSMesa support it will not take effect unless you launch the server with the use offscreen rendering flag or alternatively set the PV_OFFSCREEN environment variable on the server to 1 Compositing Given that you are connected to a server which is capable of rendering you have a choice of whether to do the rendering remotely or to do it locally ParaView s server performs all data processing tasks This includes generation of a polygonal representation of the full data set and of decimated LOD models Once the data is generated on the server it is sometimes better to do the rendering remotely and ship pixels to the client for display and sometimes better to instead shift geometry to the client and have the client render it locally In many cases the polygonal representation of the data set is much smaller than the original data set In an extreme case a simple outline may be used to represent a very large structured mesh In these cases it may be better to transmit the polygonal representation from the server to the client and then let the client render it The client can render the data repeatedly when the viewpoint is changed for instance without causing additional network traffic Only when the data changes will network traffic occur If the client workstation has high performance rendering hardware it can sometimes render even large data sets interactively in this way Th
116. parts will also be covered For VTK information beyond the scope of the chapter see The VTK User s Guide by Kitware Inc Integrating with VTK VTK is written in C and new readers should also be written in this language A reader plays the role of a source in a VTK pipeline and must be implemented as a class deriving from vtkAlgorithm or one of its subclasses The best choice for the immediate superclass of a new reader depends on the reader s output type For example a reader producing an instance of vtkPolyData may derive from vtkPolyDataAlgorithm to simplify its implementation In order for a reader to function properly within VTK s pipeline mechanism it must be able to respond to standard requests This is implemented by overriding one or more of the following methods from the chosen superclass The interface to these methods utilizes vtkInformation objects which are heterogeneous maps storing key value pairs Many of these methods have the same three arguments The first argument is of type vtkInformation and contains at least one key specifying the request itself The second argument is of type vtkInformationVector and stores information about the input connections to the algorithm This can be ignored by readers because they have no input connections The third argument is of type vtkInformationVector and contains one vtkInformation object for each How to write parallel VTK readers 388 output port of the algorithm Most rea
117. performance Even though this may seem a bit complicated at first it can be used with great effect For example the example above can be rewritten as follows from paraview vtk dataset_adapter import numpyTovtkDataArray input inputs 0 newPoints vtk vtkPoints mes il sp slinjabic Poorness 2 0 3 Coons astaci kyot Pormes 3 022 zel newPoints SetData numpyTovtkDataArray coords output SetPoints newPoints Python Programmable Filter 61 Even though this produces exactly the same result it is much more efficient because we eliminated the for loop Well we didn t really eliminate it We rather moved it from Python to C Under the hood NumPy uses C and Fortran for tight loops If you read the Python Calculator documentation this example is pretty straightforward except the use of numpyTovtkDataArray First of all note that we are mixing two APIs here the VTK API and NumPy VTK and NumPy uses different types of objects to represents arrays The basic examples we previously used carefully hide this from you However once you start manipulating VTK objects using NumPy you have to start converting objects between two APIs Note that for the most part this conversion happens without deep copying arrays e g copying the raw contents from one memory location to another Rather pointers are passed between VTK and NumPy whenever possible The dataset_adapter provides two methods to do the conversions describ
118. php oldid 31924 Contributors DaveDemarle Annotation Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 31926 Contributors DaveDemarle Animation View Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37678 Contributors Rmaynard Utkarsh Comparative Views Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 35856 Contributors Berk 3 anonymous edits Parallel ParaView Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37541 Contributors DaveDemarle Sebastien jourdain 1 anonymous edits Starting the Server s Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36964 Contributors DaveDemarle Connecting to the Server Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36962 Contributors DaveDemarle About Parallel Rendering Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37593 Contributors 1 anonymous edits Parallel Rendering Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37728 Contributors DaveDemarle Partyd 3 anonymous edits Tile Display Walls Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37537 Contributors DaveDemarle CAVE Displays Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37744 Contributors Nikhil 2 anonymous edits Interpreted ParaView Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37594 Contributors anonymous edits Python Scripting Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 30313 Contributors Andy bauer Berk DaveDemarle Daviddoria Newacct Themiwi Tmjung Utkarsh Tools for Python Scripting Source http paraview org Wiki i
119. pipeline in ParaView You will now see the following in the Pipeline Browser Pipeline Browser Gx builtin ie SphereSource 1 ShrinkFilter 1 a EELEE Figure 2 Linear Pipeline e ia Within the Pipeline Browser to the left of each entry is an eye icon indicating whether that data set is currently visible If there is no eye icon it means that the data produced by that filter is not compatible with the currently active View window Otherwise a dark eye icon indicates that the data set is visible and when a data set is viewable but currently invisible its icon is drawn in light gray Clicking on the eye icon toggles the visibility of the corresponding data set In the above example all three filters are potentially visible but only the ElevationFilter is actually being displayed The ElevationFilter is also highlighted in blue indicating that it is the currently active Filter Since it is the active filter the Object Inspector reflects its content and the next filter created will use it as the input The Pipeline 47 You can always change parameters of any filter in the pipeline after it has been applied Left click on the filter in the Pipeline Browser to make it the active one The Properties Display and Information tabs are always reflect the active filter When you make changes in the Properties tab and apply your changes all filters beyond the changed one are automatically updated Double clickin
120. pipeline will be instantiated but it will not have updated yeu You can programmatically obtain the reader from the pipeline starting with this command which lists all readers sources and filters in the pipeline gt gt Gcusournces box ex2 274 lt paraview servermanager ExodusIIReader object at 0x21b3eb70 gt But it is easier if you note that readers are typically named according to the name of the file that they are created for gt gt gt reader FindSource box ex2 Now you can change the filename with these two commands gt gt gt reader FileName path_to can ex2 gt gt gt reader FileNameChanged 168 In Situ CoProcessing CoProcessing Background Several factors are driving the growth of simulations Computational power of computer clusters is growing while the price of individual computers is decreasing Distributed computing techniques allow hundreds or even thousands of computer nodes to participate in a single simulation The benefit of this computational power is that simulations are getting more accurate and useful for predicting complex phenomena The downside to this growth in computational power is that enormous amounts of data need to be saved and analyzed to determine the results of the simulation The ability to generate data has outpaced our ability to save and analyze the data This bottle neck is throttling our ability to benefit from our improved co
121. plot and chart views and programmable filters which give you the ability to run arbitrary code on the server and have access to every data point these give you the ability to inspect the data at from the highest level view all the way down to the hard numbers In this chapter we describe the various tools that ParaView gives you to support quantitative analysis Python Programmable Filter Introduction The Programmable Filter is a Output Data Set Type Same as Input ParaView filter that processes one or Script more input datasets based on a Python script provided by the user The input self GetInputDataObject 0 0 output self GetOutputDataObject 0 output ShallowCopy input output data type the script and a toggle parameters of the filter include the that controls whether the input arrays are copied to the output In this document we introduce the use of the Programmable Filter and give a summary of the API available to the user Note that the Programmable Filter depends on Python All ParaView binaries distributed by Kitware are built with Python enabled If you have built ParaView yourself you have to make sure that PARAVIEW_ENABLE_PYTHON is turned on when configuring the ParaView build Python Programmable Filter 59 Since the entire VTK API as well as any module that can be imported through Python is available through this filter we can only skim the surface of what can be accomplished with th
122. point or line widget is displayed along with traditional user interface controls for positioning the point cloud or line within the data set Instructions for using the 3D widgets and the corresponding manual controls can be found in section 7 4 This filter operates on any type of data set provided it has point centered vectors The output is polygonal data containing polylines This filter is available on the Toolbar Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Compute Vorticity Compute vorticity and angular rotation of particles as 1 Only the values 0 ComputeVorticity they progress and 1 are accepted Enable Particle Writing EnableParticleWriting Turn On Off particle writing 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Force Reinjection Every NSteps ForceReinjectionEveryNSteps a When animating particles it is nice to inject new ones every Nth step to produce a continuous flow Setting ForceReinjectionEveryNSteps to a non zero value will cause the particle source to reinject particles every Nth step even if it is otherwise unchanged Note that if the particle source is also animated this flag will be redundant as the particles will be reinjected whenever the source changes anyway Ignore Pipeline Time IgnorePipelineTime Ignore the TIME_ requests made by the pipeline and 0 only use the TimeStep set manually Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Lis
123. polygonal data i e without volume rendering Currently X3D U1 ASCII as well as binary VRML Virtual Reality Modeling Language 1 and POV Ray BI are supported To export a scene set up the scene in a 3D view Only one view can be exported at a time With the view to be exported active choose File Export The file open dialog will list the available types The type is determined based on the extensions of the file written out Kitware ParaView 3 3 1 e vrml VRML 4 File Edit View Sources Filters A e x3d X3D ASCI P Open Ctrl O P x3db X3D Binary Recent Files e pov POV Ray 6 Load State Save State Save Data Ctrl S Save Screenshot Export g Save Animation Save Geometry Connect W Disconnect Exit a t m miau Export option in the File menu can be used to export the scene set up in a 3D view ParaView Welcome Site Map 7 References 1 http www web3d org x3d 2 http www web3d org x3d vrml 3 http www povray org 4 http www vtk org doc nightly html classvtkVWRMLExporter html 5 http www vtk org doc nightly html classvtkX3DExporter html 6 http www vtk org doc nightly html classvtkPOVExporter html 7 http www paraview org Wiki Category ParaView 92 3D Widgets Manipulating data in the 3D view 3D Widgets In addition to being controlled manually through entry boxes sliders etc parameters of some of
124. practice this means inserting points that are widely dispersed and enables smooth transition of triangle sizes throughout the mesh You may even want to add extra points to create a better point distribution If numerical problems are present you will see a warning message to this effect at the end of the triangulation process Warning Points arranged on a regular lattice termed degenerate cases can be triangulated in more than one way at least according to the Delaunay criterion The choice of triangulation as implemented by this algorithm depends on the order of the input points The first three points will form a triangle other degenerate points will not break this triangle Points that are coincident or nearly so may be discarded by the algorithm This is because the Delaunay triangulation requires unique input points The output of the Delaunay triangulation is supposedly a convex hull In certain cases this implementation may not generate the convex hull Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Alpha The value of this property controls the output of this filter For a 0 The value must be greater than or Alpha non zero alpha value only edges or triangles contained within a equal to 0 sphere centered at mesh vertices will be output Otherwise only triangles will be output Bounding If this property is set to 1 bounding triangulation points and 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are
125. property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItCMA TReader ASCII output of CMAT Fortran simulation Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is cmat Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 23
126. rather than relying on the data server machines which may have limited or no rendering capabilities In ParaView the number of machines N composing the render server must be no more than the number M composing the data server Note that although it is true that at some large installations with particularly high performing parallel rendering resources it can be very efficient to run ParaView in Render Server Mode we have found in practice that it is almost always the case that the data transfer time between the two servers overwhelms the speedup gained by rendering on the dedicated graphics cluster For this reason we typically recommend that you combine the data and render servers together as one component and either render in software via Mesa on the data processing cluster or do all of the visualization processing directly on the GPU cluster If you still want to break up the data processing and rendering tasks there are two sets of connections that must be made for ParaView to run in render server mode The first connection set is between the client and the first node of each of the data and render servers The second connection set is between the nodes of the render server and the first N nodes of the data server Once all of these connections are established they are bi directional The diagram in Figure 5 depicts the connections established when ParaView is running in render server mode Each double ended arrow indicates a bi directional
127. read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 242 VisItEnzoReader Reads enzo cosmological simulation AMR files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are boundary and hierarchy Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItExtruded VolReader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is exvol Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays
128. reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is samrai Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItSARReader Reads Specific Absorption Rate image volume files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is sar List of Readers 263 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset
129. reader reads files in XDMF format The expected file extension is xmf Metadata is stored in the XDMF file using an XML format and large attribute arrays are stored in a corresponding HDF5 file The output may be unstructured grid structured grid or rectiliner grid See http www xdmf org for a description of the file format Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is CellArrayStatus provided by the reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the XDMF reader FileName Grids Controls which particular data sets to read from a file that contains many data GridStatus sets inside a composite data set collection Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is PointArrayStatus provided by the reader Sets Select the sets to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is SetStatus provided by the reader Stride If loading structured data this property indicate the number of indices per 111 The value must be greater than Stride dimension X Y or Z to skip between each point included in this output or equal to 1 1 1 List of Readers 272 XML Hierarchical Box Data reader Read a VTK XML based data file containing a hierarchical dataset containing vtkUniformGrids The XML Hierarchical Box Data reader reads VTK s XML based fi
130. reader s Object Inspector tab ParaView comes with support for a large number of file formats 5 and its modular architecture makes it possible to add new file readers 6 Once a file is read ParaView automatically renders it in a View In ParaView a View is simply a window that shows data There are different types of Views ranging from qualitative computer graphics rendering of the data to quantitative spreadsheet presentations of the data values as text ParaView picks a suitable view type for your data automatically but you are free to change the view type modify the rendering parameters of the data in the view and even create new views simultaneously as you see fit to better understand what you ve read in Additionally high level meta information about the data including names types and ranges of arrays temporal ranges memory size and geometric extent can be found in the Information Tab One can learn a great deal about a given dataset with a one element Visualization Pipeline consisting of just a reader module You can learn much more and in fact perform arbitrarily complex analyses and data manipulations adding modules to build up the pipeline In ParaView you can create arbitrarily complex visualization pipelines including ones with multiple readers merging and branching pipelines You build up a pipeline by choosing the next filter in the sequence from the Filters menu Once you click accept this new filter will read in the data
131. see how to create selections using the spreadsheet view As we discussed earlier the spreadsheet view simply shows the raw cell point or field data in a table Each row represents a unique cell or point from the dataset Like with any other spreadsheet application one can select a cell or a point by simply clicking on the row to select One can expand the selection using Ctrl Shift keys while clicking If the spreadsheet view is currently showing point attributes then selecting on it will create a point based selection Similarly if it s showing cell attributes then it will create a cell based selection Selection cannot be created when showing field attributes which are not associated with any cell or point We know that all views showing a selected dataset show the selection The spreadsheet view showing the data from a source selected in the 3D view highlights the corresponding cells points Conversely when we create a selection in the spreadsheet view the corresponding cell or point gets highlighted in all the 3D views showing the source Selection 78 Select using the Selection Inspector Kitware ParaView 3 3 0 development File Edit View Sources Filters Animation Tools Help BEES MARBSES OO KAP DAE wee l Qa eT z C reframe AETA EC EOR EREEREER Pipeine Browser ax ATOA memx builtin o zma ExtractSelection1 Active Selection Selected Object Selection Type Field Type Select
132. select a property if more than one is available To add a property first select the pipeline object from the first menu then select its parameter from the second value Once you are done with the selection click on the button to add the parameter This parameter will now show in the list of parameters To delete a parameter from the list click on the corresponding x on the left side of the parameter selection widget Note that once you add a new parameter ParaView will try to assign good default values Comparative Views 116 to each cell For example if you add Contour Isosurfaces ParaView will assign values ranging from minimum scalar value to maximum scalar value Editing Parameter Values Contour 1 lsosurfaces Comma separated values accepted A B 0 130 153 333 1 176 667 200 You can edit the parameter values using the spreadsheet widget You can either e Change individual value by double clicking on a cell and editing it or e Change a group of cells by clicking on the first one and dragging to the last one ParaView will then ask you to enter minimum and maximum values If you selected cells that span more than one direction it will also ask you to choose which way values vary Let s examine the range selection a bit further Say that you selected a 2x2 area of cells and entered 0 for the minimum and 10 for the maximum If you select Vary Horizontally First the values will be 0 3 33 6 66 10
133. selected object must be the result of Input files the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet XMLPolyDataWriter Writer to write poly data in a xml based vtk data file Cannot be used for parallel writing List of Writers 376 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to The selected dataset must be one of the Input the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Write all timesteps as file series When WriteAl TimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 executed once for each timestep available from the reader Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted WriteAllTimeSteps Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following CompressorType appended mode only None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following DataMode appended binary Ascii 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode
134. sets the size of the corners as a 0 2 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 001 and less than or equal to 0 5 Input Input This property specifies the input to the Outline Corners filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Outline Curvilinear DataSet This filter generates an outline representation of the input The Outline filter generates an outline of the outside edges of the input dataset rather than the dataset s bounding box This filter operates on structured grid datasets and produces polygonal output Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Input Input This property specifies the input to the outline curvilinear filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkStructuredGrid Particle Pathlines Creates polylines representing pathlines of animating particles Particle Pathlines takes any dataset as input it extracts the point locations of all cells over time to build up a polyline trail The point number index is used as the key if the points are randomly changing their respective order in the points list the
135. specify different characteristics for the two faces using these settings Transformation Transformation Translate 0 0 0 Scale Aoo 1 1 Orientation 0 0 0 Origin 0 0 0 These settings allow the user to transform the rendered geometry without actually transforming the data Note that since this transformation happens during rendering any filters that you apply to this data source will still be working on the original untransformed data Use the Transform filter if you want to transform the data instead 2D View 2D View is similar to 3D view except that it can only show slices from uniform grid datasets i e volume datasets or image datasets The interaction is also limited to a 2D plane i e rotation is not available Currently this view does not support selection That will be supported in future releases When one loads a 2D image ParaView by default creates this view Since this view is same as the 3D view it has the same features when it comes to client server and parallel rendering Interaction Interactions with this view update the camera The default buttons are as follows they can be changed using the Application Settings dialog Modifier Left Button Middle Button Right Button Pan Pan Zoom Shift Zoom Zoom Zoom Control Zoom Zoom Pan Unlike 3D view this view currently does not support selection However that support will be added in future Views Representation
136. stage of this pipeline maintains its own copy of the data Whenever possible ParaView performs shallow copies of the data so that different stages of the pipeline point to the same block of data in memory However any filter that creates new data or changes the values or topology of the data must allocate new memory for the result If ParaView is filtering a very large mesh inappropriate use of filters can quickly deplete all available memory Therefore when visualizing large data sets it is important to understand the memory requirements of filters Please keep in mind that the following advice is intended only for when dealing with very large amounts of data and the remaining available memory is low When you are not in danger of running out of memory ignore all of the following advice When dealing with structured data it is absolutely important to know what filters will change the data to unstructured Unstructured data has a much higher memory footprint per cell than structured data because the topology must be explicitly written out There are many filters in ParaView that will change the topology in some way and these filters will write out the data as an unstructured grid because that is the only data set that will handle any type of topology that is generated The following list of filters will write out a new unstructured topology in its output that is roughly equivalent to the input These filters should never be used with structur
137. that this example requires MPI to be available on your system The executable takes in a python coprocessing script and a number of time steps to be run for Note to remember to set your system environment properly See 1 for details CoProcessingExample cxx include vtkCPDataDescription h include vtkCPInputDataDescription h include vtkCPProcessor h include vtkCPPythonScriptPipeline h include vtkElevationFilter h include vtkMultiProcessController h include vtkPolyData h include vtkSmartPointer h include vtkSphereSource h include vtkxXMLUnstructuredGridReader h include lt mpi h gt include lt string gt class DataGenerator public DataGenerator this gt Sphere vtkSmartPointer lt vtkSphereSource gt New this gt Sphere gt SetThetaResolution 30 this gt Sphere gt SetPhiResolution 30 Lae Procell MPI_Comm_rank MPI_COMM_WORLD amp procId this gt Sphere gt SetCenter procId 4 0 0 0 this gt Elevation vtkSmartPointer lt vtkElevationFilter gt New this gt Elevation gt SetInputConnection this gt Sphere gt GetOutputPort this gt Index 0 vtkSmartPointer lt vtkPolyData gt GetNext C CoProcessing example 178 double radius fabs sin 0 1 this gt Index this gt Index this gt Sphere gt SetRadius 1 0 radius this gt Elevation gt Update vtkSmartPointer lt vt
138. the details about the active selection One can toggle the inspector visibility from the View menu The inspector can be used to create a new active selection view edit the properties of the active selection as well as change the way the selection is displayed in the 3D window e g change the color show labels etc We will look at each of these options as we try to explore the different selection types in ParaView Selection 75 Kitware ParaView 3 30 development Bile Edit Yiew Sources Filters Agimation Jools Help eb SS WAS K lt i gt ID Di SS me T TiC gt x t HOOUSTOESS Poeine Browser ETTEETS ex OOR Data Hierarchy Root Block 0 1 DataSet 0 2 DataSet 1 3 Block 1 4 Block 2 5 Block 3 6 Block 4 7 DataSet 0 8 Block 5 9 Block 6 10 Block 7 11 DataSet 0 12 DataSet 1 13 Spreadsheet View provides data exploration capabilities One of the common complaints many users have is not being able to look at the raw data directly Spreadsheet view provides exactly that It allows the user to look at the raw cell data point data or field data associated with a dataset For more details on how to use the Spreadsheet View please refer to Spreadsheet View Chapter Create a Selection In this section we will discuss different ways of creating a selection Select cells points on the Surface One of the simplest use cases is to select cells or points on the surface of t
139. the data in a spatial context Including Reflect Transform and Warp e Topological operations which manipulate the connected structure of the data set itself usually creating or destroying cells for instance to reduce the data sets memory size while leaving it in the same place in space Including Cell Centers Clean Decimate Extract Surface Quadric Clustering Shrink Smooth and Tetrahedralize e Sampling which compute new data sets that represent some essential features from the data sets that they take as input Including Clip Extract Subset Extract Selection Glyph Streamline Probe Plot Histogram and Slice Filter Categories 52 e Data Type Conversion which covert between the various VTK data structures VTK Data Model and join or split entire data structures Including Append DataSets Append Geometry Extract Blocks Extract AMR Blocks and Group DataSets e White Box Filters which do arbitrary processing as specified at runtime by you the user Including the Calculator and Python Programmable filters Best Practices 1 4 1 Avoiding Data Explosion The pipeline model that ParaView presents is very convenient for exploratory visualization The loose coupling between components provides a very flexible framework for building unique visualizations and the pipeline structure allows you to tweak parameters quickly and easily The downside of this coupling is that it can have a larger memory footprint Each
140. the decimal point Selection with Spreadsheet View Spreadsheet View in many ways behaves like typical spreadsheet applications One can scroll select rows using mouse clicks arrow keys and modifiers like Shift and Ctrl keys sort columns by clicking on the header Additionally one can double click on a column header to toggle the maximization of a column for better readability On selecting rows the corresponding cells or points will get selected and ParaView will highlight those in other views such as the 3D view Conversely when one makes a selection in the 3D View or the chart views one the rows corresponding to the selected cells points will be highlighted in the spreadsheet view Of course for the view to highlight the selection the selected dataset must be the one that s being shown in the spreadsheet view To make it easier to inspect just the selected elements one check the Show only selected button on the view header When in Show only Selected mode one can no longer create selections on the Spreadsheet view One has to use the other views to make the selection and the Spreadsheet view will automatically update to show the details for the items that got selected Spreadsheet View can show data associated with cells points or even field data To choose what attribute the view shows one can use the attribute type combo box The selection created by the view depends on the attribute type i e when if user sele
141. the filters and sources in ParaView can be changed interactively by manipulating 3D widgets in a 3D view Often the 3D widgets are used to set the parameters approximately and then the manual controls are used for fine tuning these values In the manual controls for each 3D widget there is a check box for toggling whether the 3D widget is drawn in the scene the label for the check box depends on the type of 3D widget being used The following 3D widgets are supported in ParaView Line Widget The line widget is used to set the orientation and the position of a line It is used in both the Stream Tracer and Elevation filters The position of the line can be changed by clicking on any point on the line except the endpoints and dragging To position the widget accurately the user may need to change the camera position as well Holding the Shift key while interacting will restrict the motion of the line widget to one of the X Y or Z planes The plane chosen is the one most closely aligned with the direction of the initial mouse movement To move one of the endpoints simply use one of the point widgets on each end of the line These are marked by spheres which become red when clicked You can also reposition the endpoints by pressing the P key the endpoint nearest to the mouse cursor will be placed at the position on the data set surface beneath the mouse position Left clicking while the cursor is over the line and dragging
142. the input point data will be 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Data passed to the output If set to 1 then the input point data is passed through PassPointData to the output otherwise only generated cell data is placed into the output Principal Component Analysis Compute a statistical model of a dataset and or assess the dataset with a statistical model This filter either computes a statistical model of a dataset or takes such a model as its second input Then the model however it is obtained may optionally be used to assess the input dataset This filter performs additional analysis above and beyond the multicorrelative filter It computes the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the covariance matrix from the multicorrelative filter Data is then assessed by projecting the original tuples into a possibly lower dimensional space Since the PCA filter uses the multicorrelative filter s analysis it shares the same raw covariance table specified in the multicorrelative documentation The second table in the multiblock dataset comprising the model output is an expanded version of the multicorrelative version As with the multicorrlative filter the second model table contains the mean values the upper triangular portion of the symmetric covariance matrix and the non zero lower triangular portion of the Cholesky decomposition of the List of Filters 340 covariance matrix Below these entries are the e
143. the location lies in Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input The input from which the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers Input selection is extracted filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet vtkTable vtkCompositeDataSet Selection The input that provides the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers Selection selection object filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkSelection Point Data to Cell Data Create cell attributes by averaging point attributes The Point Data to Cell Data filter averages the values of the point attributes of the points of a cell to compute cell attributes This filter operates on any type of dataset and the output dataset is the same type as the input Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Point Data to Cell Data filter Once set the input dataset type cannot Input be changed The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Pass Point The value of this property controls whether
144. the main purposes of ParaView is to allow users to create visualizations of large data sets that reside on parallel systems without first collecting the data to a single machine Transferring the data is often slow and wasteful of disk resources and the visualization of large data sets can easily overwhelm the processing and especially memory resources of even high performance workstations This chapter first describes the concepts behind the parallelism in ParaView We then discuss in detail the process of starting up ParaView s parallel server components Lastly we explain explains how a parallel visualization session is initiated from within the user interface Parallel rendering is an essential part of parallel ParaView So essential that we ve given it its own chapter in this version of the book The task of setting up a cluster for Visualization is unfortunately outside of the scope of this book However there are several online resources that will help to get you started including e http paraview org Wiki Setting up_a_ParaView_Server e http www iac es sieinvens siepedia pmwiki php n HOWTOs ParaviewInACluster and e http paraview org Wiki images a a1 Cluster09_PV_Tut_Setup pdf Parallel ParaView 119 Parallel Structure ParaView has three main logical components client data server and render server The client is responsibly for the GUI and is the interface between you the user and ParaView as a whole The data server read
145. this server Manual Startup no attempt will be made to start the server You must start the server manually before trying to connect Save Cancel Figure 3 Configure the server manually It must be started outside of ParaView If you choose the Command option in the text window labeled Execute an external command to start the server you must give the command s and any arguments for starting the server This includes commands to execute a command on a remote machine e g ssh and to run the server in parallel e g mpirun You may also specify an amount of time to wait after executing the startup command s and before making the connection between the client and the server s See the spin box at the bottom of the dialog When you have finished click the Save button at the bottom of the dialog Connecting to the Server 128 Configure Server Configure localhost autostart cs localhost Please configure the startup procedure to be used when connecting to this server Startup Type v Execute an external command to start the server C Program Files MPICH mpdibin MPIRun exe np 2 E KWBuilds Paraview develP 3 build bin debug pyserver exe After executing the startup command wait 5 0 seconds before connecting Figure 4 Enter a command that will launch a new server Clicking the Save button in the Configure Server dialog will return you to the Choose Server dialog shown earlier in this se
146. time in seconds over which the entire animation should run Each frame is rendered using the current wall clock time in seconds relative to the start time The animation runs for nearly the number of seconds specified by the Duration secs spinbox In Animation View 107 turn the number of frames actually generated or rendered depends on the time to generate or render each frame In Snap To TimeSteps mode the number of frames in the animation is determined by the number of time values in the data set being animated This is the animation mode used for ParaView s default animations playing through the time values in a data set one after the other Default animations are created by ParaView when a data set with time values is loaded no action is required by the user to create the animation Note that using this mode when no time varying data is loaded will result in no animation at all In Sequence mode the final item in the header is the No Frames spinbox This spinbox lets you pick the total number of frames for the animation Similarly in Real Time mode the final line lets you choose the duration of the animation In Snap To Timesteps mode the total number of frames is dictated by the data set and therefore the spinbox is disabled The Time entry box shows the current animation time which is same as shown by a vertical marker in this view One can change the current animation time by either entering a value in this box if a
147. to http endo sandia gov SEACAS for more information about the Exodus IT format Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Ghost Level The number of ghost levels to include in the output 0 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 GhostLevel file s Note that some writers such as ExodusIIWriter may not support writing ghost levels Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written The selected object must be the result of the Input to the file following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkCompositeDataSet vtkDataSet Write All Time When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Steps executed once for each timestep available from the WriteAllTimeSteps reader MetaImageWriter Writer to write a binary UNC meta image data This is a fairly simple yet powerful format consisting of a text header and a binary data section Metalmage headers are expected to have extension mha or mhd List of Writers 368 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input to written to the fil
148. to written to the file includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData List of Writers 369 PPLY Writer Writer to write polygonal data in Stanford University PLY format The data can be written in either binary little or big endian or ASCII representation As for PointData and CellData vtkPLY Writer cannot handle normals or vectors It only handles RGB PointData and CellData This version is used when running in parallel It gathers data to first node and saves 1 file Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input to written to the file includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData File Type The type for the data file i e ascii or binary 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii 1 Binary 2 FileType PSTLWriter STLWriter writes stereo lithography stl files in either ASCII or binary form Stereo lithography files only contain triangles If polygons with more than 3 vertices are present only the first 3 vertices are written Use TriangleFilter to convert polygons to triangles This version of the reader is used whe
149. useful every time you run into situations where you want to know the cell or the point at which a certain condition happens eg e What are the cells at which PRESSURE gt 12 e What are the points with TEMP values in the range 12 133 e Locate the cell at ID 122 in Block 2 This feature provides a convenient way of creating selections based on certain criteria that can then be extracted from the data if needed Querying for Data 83 Using the Find Data dialog The dialog is designed to be used in two distinct operations e Define the selection criteria or query e Process the selected cells points e g show labels in active 3D view extract selection etc One must define the selection query and then execute the query using Run Query button before being able to inspect or process the selected elements Defining the Query First decide what type of elements you are interested in selecting i e cells or points and from what data source This can be done using the following combo boxes Note that as you change these any previous selections queries will be cleared epo form Find Cell from can ex2 HA EQPS H is gt eq 0 2 7998 FA rant oxo G y 1008 1008 145 1 263 Run Selection Query 3 7152 2 Query Results 7152 676 Wl Find Data Next we must define the selection criteria For defining the criteria one first choose the term e g IDs Global IDs attribute array
150. variable that fall into each bin Component The value of this property specifies the array component from 0 Component which the histogram should be computed Custom Bin Ranges Set custom bin ranges to use These are used only when 0 100 The value must lie within the range of the CustomBinRanges UseCustomBinRanges is set to true selected data array Input This property specifies the input to the Histogram filter The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Select Input Array This property indicates the name of the array from which to An array of scalars is required SelectInputArray compute the histogram Valud array names will be chosen from point and cell data Use Custom Bin When set to true CustomBinRanges will be used instead of 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Ranges using the full range for the selected array By default set to UseCustomBinRanges false List of Filters 322 Integrate Variables This filter integrates cell and point attributes The Integrate Attributes filter integrates point and cell data over lines and surfaces It also computes length of lines area of surface or volume Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies t
151. views Once a view frame is split you will see a list of buttons showing the different types of views that you can create to place in that view Simply click the button to create the view of your choice a ojelole Create View 3D View 2D View Spreadsheet View Line Chart View Bar Chart View 3D View Comparative Line Chart View Comparative Bar Chart View Comparative Parallel Coordinates View INEN YY Some filters such as Plot Over Line may automatically split the view frame and show the data in a particular type of view suitable for the data generated by the filter Active View Once you have multiple views the active view if indicated by a colored border around the view frame Several menus as well as toolbar buttons affect the active view alone Also they may become enabled disabled based on whether that corresponding action is supported by the active view The Display tab affects the active view Similarly the eye icon in the Pipeline Browser next to the pipeline objects indicates the visibility state for that object in the active view When a new filter or source or reader is created it will be displayed by default in the active view if possible otherwise if may create a new view Views Representations and Color Mapping 25 Types of Views In this section we will cover the different types of Views available in ParaView For ea
152. which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 259 VisItParaDisReader Reads Parallel Dislocation Simulator ParaDiS files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are prds data dat Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItParaDisTecplotReader Reads Parallel Dislocation Simulator ParaDiS tecplot like files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are fld field cyl cylinder dat
153. which to perform the clip operation required Valud array names will be chosen from point and cell data Use Value As If UseValueAsOffset is true Value is used as an offset parameter to the implicit 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are Offset function Otherwise Value is used only when clipping using a scalar array accepted UseValueAsOffset Value If clipping with scalars this property sets the scalar value about which to clip the 0 The value must lie within the Value dataset based on the scalar array chosen See SelectInputScalars If clipping with range of the selected data a clip function this property specifies an offset from the clip function to use in the clipping operation Neither functionality is currently available in ParaView s user interface array List of Filters 298 Clip Closed Surface Clip a polygonal dataset with a plane to produce closed surfaces This clip filter cuts away a portion of the input polygonal dataset using a plane to generate a new polygonal dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Base Color Specify the color for the faces from the input 0 10 1 1 The value must be greater than or BaseColor equal to 0 0 0 and less than or equal to 1 1 1 Clip Color Specifiy the color for the capping faces generated on the clipping 10 110 1 The value must be greater than or ClipColor interface equal to 0 0 0 and l
154. will be used to generate the output data Most users will probably only use the vtkCPPythonScriptPipeline class that derives from vtkCPPipeline since that pipeline is the one that is used with the CoProcessing 176 python scripts generated from the coprocessing plugin vtkCPPythonScriptPipeline Initialize takes in the python script name with the full path and sets up the ParaView python interpretor Call the Co Processor to Execute the Desired Filters Most users will have a single call to the adaptor at the end of each simulation time step This will pass in the simulation data structures to create the VTK data structures from The created VTK data structures will be an object that derives from vtkDataObject First though we want to check if we actually need to do any co processing during this call The simulation code will not know this information Because of this the simulation code should call the adaptor every time step The adaptor gets the information about what data is needed for executing the vtkCPPipelines for each call This is done in vtkCPProcessor RequestDataDescription by going through all of the vtkCPPipeline objects and querying them for what is needed vtkCPProcessor RequestDataDescription takes in a vtkCPDataDescription object that contains information about the current simulation time and time step The method returns 0 if no coprocessing information needs to be computed during the call and 1 otherwise If no copro
155. will introduce the the VTK data model used by ParaView briefly For more details you can refer to one of the VTK books The most fundamental data structure in VTK is a data object Data objects can either be scientific datasets such rectilinear grids or finite elements meshes see below or more abstract data structures such as graphs or trees Since ParaView is geared toward scientific visualization we will focus on the former and touch briefly on the latter when necessary Datasets are formed of smaller building blocks mesh topology and geometry and attributes Mesh Even though the actual data structure used to store the mesh in memory depends on the type of the dataset some abstractions are common to all types We describe these here and we briefly describe the data structures below for each dataset In general a mesh consists of vertices points and cells elements zones Cells are used to discretize a region and can have various types such a tetrahedra hexahedra etc Each cell contains a set of vertices The mapping from cells to vertices is called the connectivity Note that even though it is possible to define data elements such as faces and edges VTK does not represent these explicitly Rather they are implied by a cell s type and its connectivity One exception to this rule is the arbitrary polyhedron which explicitly stores its faces Here is an example mesh that consists of 2 cells The first cell is defined by vertices 0
156. will reposition the entire line Doing the same with the right mouse button causes the line to resize Upward mouse motion increases the length of the line downward motion decreases it Show Line Pointi Point2 10 10 10 10 10 X Axis Y Axis Resolution 100 lt gt Figure 10 Line widget user interface The Show Line check box toggles the visibility of the line in the 3D view Manipulating data in the 3D view 93 The controls shown above can be used to precisely set the endpoint coordinates and resolution of the line The X Axis Y Axis and Z Axis buttons cause the line to be along the selected axis and pass through the center of the bounds of the data set Depending on the source or filter using this widget the Resolution spin box may not be displayed The value of the Resolution spin box determines the number of segments composing the line Plane Widget The plane widget is used in clipping and cutting The plane can be moved parallel to its normal by left clicking on any point on the plane except the line center and dragging Right clicking on the plane except on the normal line center and dragging scales the plane widget Upward mouse motion increases the size of the plane downward motion decreases it The plane normal can be changed by manipulating one of the point widgets displayed as cones that become red when clicked at each end of the normal vector S
157. 0286666 0 00429999 114 Comparative Views From the drop down menu select Contour The parameter should be set to Isosurfaces If it is not change it Next in the grid that has the numbers click on the upper left value and drag to the lower right value This should bring up the following dialog Enter 100 and 200 for the two values NNO Enter Parameter Range Use comma separated values to enter multiple values However number of values in both entires must match 100 to 200 Vary horizontally first 3 Cancel OK M When you click OK the Comparative View should update and you should see something like the following image Comparative Views 115 View There are three types of Comparative Views e Comparative 3D View e Comparative Line Chart View e Comparative Bar Chart View All of these views contain sub views laid out in an m by n grid where m and n are determined by the Comparative View Inspector settings The type of the sub view depends on the type of the Comparative View 3D View for Comparative View Line Chart for Line Chart Comparative View etc Each sub view display the output from the same pipeline objects depending on what is set visible in the Pipeline Inspector The only things that change from view to view are the parameters that are varied through the Comparative View Inspector Furthermore the view settings are synchronized between all sub views For example changing
158. 07 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Attribute Mode Specify which type of field data the arrays will be drawn from 0 Valud array names will be chosen from point AttributeMode and cell data Input The input to the filter Arrays from this dataset will be used for The selected object must be the result of the Input computing statistics and or assessed by a statistical model following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData vtkStructuredGrid vtkPolyData vtkUnstructuredGrid vtkTable vtkGraph Model Input A previously calculated model with which to assess a separate The selected object must be the result of the ModelInput dataset This input is optional following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkTable vtkMultiBlockDataSet Variables of Choose arrays whose entries will be used to form observations for An array of scalars is required Interest statistical analysis SelectArrays Deviations should Should the assessed values be signed deviations or unsigned 0 The value must be one of the following be Unsigned 0 Signed 1 SignedDeviations Task Specify the task to be performed modeling and or assessment 3 The value must be one of the following
159. 1 3 4 and the second cell is defined by vertices 1 2 4 5 These cells are neighbors because they share the edge defined by the points 1 4 So far we talked about the topology only A mesh is fully defined by its topology and the spatial coordinates of its vertices In VTK the point coordinates may be implicit or explicitly defined by a data array of dimensions number_of_points 3 VTK Data Model 10 Attributes fields arrays An attribute aka data array or field defines the discrete values of a field over the mesh Examples of attributes include Pressure Temperature Velocity and Stress Tensor Note that VTK does not specifically define different types of attributes All attributes are stored as data arrays which can have an arbitrary number of components ParaView makes some assumptions in regards to the number of components For example a 3 component array is assumed to be an array of vectors Attributes can be associated with points or cells It is also possible to have attributes that are not associated with either The following example demonstrates the use of a point centered attribute Note that the attribute is only defined on the vertices Interpolation is used to obtain the values everywhere else The interpolation functions used depends on the cell type See VTK documentation for details The figure below demonstrates the use of a cell centered attribute Note that cell centered attributes are assumed to be co
160. 2 ftp ftp trolltech no qt source 3 http trolltech com 4 http www paraview org Wiki ParaView_II_and_Qt_licensing 5 http www unix mcs anl gov mpi 6 http www lam mpi org 7 http www python org 8 http www cmake org HTML Download html 9 http www cmake org files v2 8 cmake 2 8 2 Linux i386 tar gz 10 http www cmake org files v2 8 cmake 2 8 2 win32 x86 exe 11 http www cmake org files v2 8 cmake 2 8 2 win32 x86 zip 12 http www cmake org files v2 8 cmake 2 8 2 tar gz 13 http www ffmpeg org 14 http www mesa3d org 15 http www paraview org HTML Download html 16 http git scm com 17 http code google com p msysgit 18 http www cmake org Wiki CMake CPackPackageGenerators 19 http nsis sourceforge net Main_Page How to write parallel VTK readers Writing ParaView Readers If the format of your data files is not one supported by default in ParaView see section Error Reference source not found you will either need to convert your files to a format ParaView can read or you must write your own data file reader for ParaView The reader must operate within a standard VTK pipeline In this chapter we will discuss integrating the new reader class into VTK including outlining which C methods should be implemented for the reader to work properly The necessary user interface and server manager XML will be described Creating parallel readers and readers that output multiple
161. 33 Figure 11 Tree compositing on four processes Figure 12 Binary swap on four processes Interactive Subsample Rate The time it takes to composite and deliver images is directly proportional to the size of the images The overhead of parallel rendering can be reduced by simply reducing the size of the images ParaView has the ability to subsample images before they are composited and inflate them after they have been composited The Interactive Subsample Rate slider specifies the amount by which images are subsampled This is measured in pixels and the subsampling is the same in both the horizontal and vertical directions Thus a subsample rate of 2 will result in an image that is 1 4 the size of the original image The image is scaled to full size before it is displayed on the user interface so the higher the subsample rate the more obviously pixilated the image will be during interaction as demonstrated in Figure 13 When the user is not interacting with the data no subsampling will be used If you want subsampling to always be off unmark the check box beside the Interactive Subsample Rate Parallel Rendering 134 slider File ParaView_UsersGuide_NoSubsampling png link File ParaView_UsersGuide_TwoPixelSubsampling png link File ParaView_UsersGuide_EightPixelSubsampling png link No Subsampling Subsample Rate 8 pixels Subsample Rate 2 pixels Figure 13 The effect of subsampling on image quality
162. 5 List of Readers 267 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItVASPCHGCA RReader Reads VASP simulation result files VAMP VASP is a package for performing ab initio quantum mechanical molecular dynamics MD using pseudopotentials and a plane wave basis set Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is CHG Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from
163. 5 Outline 3D outline of the specified bounds The Outline source creates an axis aligned bounding box given the user specified minimum and maximum coordinates for each axis Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Bounds The values of this property specify the minimum and maximum X Y and Z coordinates X min X max 010101 Bounds Y min Y max Z min Z max for drawing the outline Plane Create a parallelogram given an origin and two points The resolution indicates the number axis of the plane of division along each The Plane source can be used to add a polygonal parallelogram to the 3D scene Unlike the sphere cone and cylinder sources the parallelogram is exactly represented at the lowest resolution but higher resolutions may be desired if this plane is to be used as an input to a filter The output of the Plane source is polygonal data parallelogram its Y axis Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Origin This property specifies the 3D coordinate of the origin one corner of the plane 0 5 0 5 0 Origin Pointl This property specifies the 3D coordinate a second corner of the parallelogram The line 0 5 0 5 0 Pointl connecting this point and that specified by the Origin property define one edge of the parallelogram its X axis Point2 This property specifies the 3D coordinate a third corner of the parallelogram The line 0 5 0 5 0
164. 51345 0 000883 Y Apply Displacements 1 17 293 15 0 0 0228333 0 183455 0 00628256 0 000971 Check Selected Blocks Uncheck Selected Blo 18 408 482 2 97131 __ 0 0200329 oe a 0 152604 0 18188 0 00486097 0 00602602 0 000928 0 001024 dar Spreadsheet View 73 Inspecting Large Datasets Spreadsheet View is a client only view i e it delivers the necessary data to the client when running in client server mode Additionally it is not available through Python scripting except when running through the Pyhton shell provided by the ParaView application or batch scripting Furthermore when running on a tile display the area covered by the spreadsheet on the client simply shows up as a blank region on the tiles Unlike complex views like the 3D render view that can generate the renderings on the server and simply deliver images to the client the spreadsheet view requires that the data is available on the client This can be impractical when inspecting really large datasets since the client may not even have enough memory even if we assume infinite bandwidth To address such issues the Spreadsheet View streams the data to the client only fetching the data for the row currently visible in the viewport Double Precision Using the precision spin box in the view header users can control the precision for floating point numbers The value determines the number of significant digits after
165. 9 VisItCTRLReader Reads control files for TB LMTO Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is ctrl Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItChomboReader Reads files from the Chombo package Loads block structured adaptively refined rectangular grids Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are h5 and hdf5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArr
166. A IIELLE Pipeline Browser 6 x builtin cnee 8 s _ wtti i ee ces Time 0 001400 Annotate TimeFilter1 Time 0 004300 0 0 00143333 0 00286666 0 00429999 Comparative View Inspec Object Inspector ParaView provides a collection of views that can be used to display a set of visualization on a regular grid These views are referred to as Comparative Views Comparative Views can be used to display results from a parameter study or to perform parameter studies within ParaView Comparative Views 113 Quick Start We will start with a short tutorial Later sections will describe Comparative Views in more detail First start a Wavelet source Next apply a Contour filter Then close the default 3D view by clicking on the small x on the upper right corner of the view This should bring up an empty view with several buttons for selecting the view type Select 3D View Comparative Now you should see a 2x2 grid in the view and it should be empty Next turn on the visibility of the Contour filter You should see the output of the Contour filter in all 4 views Next we are going to vary the contour value across the grid Bring up the Comparative View Inspector View gt Comparative View Inspector This inspector allows you to configure the parameters of the Comparative View Comparative View Inspector Ex Layout 2 x2 P mel Parameter o 0 0 00143333 g 0 0
167. A ParaView ParaView VERSION ini on Windows and config ParaView ParaViewVERSION ini on all other platforms If you need to restore ParaView s default settings you can either move this file or run with the disable registry argument These settings are managed via the settings dialog On Macintosh this is reached from the Preferences entry in the ParaView menu On Unix Linux and Windows systems it is reached from the Settings entry on the Edit menu These settings are program wide and are not to be confused with the View settings found under the Edit menu Those settings are specific to each View window and are discussed in the Displaying Data 1 chapter The following figures show the various pages within the settings dialog Choose from among them by clicking on the page list toward the left Click on the arrow to expose the three sub pages in the Render View settings category Some plugins add their own pages to the dialog but we do not discuss them here and instead refer you to any documentation that comes along with the plugin Do note though that most settings are documented within the application via tooltips Application Settings 201 General Mf Settings General Colors s T Animation Default View 3D View 7 Charts A m On File Open kander View i p Goto current timestep Rescale Data Range Mode Update on Apply 4 Heart Beat Interval 1 00 mins Auto Accept Auto Convert Properties Crash recove
168. Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses base64 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are EncodeAppendedData encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is accepted selected XMULHierarchicalBoxDataWriter Writer to write a hierarchical box in a xml based vtk data file Can be used for parallel writing as well as serial writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to The selected dataset must be one of the following Input written to the file types or a subclass of one of them vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet Write all timesteps as file series WriteAllTimeSteps When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 executed once for each timestep available from the reader Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary 0 The value must be one of the following None 0 CompressorType data appended mode only ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii 0 DataMode binary appended binary Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData uses base64 encoding when writing binary data only if
169. ArrayStatus reader VisItVASPPOSCA RReader Reads VASP simulation result files VAMP VASP is a package for performing ab initio quantum mechanical molecular dynamics MD using pseudopotentials and a plane wave basis set Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is POS Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisIt VelodyneReader Reads Velodyne structural mechainces simulation result files Velodyne as an advanced structural mechanics code written by Corvid Technologies Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit
170. Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 248 VisItLinesReader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is lines Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItM3DC1Reader M3DCI1 fusion code reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is h5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered a
171. Browser OO O0 D builtin D windfield e Slice2 Warpsyvector1 FR oes olajolo EILS i nao 8 There are more than one hundred filters available to choose from in total all of which manipulate the data in different ways The full list of filters is available in the Appendix DI and within the application under the help menu Note that many of the filters in the menu will be grayed out and not selectable at any given time That is because any given filter may only operate on particular types of data For example the Extract Subset will only operate on structured data sets so it is only enabled when the module you are building on top of produces image data rectilinear grid data or structured grid data This input restrictions are also listed in the Appendix 7 and help menu In this situation you can often find a similar filter which does accept your data or apply a filter which transforms you data into the required format Since ParaView 3 10 you can ask ParaView to try to do the conversion for you automatically by clicking Auto convert Properties in the application settings 8 The mechanics of applying filters are described fully in the Manipulating Data 9 chapter Making Mistakes Frequently new users of ParaView falter when they open their data or apply a filter and do not see it immediately because they have not pressed the Apply button ParaView was designed to operate on large data sets for which
172. CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 237 VisItAUXFileReader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is aux Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader
173. CompositeDataSet The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them Mesh Quality This filter creates a new cell array containing a geometric measure of each cell s fitness Different quality measures can be chosen for different cell shapes This filter creates a new cell array containing a geometric measure of each cell s fitness Different quality measures can be chosen for different cell shapes Supported shapes include triangles quadrilaterals tetrahedra and hexahedra For other shapes a value of 0 is assigned Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Hex Quality Measure HexQualityMeasure This property indicates which quality measure will be used to evaluate hexahedral quality 5 The value must be one of the following Diagonal 21 Dimension 22 Distortion 15 Edge Ratio 0 Jacobian 25 Maximum Edge Ratio 16 Maximum Aspect Frobenius 5 Mean Aspect Frobenius 4 Oddy 23 Relative Size Squared 12 Scaled Jacobian 10 Shape 13 Shape and Size 14 Shear 11 Shear and Size 24 Skew 17 Stretch 20 Taper 18 Volume 19 Input Input This property specifies the input to the Mesh Quality filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Qu
174. Ctrl to select multiple sources grid5_0 vtu p Back Cancel 3 Name Simulation Inputs Click in the boxes under Simulation Name and change the name to what you have named the grid in your adaptor Our convention is to use input for simulations with a single grid or multiblock data CoProcessing 172 set Export CoProcessing State Name Simulation Inputs Assign names for the selected simulation inputs Pipeline Name Simulation Name la 4 Configuration We usually want the full data and not just a picture of the results so for this we leave Output rendering components i e views unchecked and just hit Finish Export CoProcessing State Configuration Select state configuration options If we do want to output images in addition to any writers we may have specified check Output rendering components i e views and fill in the proper information Note that the image type is specified based on the file CoProcessing 173 name extension and that t will be replaced by the actual time step in the output file name Additionally if there are multiple views then v will be replaced by the view index in the output file name Export CoProcessing State Configuration Select state configuration options ee File Name image_ v_ t png Write Frequency aS 5 Save Server State Specify the file name the script is to be saved as The resulting python script should look something like
175. Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Warp scalar filter The selected object must be the result Input of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPointSet Normal The values of this property specify the direction along which to warp 001 Normal the dataset if any normals contained in the input dataset are not being used for this purpose See the UseNormal property Scale Factor The scalar value at a given point is multiplied by the value of this 1 ScaleFactor property to determine the magnitude of the change vector for that point Scalars This property contains the name of the scalar array by which to warp An array of scalars is required SelectInputScalars the dataset List of Filters 364 Use Normal If point normals are present in the dataset the value of this property 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted UseNormal toggles whether to use a single normal value value 1 or the normals from the dataset value 0 XY Plane If the value of this property is 1 then the Z coordinates from the input 0 Only the values 0 and are accepted XYPlane are considered to be the scalar values and the displacement is along the Z axis This is useful for creating carpet plots Warp By
176. Figure 4 Context menu in Pipeline Browser To rearrange the pipeline select Change Input from the context menu That will bring up the Input Editor dialog box shown in Figure 5 The name of the dialog box reflect the filter that you are moving The middle Select Source pane shows the pipeline as it stands currently and use this pane to select a filter to move the chosen filter on to This pane only allows you to choose compatible filters Ie ones that produce data that can be ingested by the filter you are moving It also does not allow you to create loops in the pipeline Left click to make your choice from the allowed set of filter and then the rightmost Pipeline Preview pane will show what the pipeline will look like once you commit your change Click OK to do so or Cancel to abort the move The Pipeline 48 Input Editor Clip1 Choose Input Port Select Source Pipeline Preview Input iron protein vtk Tiron protein vtk ey iron protein vtk Contour 1 Contour 1 amp cip1 ewi Figure 5 Input Editor dialog shown while moving an elevation filter to operate directly on a reader Some filters require more than one input See the discussion of merging pipelines below For those the leftmost input port pane of the dialog produces shows more than one port Use that together with the Select Source pane to specify each input in turn Conversely some filters produce more than one out
177. GenerateMeshoOn else datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name AllFieldsoOff datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name GenerateMeshOff def DoCoProcessing datadescription Callback to do co processing for current timestep global cp_writers cp_writers timestep datadescription GetTimeStep Spherel CreateProducer datadescription input ImageWriterl CreateWriter XMLPImageDataWriter Watinjeyhe Gpeskel wie ajc il for writer in cp_writers o if timestep writer cpFrequency 0 writer FileName writer cpFileName replace t str timestep writer UpdatePipeline explicitly delete the proxies we do it this way to avoid problems with prototypes tobedeleted GetProxiesToDelete while len tobedeleted gt 0 Delete tobedeleted 0 tobedeleted GetProxiesToDelete def GetProxiesToDelete iter servermanager vtkSMProxyIterator iter Begin cColoscleileicecl while not iter IsAtEnd if iter GetGroup find prototypes 1 iter Next continue proxy servermanager _getPyProxy iter GetProxy proxygroup iter GetGroup iter Next if proxygroup timekeeper and proxy None and proxygroup find pq_helper_proxies l tobedeleted append proxy Python CoProcessing Example 187 return tobedeleted def CreateProducer datadescription gridname Creates a prod
178. If Splitting is on points are duplicated along these feature than or equal to 180 edges See the Splitting property Flip Normals If the value of this property is 1 this filter will reverse the normal direction 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are FlipNormals and reorder the points accordingly for all polygons in the data set this accepted changes front facing polygons to back facing ones and vice versa You might want to do this if your viewing position will be inside the data set instead of outside of it Input This property specifies the input to the Normals Generation filter The selected object must be Input the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Non Manifold Turn on off traversal across non manifold edges Not traversing 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted List of Filters 317 Piece Invariant Turn this option to to produce the same results regardless of the number of 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are PieceInvariant processors used i e avoid seams along processor boundaries Turn this off accepted if you do want to process ghost levels and do not mind seams Splitting This property controls the splitting of sharp edges If sharp edges are split 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Splitting property value 1 then points are duplicated along these edges and accepted surface
179. Introduction This page describes how to build and install ParaView It covers both the release and the development versions It covers both Unix type systems Linux HP UX Solaris Mac as well as Windows Prerequisites e The ParaView build process requires CMake M version 2 8 2 or higher and a working compiler On Unix like operating systems it also requires Make while on Windows it requires Visual Studio 8 or later e Building ParaView s user interface requires TrollTech s Qt version 4 6 4 6 2 recommended Qt is dual licensed To compile ParaView either the open or commercial version may be used If you intend to make changes the ParaView s GUI and distribute the results you must obtain a commercial license The open source version of Qt can be found here 2 Commercial licenses can be purchased directly from TrollTech 3 For more information on what can be done with the open source version read this 4 e In order to run ParaView in parallel MPI 5 6 is also required e In order to use scripting python is required 7 Download And Install CMake CMake is a tool that makes cross platform building simple On several systems it will probably be already installed If it is not please use the following instructions to install it If CMake does not exist on the system and there are no pre compiled binaries use the instructions below on how to build it Use the most recent source or binary version of CMake from the CMake
180. Just make one change and then hit Apply For problems contact Christine Ahrens cahrens lanl gov Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Array Status This property lists which NetCDF dual grid cell variables to load The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Center Longitude This property specifies where the center will be viewed for a lat lon projection 180 CenterLon File Name This property specifies the file name to read It should be an MPAS format NetCDF file FileName ending in nc Is Atmosphere This property indicates whether data is atmospheric Checking this ensures the vertical 0 Only the values 0 IsAtmosphere levels will go up away from the sphere instead of down towards the center and 1 are accepted Layer Thickness This property specifies how thick the layer should be if viewing the data in multilayer 10 LayerThickness view Each layer corresponds to a vertical level A good starting point is 100 000 for the spherical view and 10 for the lat lon projection Click on Z after applying this change since the scale may change drastically Point Array Status This property lists which NetCDF dual grid point variables to load The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Project Lat Lon This property indicates whether to view the data in the lat lon projection 0 Only the values 0 ProjectLatLon and are accepted Sh
181. K extent specified here Extract Surface Extract a 2D boundary surface using neighbor relations to eliminate internal faces The Extract Surface filter extracts the polygons forming the outer surface of the input dataset This filter operates on any type of data and produces polygonal data as output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Extract Surface filter The selected object Input must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet List of Filters 313 Nonlinear Subdivision If the input is an unstructured grid with nonlinear faces this parameter 1 The value must be Level determines how many times the face is subdivided into linear faces If 0 the greater than or equal NonlinearSubdivisionLevel output is the equivalent of its linear couterpart and the midpoints determining to 0 and less than or the nonlinear interpolation are discarded If 1 the nonlinear face is triangulated equal to 4 based on the midpoints If greater than 1 the triangulated pieces are recursively subdivided to reach the desired subdivision Setting the value to greater than 1 may cause some point data to not be passed even if no quadratic faces exist This option has no effect if the input is not an unstructure
182. L file containing part and material descriptions and a mapping to element blocks Restarted Sim Spy Plot Reader Read collections of SPCTH files from simulations that were restarted When a CTH simulation is restarted typically you get a new set of output files When you read them in your visualization you often want to string these file sets together as if it was one continuous dump of files This reader allows you to specify a metadata file that will implicitly string the files together Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name This points to a special metadata file that lists the output files FileName for each restart Use Meta File This hidden property must always be set to 1 for this proxy to 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are UseMetaFile work accepted Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is CellArrayStatus provided by the reader Distribute Files In parallel mode if this property is set to 1 the reader will 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are DistributeFiles distribute files or blocks accepted Down Convert Volume If this property is set to 0 the type of the volume fraction is 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Fraction float is set to 1 the type is unsigned char accepted DownConvertVolumeF raction Generate Active Block Array _ If this property is set to 1 a cell array will be generated that 0 Only the values
183. Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 For AMR datasets the Data Hierarchy section shows the various refinement levels available in the dataset Note that you can drill down to each level by clicking on it All of the other sections will immediately update for the selected level For information on the whole dataset select the top parent called AMR Dataset Data Hierarchy Multi Block Dataset Data Hierarchy Multi block Dataset gt Element Blocks Face Blocks Edge Blocks Element Sets gt Side Sets Face Sets Edge Sets gt Node Sets For multi block datasets the Data Hierarchy section shows the tree that forms the multi block dataset By default only the first level children are shown You can drill down further by clicking on the small triangle to the left of each node Note that you can drill down to each block by clicking on it All of the other sections will immediately update for the selected block For information on the whole dataset select the top parent called Multi Block Dataset Statistics Inspector 22 Statistics Inspector Statistics Inspector 5 x Name Data Type No of Cells No of Points Memory M8 Geometry Size MB Spatial Bounds Temporal Bounds Wavelet Image Uniform Rectilinear Grid 8000 o 9261 0 037 0 002 10 10 ALL RectGrid2 vtk Rectilinear Grid 14720 17061 0 27 0 002 1 22 1 1 ALL can ex2 Multi block Dataset 7152 10088 1 626 0 795 7 88 8 3 0 0 0043 spc
184. License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Table png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Table png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Multiblock png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Multiblock png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Multipiece png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Multipiece png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Info_Properties png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Info_Properties png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Info_Statistics png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Info_Statistics png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Info_Arrays png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Info_Arrays png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_InfoBounds png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_InfoBounds png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Info_Temporal png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Info_Temporal png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Info_Extents png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Info_Extents png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaVlew_UG_Info_Amr png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title Fi
185. Line Series Variable DISPL 0 DISPL 0 DISPL 1 DISPL 1 DISPL 2 DISPL 2 E DISPL Magnitude DISPL Ma VEL 0 VEL 0 VEL 1 VEL 1 VEL 2 VEL 2 VEL Magnitude VEL Mag ACCL 0 ACCL 0 ACCL 1 ACCL 1 imes Ce Line Thickness 2 d Line Style Solid Z Marker Style None k A Chart Axes Bottom Left z Attribute Mode pick which attribute arrays to plot i e point arrays or cell arrays etc e X Axis Data controls the array to use as the X axis Views Representations and Color Mapping 39 e Use Array Index From Y Axis Data when checked results in ParaView simply using the index in data array plotted on Y as the x axis e Use Data Array when checked the user can pick an array to be interpreted as the x co ordinate e Line Series controls the properties of each of the arrays plotted along the y axis e Variable check the variable to be plotted e Legend Name click to change the name used in the legend for this array Select any of the series in the list to change following properties for that series One can select multiple entries to change multiple series e Line Color controls the color for the series e Line Thickness controls the thickness for the series e Line Style controls the style for the line e Marker Style markers can be placed at every data point This controls the style used for those markers e Chart Axes Bar Chart View Traditiona
186. OVERFLOW Reader Reads Binary Fortran output files containing overlayed curvilinear meshes files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are dat and save Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItOpenFOA MReader Reads simulation results from OpenFOAM Open Field Operation and Manipulation CFD Toolbox Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is controlDict Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list
187. Only the values 0 and 1 are GenerateActiveBlockArray active status of a block accepted Generate Block Id Array If this property is set to 1 a cell array will be generated that stores a 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are GenerateBlockldArray unique blockId for each block accepted Generate Level Array If this property is set to 1 a cell array will be generated that stores the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are GenerateLevelArray level of each block accepted List of Readers 234 Generate Tracer Array If this property is set to 1 a cell array will be generated that stores the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are GenerateTracerArray coordinates of any tracers accepted Merge XYZComponents If this property is set to 1 cell arrays named for example X velocity 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are MergeXYZComponents Y velocity and Z velocity will be combined into a single vector array accepted named velocity TIFF Reader Read a TIFF file into an image data The TIFF reader reads TIFF Tagged Image File Format files and the output is a uniform rectilinear image volume dataset The default file extension is tiff Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name This property specifies the file name for the TIFF reader FileName TIFF Series Reader Read a series of TIFF files into an time sequence of image datas The TIFF series reader rea
188. POINT_DATA gt gt gt dp ColorArrayName Elevation color by Elevation gt gt gt Render Loading State and Manipulating It Let s say you created a complicated visualization using the paraview application and now you want to make slight changes to it and run it in a loop as a batch script What do you do The best way of dealing with this is to save your visualization state and then load it from Python Let s say you have a state file saved as myteststate pvsm gt gt gt from paraview simple import Load the state gt gt gt servermanager LoadState Users berk myteststate pvsm Make sure that the view in the state is the active one gt gt gt SetActiveView GetRenderView Now render gt gt gt Render n Cat cHe dist OF Soves gt gt gt GetSources Spherel 5 lt paraview servermanager Sphere object at Oxaf80e30 gt Shrinkl 11 lt paraview servermanager Shrink object at Oxaf80df0 gt Conel 8 lt paraview servermanager Cone object at Oxaf80cf0 gt Change the resolution of the cone and render again gt gt bane Siounecer Conein RaSolrcion 32 Python Scripting 156 gt gt gt Render You can also save state gt gt gt from paraview simple import 2S Sola SyolavSieS gt gt gt Render gt gt gt servermanager SaveState Users berk pythonstate pvsm Dealing with Time If a reader or a filter supports time
189. ParaView User s Guide v3 10 How to unleash the beast PDF generated using the open source mwlib toolkit See http code pediapress com for more information PDF generated at Tue 05 Apr 2011 14 20 42 EST Introduction About Paraview p ParaView Parallel Visualization Application Application What is ParaView ParaView is an open source multi platform application for the visualization and analysis of scientific data sets primarily those that are defined natively in a two or three dimensional space including those that extend into the temporal dimension The front end graphical user interface GUI has an open flexible and intuitive user interface that still gives you fine grained and open ended control of the data manipulation and display processing needed to explore and present complex data as you see fit ParaView has extensive scripting and batch processing capabilities The standard scripting interface uses the widely used python programming language for scripted control As with the GUI the python scripted control is easy to learn notably including the ability to record actions in the GUI and save them out as succinct human readable python programs and powerful including the ability to write scripted filters that run on the server that have access to every bit of your data on a large parallel machine ParaView s data processing and rendering components are built upon a modular and scalable distributed mem
190. ParaViewUsersGuideAnimationView png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para ViewUsersGuideAnimationView png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File ParaViewUsersGuideAnimationKeyframes png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideAnimationKeyframes png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File Para ViewUsersGuideAnimationViewHeader png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideAnimationViewHeader png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File ParaViewUsersGuideAnimationKeyframesTime png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideAnimationKeyframesTime png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File ParaViewUsersGuideAnimationSettings png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView UsersGuideAnimationSettings png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideVCR png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewUsersGuideVCR png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideAddCameraTrack png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewUsersGuideAddCameraTrack png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideCameraLocations png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewUsersGuideCameraLocations png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideCameraOrbit png Source http paraview org W
191. Read a PNG file into an image data The PNG reader reads PNG Portable Network Graphics files and the output is a uniform rectilinear image volume dataset The default file extension is png Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Names FileNames The list of files to be read by the reader If more than file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide 1 file per time step POP Reader Read data files from the Parallel Ocean Program POP The POP reader reads data files from the Parallel Ocean Program POP The expected file extension is pop The output of this reader is a structured grid dataset Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Clip Extent ClipExtent This property indicates the minimum and maximum extent in each dimension of the dataset X Y and Z to read 2147483647 2147483647 2147483647 2147483647 2147483647 2147483647 File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the POP Ocean file reader Levels Number Of Ghost NumberOfGhostLevels This property indicates the number of ghost levels to generate Radius Radius This property specifies the radius of the dataset 60000 PVD Reader Load a dataset stored in ParaView s PVD file format The PVD reader reads data stored in P
192. ScriptGridPlot and CoProcessingPythonScriptPressurePlot test verify the output is correct In addition looking at the code for this test is a useful beginning point for learning to use the co processing library If you are using Mesa the following options should be used e VTK_OPENGL_HAS_OSMESA Set to ON e OSMESA_INCLUDE_DIR OPENGL_xmesa_INCLUDE_DIR and OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR Make sure this is not set to the OpenGL version of the header files e OSMESA_ LIBRARY OPENGL_ gl LIBRARY and OPENGL_glu_ LIBRARY Set these to the proper libraries e VTK_USE_OFFSCREEN Set to ON CoProcessing 170 Running the CoProcessing Script Generator After starting the ParaView client go to Tools gt Manage Plugins highlight CoProcessingPlugin and click Load Selected Alternatively if you expect to be using this plugin often you can tell ParaView to automatically load the plugin by clicking to the left of CoProcessingPlugin to expand the list and choose the Auto Load option This will add a CoProcessing and Writers menu to the GUI Once the plugin is loaded load a simulation result into ParaView that is similar to the run you wish to do co processing with Normally the result will be for a discretization of the same geometry and contain the same field variables or at least all of the field variables you wish to examine as the simulation grid that co processing will be performed on The only difference between these two grids will be that the grid used for
193. StartReverse png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_ConfigureServerDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ConfigureServerDialog png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_ConfigureNewServerDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ConfigureNewServerDialog png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_ConfigureServerManualDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ConfigureServerManualDialog png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_ConfigureServerCommandDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ConfigureServerCommandDialog png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain Image ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_server png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_server png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_TreeComposite png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_TreeComposite png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_BinarySwap png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_BinarySwap png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_TileComposite pn
194. Subdivide filter iteratively divides each triangle in the input dataset into 4 new triangles Three new points are added per triangle one at the midpoint of each edge This filter operates only on polygonal data containing triangles so run your polygonal data through the Triangulate filter first if it is not composed of triangles The output of this filter is also polygonal Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This parameter specifies the input to the The selected object must be the result of the following Input Subdivide filter sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Number of The value of this property specifies the number 1 The value must be greater than or equal to and less Subdivisions of subdivision iterations to perform than or equal to 4 NumberOfSubdivisions Surface Flow This filter integrates flow through a surface The flow integration fitler integrates the dot product of a point flow vector field and surface normal It computes the net flow across the 2D surface It operates on any type of dataset and produces an unstructured grid output List of Filters 353 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Surface Flow The selected object must be the result of the Input filter follo
195. Suppress Ordered Compositing Client Server Parameters Interactive Subsample Rate m OQO 2 Pixels M Image Compression Squirt eee 16 Bits OZlib 1 O 24 Bits Strip Alpha Tile Display Parameters Still Subsample Rate U Q 2 Pixels Compositing Threshold m QQ 3 MBytes Figure 7 Server Preferences These settings control how and where rendering happens when you are connected to a remote server The Remote Rendering Parameters are controls that generally affect the breakup of rendering work between the remote server and the local client machine e Remote Render Theshold geometry that is smaller than the set value will be delivered to the client for local rendering Data that is larger than the set value will be rendered remotely and pixels will be sent instead e Client Outline Threshold while the camera is being manipulated and when geometry is being rendered locally or in tiled display mode when it is being rendered both locally and remotely data that is larger than this threshold will be rendered as a bounding box to maintain interactivity e Suppress Ordered Compositing This setting turns of the relatively slow transfer of data that must happen in parallel in order to render translucent geometry as in volume rendering for instance correctly The Client Server Parameters section has controls that affect how pixels are transfered between the render server and the client while the data is being rendered remotely and
196. TCP connection between pairs of machines The dashed lines represent MPI connections between all machines within a server In all the diagrams in this section the render server nodes are denoted by RS 0 RS 1 RS N The data server nodes are similarly denoted by DS 0 DS 1 DS N DS M Clien Figure 5 Connections required in render server mode The establishment of connections between client and servers can either be forward from client to servers or reverse from servers back to client Likewise the connections between render server and data server nodes can be established either from the data server to the render server or from the render server to the data server The main reason for reversing the direction of any of the initial connections is that machines behind firewalls are able to initiate connections to machines outside the firewall but not vice versa If the data server is behind a firewall the data server should initiate the connection with the client and the data server nodes should connect to the render server nodes If the render server is behind the firewall instead both servers should initiate connections to the client but now the render server nodes should initiate the connections with the nodes of the data server In the remaining diagrams in this section each arrow indicates the direction in which the connection is initially established Double ended arrows indicate bi directional connections that have
197. The effect is similar to clipping except that all that remains is the geometry where the plane is located e Threshold Extracts cells that lie within a specified range of a scalar field e Extract Subset Extracts a subset of a grid by defining either a volume of interest or a sampling rate e Glyph Places a glyph a simple shape on each point in a mesh The glyphs may be oriented by a vector and scaled by a vector or scalar e Stream Tracer Seeds a vector field with points and then traces those seed points through the steady state vector field Filter Categories 50 e Warp Displaces each point in a mesh by a given vector field e Group Datasets Combines the output of several pipeline objects into a single multi block data set e Group Extract Level Extract one or more items from a multi block data set These eleven filters are a small sampling of what is available in ParaView In the Alphabetical submenu of the Filters menu you will find all of the filters that are useable in your copy of ParaView Currently there are mote than one hundred of them so to make them easier to find the Filters menu is organized into submenus These submenus are organized as follows Recent The filters you ve used recently Common The common filters This is the same set of filters on the common filters toolbar Cosmology This contains filters developed at LANL for cosmology research Data Analysis The filters desig
198. This plugin works on Exodus data only e SLACTools An extension that streamline ParaView s user interface for Stanford Linear Accelerator users e Streaming View Views that render in many streamed passes to reduce memory footprint and provide multiresolution rendering This plugin replaces the Streaming and Adaptive ParaView derived applications Kitware Source Article e SurfaceLIC Adds support for Line Integral Convolution over arbitrary surfaces e Prism Plugin A Sandia contributed plugin for verification and debugging of simulation results The plugin reads SESAME files to determine the inverse mapping from cartesian to phase space and allows users to visually debug simulations Sesame files hold material model data Equations of State Opacities Conductivities in a tabular format as described by http tl web lanl gov doc SESAME_3Ddatabase_1992 html e pvblot Implementation of a Sandia National Labs scripting language on top of ParaView e VisTrails The VisTrails plugin for ParaView incorporates the provenance management capabilities of VisTrails into ParaView All of the actions a user performs while building and modifying a pipeline in ParaView are captured by the plugin This allows navigation of all of the pipeline versions that have previously been explored For more information about this plugin see 3 References 1 http www kitware com products html RenderedRealismAtNearlyRealTimeRates html 2 http www
199. This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItLAMMPSStructureReader LAMMPS Molecular Dynamics Simulator reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are eam meam rigid and lammps Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point
200. Triangulation associated triangles are included in the output These are introduced accepted BoundingTriangulation as an initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process This feature is nice for debugging output Input This property specifies the input dataset to the Delaunay 2D filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPointSet Offset This property is a multiplier to control the size of the initial bounding 1 The value must be greater than or Offset Delaunay triangulation equal to 0 75 Projection Plane Mode This property determines type of projection plane to use in performing 0 The value must be one of the ProjectionPlaneMode the triangulation following XY Plane 0 Best Fitting Plane 2 Tolerance This property specifies a tolerance to control discarding of closely le 05 The value must be greater than or Tolerance spaced points This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal equal to 0 and less than or equal to length of the bounding box of the points 1 Delaunay 3D Create a 3D Delaunay triangulation of input points It expects a vtkPointSet as input and produces vtkUnstructuredGrid as output Delaunay3D is a filter that constructs a 3D Delaunay triangulation from a list of input points These points may be represented by any dataset of
201. UG_FileLoadObjectInspector png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_FileLoadObjectInspector png License unknown Contributors Robert Maynard Image ParaView_UG_Cells png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Cells png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Cells_with_values png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Cells_with_values png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Cells_with_cvalues png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Cells_with_cvalues png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Image png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Image png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Rectilinear png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Rectilinear png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Curvilinear png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Curvilinear png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_AMR png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_AMR png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Unstructured png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View_UG_Unstructured png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Polydata png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View_UG_Polydata png
202. Values represents a new slice with its center shifted by the offset value diagonal length to diagonal length Slice Type This property sets the parameters of the slice function The value must be set to one of the CutFunction following Plane Box Sphere Input This property specifies the input to the Slice filter The selected object must be the result of Input the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Smooth This filter smooths a polygonal surface by iteratively moving points toward their neighbors The Smooth filter operates on a polygonal data set by iteratively adjusting the position of the points using Laplacian smoothing Because this filter only adjusts point positions the output data set is also polygonal This results in better shaped cells and more evenly distributed points The Convergence slider limits the maximum motion of any point It is expressed as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the bounding box of the data set If the maximum point motion during a smoothing iteration is less than the Convergence value the smoothing operation terminates Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Convergence The value of this property limits the maximum motion of any point It is 0 The value must be greater than Convergence expressed as a fraction of the length of the diagona
203. View as it is expected to be deployed on Plugins can be classified into two broad categories e Server side plugins These are plugins that extend the algorithmic capabilities for ParaView eg new filters readers writers etc Since in ParaView data is processed on the server side these plugins need to be loaded on the server e Client side plugins These are plugins that extend the ParaView GUI eg property panels for new filters toolbars views etc These plugins need to be loaded on the client Oftentimes a plugin has both server side as well as client side components to it eg a plugin that adds a new filter and a property panel that goes with that filter Such plugins need to be loaded both on the server as well as the client Generally users don t have to worry whether a plugin is a server side or client side plugin Simply load the plugin on the server as well as the client ParaView will include relevant components from plugin on each of the processes Included Plugins 189 Included Plugins Included Plugins ParaView comes with a collection of plugins that the community has developed Adios Loads pixie format files written with the Adios library This reader support the staging capability of Adios which allow the user to pipe simulation kernels to post processing tools such as ParaView throw MPI communication channel and follow in live the computation with no disk IO Eye Dome Lighting A non photorealistic shading t
204. View2 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideSpreadsheetView2 png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideLineChartView png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideLineChartView png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideChartSettingsGeneral png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideChartSettingsGeneral png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideChartSettingsAxis png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView UsersGuideChartSettingsAxis png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideChartSettingsAxisLayout png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew UsersGuideChartSettingsAxisLayout png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideChartSettingsAxisTitle png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideChartSettingsAxisTitle png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideChartDisplayProperties png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewUsersGuideChartDisplayProperties png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideBarChartView png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideBarChartView png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File ParaView_UsersGuide_ColorScaleEditor2 png S
205. WindBlade reader Read WindBlade Firetec simulation files possibly including wind turbines and topolgy files WindBlade Firetec is a simulation dealing with the effects of wind on wind turbines or on the spread of fires It produces three outputs a StructuredGrid for the wind data fields a StructuredGrid for the ground topology and a PolyData for turning turbine blades The input file wind opened by the WindBlade reader is an ASCII description of the data files expected Data is accumulated by the simulation processor and is written one file per time step WindBlade can deal with topology if a flag is turned on and expects x y data for the ground It also can deal with turning wind turbines from other time step data files which gives polygon positions of segments of the blades and data for each segment Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Filename ASCII wind file describes locations of data files grid sizes and variable deltas time Filename step sizes whether topology is used whether turbines are used and type and order of data written to the files Point Arrays Variables written to the data files are described in the wind file and are presented The list of array names is PointArrayStatus for selection Only selected variables are loaded for a time step provided by the reader XDMEF Reader Read XDMEF eXtensible Data Model and Format files The XDMF
206. a is represented i e as a surface volume wireframe points or surface with edges Interpolation Choose the method used to shade the geometry and interpolate point attributes Point Size If your dataset contains points vertices this adjust the diameter of the rendered points It also affects the point size when Representation is Points Line width If your dataset contains lines edges this scale adjust the width of the rendered lines It also affects the rendered line width when Representation is Wireframe or Surface With Edges Opacity Set the opacity of the dataset s geometry ParaView uses hardware assisted Depth peeling whenever possible to remove artifacts due incorrect sorting order of rendered primitives Volume When Representation is Volume this combo box allows the user to choose a specific volume rendering technique The Mapper techniques available change based on the type of the dataset Set Edge Color This is available when Representation is Surface with Edgets It allows the user to pick the color to use for the edges rendered over the surface Backface Style Backface Style Representation Cull Frontface H4 r Opacity _ Set Backface Color 1 00 Views Representations and Color Mapping 30 This allows the user to define backface properties In computer graphics backface refers to the face of a geometric primitive with the normal point away from the camera Users can choose to hide the backface or front face or
207. access individual arrays within the point or cell data containers using the operator Make sure to use quotes or double quotes around the array name NOTE Arrays that have names with certain characters such as space in their name can only be accessed using this method Certain functions apply directly on the input mesh These filters expect an input dataset as argument For example area inputs 0 For data types that explicitly define the point coordinates you can access the coordinates array using the Points qualifier The following extracts the first component of the coordinates array sLiajoune s 0 Pesta Ss 9 0 Note that certain data types mainly image data uniform rectilinear grid and rectilinear grid point coordinates are defined implicitly and cannot be accessed as an array Python Calculator 69 Comparing Multiple Datasets As described above the Python Calculator can accept multiple inputs Using this functionality you can compare multiple datasets There are a few things to note e Python Calculator will always copy the mesh from the first input to its output e All operations are applied point by point In most cases this requires that the input meshes topology and geometry are the same At the least it requires the the inputs have the same number of points or cells e In parallel execution mode the inputs have to be distributed exactly the same way across processes Fo
208. ach element in the output point or cell data depending on the Attribute Mode Next change the expression to be 5 RTData and the Result Array Name to be 5 times rtdata without the quotes If you change to surface representation and color by the new array you will notice that the filter calculated 5 RTData at each point The main use case for the Calculator is to utilize one or more input arrays to calculate derived quantities The Calculator can either work on point centered attributes or cell centered attributes but not both In order to help enter the names of the input arrays the Calculator provides two menus accessible through the Scalars and Vectors buttons If you select an array name from either menus it will be inserted to the expression entry box at the cursor location You can also use the other buttons to enter any of the functions available to the Calculator Most of these functions are obvious We will cover the ones that are not below Working with Vectors Let s start with an example Create a Wavelet source then apply the Random Vectors filter Next apply the Calculator Now look at the Scalars and Vectors menus on the Object Inspector panel You will notice that BrownianVectors shows up under Vectors whereas BrownianVectors_X _Y and _Z show up under scalars The Calculator allows access to individual components of vectors using this naming convention So if we use BrownianVectors_X as the expression the Calcu
209. ad Quality Measure QuadQualityMeasure This property indicates which quality measure will be used to evaluate quadrilateral quality The value must be one of the following Area 28 Aspect Ratio 1 Condition 9 Distortion 15 Edge Ratio 0 Jacobian 25 Maximum Aspect Frobenius 5 Maximum Aspect Frobenius 5 Maximum Edge Ratio 16 Mean Aspect Frobenius 4 Minimum Angle 6 Oddy 23 Radius Ratio 2 Relative Size Squared 12 Scaled Jacobian 10 Shape 13 Shape and Size 14 Shear 11 Shear and Size 24 Skew 17 Stretch 20 Taper 18 Warpage 26 List of Filters 330 Tet Quality Measure This property indicates which quality measure will be 2 The value must be one of the following Edge TetQualityMeasure used to evaluate tetrahedral quality The radius ratio is Ratio 0 Aspect Beta 29 Aspect Gamma 27 the size of a sphere circumscribed by a tetrahedron s 4 Aspect Frobenius 3 Aspect Ratio 1 Collapse vertices divided by the size of a circle tangent to a Ratio 7 Condition 9 Distortion 15 Jacobian tetrahedron s 4 faces The edge ratio is the ratio of the 25 Minimum Dihedral Angle 6 Radius Ratio longest edge length to the shortest edge length The 2 Relative Size Squared 12 Scaled Jacobian collapse ratio is the minimum ratio of height of a 10 Shape 13 Shape and Size 14 Volume vertex above the triangle opposite it divided by the 19 l
210. ader gt An alternative to modifying the ParaView source code directly is to use ParaView s plugin architecture With a plugin the same C source code and XML content must be written but it is kept outside of the ParaView source code proper and is compiled separately from ParaView Plugins are discussed in chapter Error Reference source not found Article Sources and Contributors 394 Article Sources and Contributors About Paraview Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37632 Contributors DaveDemarle Robert Maynard 3 anonymous edits Data Ingestion Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37540 Contributors Partyd Rmaynard Robert Maynard Sebastien jourdain 1 anonymous edits VTK Data Model Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 35468 Contributors Berk Information Panel Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 35495 Contributors Berk Statistics Inspector Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 35572 Contributors 1 anonymous edits Views Representations and Color Mapping Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37682 Contributors DaveDemarle Utkarsh Rationale Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36869 Contributors DaveDemarle 7 anonymous edits Filter Parameters Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36876 Contributors DaveDemarle The Pipeline Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36906 Contributors DaveDemarle Filter Categories Source ht
211. aling will be adjusted if it results in invalid negative vertical values Vertical Scale The scale of the vertical component of spherical coordinates It is common to VerticalScale write the vertical component with respect to something other than the center of the sphere for example the surface In this case it might be necessary to scale and or bias the vertical height The height will become height scale bias Keep in mind that if the positive attribute of the vertical dimension is down then the height is negated The scaling will be adjusted if it results in invalid negative vertical values Nrrd Reader Read raw image files with Nrrd meta data The Nrrd reader reads raw image data much like the Raw Image Reader except that it will also read metadata information in the Nrrd format This means that the reader will automatically set information like file dimensions There are several limitations on what type of nrrd files we can read This reader only supports nrrd files in raw format Other encodings like ascii and hex will result in errors When reading in detached headers this only supports reading one file that is detached Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Data VOI The data volume of interest VOI The VOI is a sub extent of the data that you want loaded Setting a 000000 DataVOI VOI is useful when reading from a large data set and you are only interested in a sm
212. all portion of the data If left containing all O s then the reader will load in the entire data set File Name The name of the file to read or the meta data file that will point to the actual file FileName OpenFOAMReader Read OpenFOAM data files producing multi block dataset The OpenFOAM reader reads OpenFOAM data files and outputs multi block datasets Mesh information and time dependent data are supported The OpenFOAM format is described fully at http www openfoam com docs user basic file format php List of Readers 224 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Add dimensional units to array Read dimensional units from field data and add 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted names them to array names as human readable string AddDimensionsToArrayNames Cache mesh Cache the OpenFOAM mesh between GUI 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted CacheMesh selection changes Case Type The property indicates whether decomposed 1 The value must be one of the following CaseType mesh or reconstructed mesh should be read Decomposed Case 0 Reconstructed Case 1 Cell Arrays The list of array names is provided by the CellArrays reader Create cell to point filtered data Create point data from cell data Beware the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted CreateCellToPoint filter does not do inverse distance weighting Decomp
213. als will be computed correctly even with anisotropic scaling Size The value of this property represents the isotropic size of the superquadric Note that 0 5 Size both the Size and Thickness properties control coefficients of superquadric generation so the value of this property may not exactly describe the size of the superquadric Theta The value of this property represents the number of divisions in the theta 16 The value must be greater Resolution longitudinal direction This value will be rounded to the nearest multiple of 8 than or equal to 8 and less ThetaResolution than or equal to 1024 Theta This property defines the roundness of the superquadric in the theta longitudinal 1 The value must be greater Roundness direction A value of 0 represents a rectangular shape a value of represents a than or equal to 0 01 ThetaRoundness circular shape and values greater than produce higher order shapes Thickness If the value of the Toroidal property is 1 this value represents the thickness of the 0 3333 The value must be greater Thickness superquadric as a value between 0 and 1 A value close to 0 leads to a thin object with than or equal to 0 0001 and a large hole and a value near 1 leads to a thick object with a very small hole less than or equal to 1 Changing the thickness does not change the outer radius of the superquadric Toroidal If the value of this property is 0 the generated superquadric will not contain a hole 1 Only the
214. also possible to merge multiple scalars into on array For this we can use the hstack function hstack velocity_x velocity_y velocity_z Note the use of square brackets Under the cover the Python Calculator uses NumPy All arrays in the expression are compatible with NumPy arrays and can be used where NumPy arrays can be used For more information on what you can do with these arrays consult with the NumPy book which can be downloaded here Hy Python Calculator 70 Functions The following is a list of functions available in the Python Calculator Note that this list is partial since most of the NumPy and SciPy functions can be used in the Python Calculator Many of these functions can take single values or arrays as argument abs x Returns the absolute value s of x add x y Returns the sum of two values x and y can be single values or arrays Same as x y area dataset Returns the surface area of each cell in a mesh aspect dataset Returns the aspect ratio of each cell in a mesh aspect_gamma dataset Returns the aspect ratio gamma of each cell in a mesh condition dataset Returns the condition number of each cell in a mesh cross x y Return the cross product for two 3D vectors from two arrays of 3D vectors curl array Returns the curl of an array of 3D vectors divergence array Returns the divergence of an array of 3D vectors divide x y Element by element division x a
215. ample code that demonstrates this is shown below int vtkUnstructuredGridReader RequestData Wie le linicoueimMac Lola p WE KIMEORMAIC LOMAWeCTOIr vtkInformationVector outputVector vtkInformation outInfo outputVector gt GetInformationObject 0 int piece numPieces piece outInfo gt Get vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline UPDATE_PIECE_NUMBER numPieces outInfo gt Get vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline UPDATE_NUMBER_OF_PIECES skip to proper offset in the file and read piece return 1 It is possible that your data file can only be broken into a specified number of pieces and that this number is different than the number of processors being used i e the result of getting UPDATE_NUMBER_OF_PIECES If the number of processors is larger than the possible number of pieces then each processor beyond the number of available pieces should produce an empty output by calling Initialize on the output If the number of processors is smaller than the number of pieces you should internally redistribute the extra data across the processors For example if your data set can produce ten pieces and you are using five processors for reading then process 0 could read pieces 0 and 5 process 1 could read pieces 1 and 6 etc How to write parallel VTK readers 392 Required XML To use your new reader within ParaView you must write XML code for the server ma
216. an control the placement of the 3D Text in two ways First the Display tab for all sources and filters shown in a 3D view have controls to position translate rotate and scale the object via textual controls It is often easier however to use a the Transform filter for the same purpose The transform filter allows you to drag rotate and scale the object via either the 3D widget in the scene or via the text controls on its Properties tab Annotate Time The Annotate Time source and filter are useful for labeling a time varying data set or animation with ParaView s current time in a 3D view The distinction between the two is somewhat abstract VTK s temporal support works by have the pipeline request data for a particular time The text source displays exactly this VTK s sources and filters are allowed to produce data at different usually nearby producing data that changes over a step function in time time The annotate time filter shows the data produces by an given filter In either case the annotated time value is drawn as a 2D label similar to the output of the Text source The Properties tab for this filter provides a single text box labeled Format From this text box you may specify a format string printf style indicating how the label will appear in the scene As with the output of the Text source this label may be interactively repositioned in the scene The Display tab for this source is the same as the one for the Text source it
217. an either be vertex OD line 1D pixel 2D or voxel 3D Due to its regular nature an image data requires less storage than other datasets Furthermore many algorithms in VTK have been optimized to take advantage of this property and are more efficient for image data Rectilinear Grid p E t A rectilinear grid defines its topology implicitly and point coordinates semi implicitly To fully define the mesh for a rectilinear grid VTK uses the following e Extents these define the minimum and maximum indices in each direction For example a rectilinear grid of extents 0 9 0 19 0 29 has 10 points in the x direction 20 points in the y direction and 30 points in the x direction The total number of points is 10 20 30 e 3 arrays defining coordinates in the x y and z directions These arrays are of length npts_x npts_y and npts_z This is a significant savings in memory as total memory used by these arrays is npts_x npts_y npts_z rather than npts_x npts_y npts_z The coordinate of each point is defined as follows coordinate coordinate_array_x i coordinate_array_y j coordinate_array_z k Note that the generic VTK interface for all datasets uses a flat index The i j k index can be converted to this flat index as follows idx_flat k npts_x npts_y j nptr_x i A rectilinear grid consists of c
218. and texture coordinates Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Center This property specifies the center of the box 000 Center X Length This property specifies the length of the box in the X direction 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 XLength Y Length This property specifies the length of the box in the Y direction 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 YLength Z Length This property specifies the length of the box in the Z direction 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 ZLength Cone Create a 3D cone of a given radius and height The Cone source can be used to add a polygonal cone to the 3D scene The output of the Cone source is polygonal data Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Capping If this property is set to 1 the base of the cone will be capped with a filled 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Capping polygon Otherwise the base of the cone will be open accepted Center This property specifies the center of the cone 000 Center Direction Set the orientation vector of the cone The vector does not have to be normalized 100 Direction The cone will point in the direction specified Height This property specifies the height of the cone 1 The value must be greater than or Height equal to 0 Radius This property specifies the radius of the base of the cone 0 5 The value must be greater
219. any given operation could take a long time to finish in this situation you need the Apply button commit behavior so that you have a chance to be confident of your change before it takes effect The highlighted Apply button is a reminder that the parameters of one or more filters are out of sync with the data that you are viewing Hitting the Apply button accepts your change or changes whereas hitting the Reset button reverts the options back to the last time you hit Apply If you are working with small data sets you may want to turn off this behavior with the Auto Accept setting under the Application s settings 8 The Apply behavior circumvents a great number of mistakes but not all of them If you make some change to a filter or to the pipeline itself and later find that you are not satisfied with the result hit the Undo button You can undo all the way back to the start of your ParaView session and redo all the way forward if you like You can also undo and redo camera motion by using the camera undo and redo buttons located above each View window About Paraview Persistent Sessions If on the other hand you are satisfied with your visualization results you may want to save your work so that you can return to it at some future time You can do so by using ParaView s Save State File gt Save State and Save Trace Tools gt Save Trace features In either case ParaView produces human readable text files XML files for State and Pytho
220. appended mode is selected XMLHyperOctreeWriter Writer to write unstructured grid in a xml based vtk data file Cannot be used for parallel writing List of Writers 371 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to The selected dataset must be one of the Input the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkHyperOctree Write all timesteps as When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and are accepted file series executed once for each timestep available from the reader WriteAllTimeSteps Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following CompressorType appended mode only None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following DataMode appended binary Ascii 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected XMLImageDataWriter Writer to write image data in a xml based vtk data file Cannot be used for parallel writing Property Desc
221. araView s PVD file format The pvd file is essentially a header file that collects together other data files stored in VTK s XML based file format Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the PVD reader List of Readers 227 Particles Reader Read par vtkPartic ticle data leReader reads either a binary or a text file of particles Each particle can have associated with it an optional scalar value So the format is x y z scalar all floats or doubles The text file can consist of a comma delimited set of values In most cases vtkPartic or binary leReader can automatically determine whether the file is text The data can be either float or double Progress updates are provided With respect to binary files random access into the file to read pieces is supported Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader FileName Byte Order Set Get the byte ordering of the file you are trying to read in 0 The value must be one of the ByteOrder following BigEndian 0 LittleEndian 1 Data Type Get Set the data type The options are Float 10 default single precision floating 10 The value must be one of the DataType point Double 11 double precision floating point following Float 10 Doubl
222. araview servermanager Cone object at Oxaf73090 gt gt gt gt GetActiveSource lt paraview servermanager Cone object at Oxaf73090 gt SS Slawaiale lt paraview servermanager Shrink object at Oxb4f8610 gt gt gt gt SetActiveSource c To delete pipeline objects you need to use the Delete function Simple letting a Python variable go out of scope is not enough to delete the object Following the example above Delete the cone source gt gt gt Delete c To fully remove the cone from memory get rid of the i veur iaoe LOG gt gt gt del c Properties Property objects are used to read and modify the properties of pipeline objects Each proxy has a list of properties defined in the Server Manager configuration files The property interface of the Server Manager C library is somewhat cumbersome Here is how you can set the radius property of a sphere source gt gt gt rp sphere GetProperty Radius gt gt gt rp SetElement 0 2 il gt gt gt sphere UpdateProperty Radius The servermanager module makes property access much easier by defining Python property accessors for property objects gt gt gt sphere Radius 3 Here Radius is a Python property which when a value is assigned to it calls sphere SetPropertyWithName Radius 3 Properties can also passed to the function creating the object gt gt gt cone Cone Radius 0 5 Center 1 0 5 0 lt parav
223. are both arrays a one by one mapping is used between two arrays reciprocal x Returns 1 x remainder x y Returns x y floor x y x and y can be single values or arrays rint x Rounds x to the nearest integer s shear dataset Returns the shear of each cell in a dataset skew dataset Returns the skew of each cell in a dataset square x Returns x x sqrt x Return square root of x strain array Returns the strain of an array of 3D vectors subtract x y Returns the difference between two values x and y can be single values or arrays Same as x y surface_normal dataset Returns the surface normal of each cell in a dataset trace array Returns the trace of an array of 2D square matrices volume dataset Returns the volume normal of each cell in a dataset vorticity array Returns the vorticity curl of an array of 3D vectors vertex_normal dataset Returns the vertex normal of each point in a dataset Trigonometric Functions Below is a list of supported triginometric functions sin x cos x tan x arcsin x arccos x arctan x hypot x1 x2 sinh x cosh x tanh x arcsinh x Python Calculator 72 arccosh x arctanh x References 1 http www tramy us guidetoscipy html Spreadsheet View In several cases it s very useful to look at the raw dataset This is where the Spreadsheet view comes in handy Spreadsheet View allows users t
224. at can clicked on with the mouse and dragged perpendicular to the viewing direction The points are ordered and the path through them defines a smoothly varying path through 3D space As shown below the text control box for the spline widget allows you to add or delete control points and specify their locations exactly You can hide or show the widget and can choose to close the spline to create a loop which adds a path segment from the last control point back to the first Manipulating data in the 3D view 96 AAA Object Inspector T Properties isplay Information C Apply Reset amp Delete 7 Parametric Function Spline M Show Widget Xx aa Z 0 9867638 1 3009685 0 49181 2 4777194 0 680762 0 8407 1 5441737 0 6520963 1 0383 0 9788613 2 804313 0 25393 0 760648 0 1583111 1 5238 dh 0 076101 1 220871 0 7942 J IKID x Note Drag control points to change point locations Use Ctri Left Click insert new points Use Shift Left Click remove a point C Closed Spline Figure 15 Spline widget user interface 97 Annotation Annotation Annotation In ParaView there are several ways to annotate the data to better understand or explain it Several of the annotations can be interactively placed in the 3D scene The parameters of the annotations are controlled using traditional user interface element
225. ate Quadrature Points Create a point set with data at quadrature points Create a point set with data at quadrature points Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input of the The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input filter includes readers filters The dataset must contain a cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkUnstructuredGrid Select Source Array SelectSourceArray Specifies the offset array from which we generate quadrature points An array of scalars is required List of Filters 316 Generate Quadrature Scheme Dictionary Generate quadrature scheme dictionaries in data sets that do not have them Generate quadrature scheme dictionaries in data sets that do not have them them vtkUnstructuredGrid Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input of The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers Input the filter filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of Generate Surface Normals This filter will produce surface normals used for smooth shading Splitting is used to avoid smoothing across feature edges This filter generates surface normals at the points of the input polygonal da
226. ating a model i e tasks 2 and 4 you may adjust the fraction of the input dataset used for training You should avoid using a large fraction of the input data for training as you will then not be able to detect overfitting The Training fraction setting will be ignored for tasks 1 and 3 The value must be one of the following Statistics of all the data 0 Model a subset of the data 1 Assess the data with a model 2 Model and assess the same data 3 Training Fraction TrainingFraction Specify the fraction of values from the input dataset to be used for model fitting The exact set of values is chosen at random from the dataset 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1 Probe Location Sample data attributes at the points in a point cloud The Probe filter samples the data set attributes of the current data set at the points in a point cloud The Probe filter uses interpolation to determine the values at the selected point whether or not it lies at an input point The Probe filter operates on any type of data and produces polygonal output a point cloud Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the dataset from which to The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input obtain probe values includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell arra
227. ation files and is identical to the class documentation found under the paraview Help menu as well as here http paraview org OnlineHelpCurrent Beyond this document and the online help there are a few useful documentation sources e The ParaView Guide http www kitware com products paraviewguide html e The ParaView Wiki http paraview org Wiki ParaView e The ParaView source documentation http www paraview org doc If you are interested in learning more about the Visualization Toolkit that is at the foundation of ParaView visit http vtk org Proxies and Properties Proxies The VTK Server Manager design uses the Proxy design pattern See Design Patterns Elements of Reusable Object Oriented Software by Erich Gamma Richard Helm Ralph Johnson and John Vlissides for details Quoting from Wikipedia A proxy in its most general form is a class functioning as an interface to another thing The other thing could be anything a network connection a large object in memory a file or some other resource that is expensive or impossible to duplicate In the case of Server Manager a Proxy object acts as a proxy to one or more VTK objects Most of the time these are server side objects and are distributed to the server nodes Proxy objects allow you to interact with these object as if you directly have access to them manipulate them and obtain information about them When creating visualization pipelines you create proxies instea
228. ation tracks to animate the camera for all the 3D render views in the setup separately To add a camera animation track for a view with the view selected click on the button after choosing Camera from the first drop down The second drop down allows users to choose how to animate the camera There are three possible options each of which provides different mechanisms to specify the keyframes It s not possible to change the mode after the animation track has been added but one can simply delete the track and create a new one Animation View 110 Interpolate Camera Locations In this mode the user specifies camera position focal point view angle and up direction at each keyframe The animation player interpolates between these specified locations As with other parameters to edit the keyframes one double clicks on the track It is also possible to capture the current location as a keyframe by using the Use Current button it here Vanu arn nlan nramising t Animation Keyframes Editing f l edit Use Current o3 me _ ace e x 10 Position 4 03545 54 3175 16 3871 eJ p fode 1 All X 2 0 Focal Point 0 21706 4 5 11095 View Up 0 0967818 0 225432 0 96944 z View Angle 30 00 Gow Tr 3 9 4 y SSS nr hi Cancel OK gt It can be quite challenging to add key frames correctly and frequently to ensure that the animation results in a smoo
229. ation widget interactive so that they can manually place the widget at location of their liking Display Properties Users can control how the data from any source or filter is shown in this view using the Display tab In this section we will cover the various options available to a user for controlling appearance of the rendering in the 3D view View View m Visible Zoom To Data m Selectable Views Representations and Color Mapping 27 Name Usage Visible Checkbox used to toggle the visibility of the data in the view If it disabled it implies that the data cannot be shown in this view Selectable Checkbox used to toggle whether the data gets selected when using the selection mechanism for selecting and sub setting data Zoom to Data Click this button to zoom the camera so that the dataset is completely fits within the viewport Color Color v interpolate Scalars V Map Scalars Apply Texture None Color by C W Edit Color Map Rescale to Data Range The color group allows users to pick the scalar to color with or set a fixed solid color for the rendering Name Usage Interpolate If on the scalars will be interpolated within polygons and the scalar mapping happens on per pixel basis If off then color mapping Scalars happens at points and colors are interpolated which is typically less accurate This only affects when coloring with point arrays Has no effect otherwise This is
230. ature filter The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Invert Mean Curvature InvertMeanCurvature If this property is set to 1 the mean curvature calculation 0 will be inverted This is useful for meshes with inward pointing normals Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted D3 Repartition a data set into load balanced spatially convex regions Create ghost cells if requested The D3 filter is available when ParaView is run in parallel It operates on any type of data set to evenly divide it across the processors into spatially contiguous regions The output of this filter is of type unstructured grid UseMinimalMemory minimal memory than without this restriction Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Boundary Mode This property determines how cells that lie on processor boundaries are handled 0 The value must be one of BoundaryMode The Assign cells uniquely option assigns each boundary cell to exactly one the following Assign process which is useful for isosurfacing Selecting Duplicate cells causes the cells cells uniquely 0 on the boundaries to be copied to each process that shares that boundary The Duplicate cells 1 Divide cells option breaks cells across process boundary lines so that p
231. ay of scalars is required Select Material Fraction Arrays SelectMaterialArray Material fraction is defined as normalized amount of material per voxel It is expected that arrays containing material fraction data has been down converted to a unsigned char An array of scalars is required Compute volume weighted average over SelectVolumeWtdAvgArray For arrays selected a volume weighted average is computed The values of these arrays are also coppied into fragment geometry cell data as the fragment surfaces are generated An array of scalars is required Write Geometry Output If this property is set then the geometry output is written toa 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted WriteGeometryOutput text file The file name will be coonstructed using the path in the Output Base Name widget Write Statistics Output If this property is set then the statistics output is written to a 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted WriteStatisticsOutput text file The file name will be coonstructed using the path in the Output Base Name widget Median Compute the median scalar values in a specified neighborhood for image volume datasets The Median filter operates on uniform rectilinear image or volume data and produces uniform rectilinear output It replaces the scalar value at each pixel voxel with the median scalar value in the specified surrounding neighborhood Since the median
232. ay with different display configurations Things to keep in mind e pvx file should be specified as the last command line argument for any of the server processes e Typically the pvx file is specified for all the executables whose environment is being changed using the pvx file In case of data server render server configuration if you are setting up the environment for the two processes groups then the pvx file must be passed as a command line option to both the executables pvdataserver and pvrenderserver e When running in parallel the file is read on all nodes hence must be present on all nodes Basic steps for a successful setup e Ona terminal run the server 6 processes each driving one display in the cave Change the number of process according to the number of displays PV_ICET_WINDOW_BORDERS 1 mpiexec np 6 pvserver path to ConfigFile pvx Note PV_ICET_WINDOW_BORDERS 1 disables the full screen and instead opens up a 400x400 window Remove this environment variable to work in full screen mode e Open another terminal to run the client note this client connects to the server which open up 6 windows according to the config given in cave pvx Change the stereo type according to preference see paraview help paraview stereo stereo type Anaglyph server localhost vrpn vrpn address Tracker0 localhost e Connect the client to the server e Enable the VRPN Plugin on client 140
233. ayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 240 VisItClawReader A material ordered format very similar to IOUT 1 Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is claw Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided b
234. b of rendering to make it possible to render huge data sets at interactive rates Rendering is done in the parallel Render Server component which may be part of or separate from the parallel Data Server component In the next section we describe how parallel rendering works and explain the controls you have over it Second huge datasets often require high resolution displays to view the intricate details within while maintaining a high level view to maintain context In the following section we explain how ParaView can be used to drive tile display walls Lastly with the number of displays free to vary it becomes possible to use ParaView to drive multi display Virtual Reality systems That is described in the final section of this chapter Parallel Rendering X Forwarding Not a good idea Parallel Rendering implies that many processors have some context to render their pixels into Even though X11 forwarding might be available you should not run the client remotely and forward its X calls ParaView will be far more efficient if you let ParaView directly handle the data transfer between local and remote machines When doing hardware accelerated rendering in GPUs this implies having X11 or Windows display contexts either offscreen of onscreen Otherwise this implies using offscreen Mesa OSMesa linked in to ParaView to do the rendering entirely offscreen into software buffers Onscreen GPU Accelerated rendering via X11 Connections One of th
235. be filter The selected object must be Input the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Number of Sides The value of this property indicates the number of faces around the circumference 6 The value must be greater NumberOfSides of the tube than or equal to 3 List of Filters 363 Radius The value of this property sets the radius of the tube If the radius is varying 1 The value must be less than Radius VaryRadius property then this value is the minimum radius the largest dimension of the dataset multiplied by a scale factor of 0 01 Radius Factor If varying the radius VaryRadius property the property sets the maximum tube 10 RadiusFactor radius in terms of a multiple of the minimum radius If not varying the radius this value has no effect Scalars This property indicates the name of the scalar array on which to operate The An array of scalars is SelectInputScalars indicated array may be used for scaling the tubes See the VaryRadius property required Vectors This property indicates the name of the vector array on which to operate The 1 An array of vectors is SelectInputVectors indicated array may be used for scaling and or orienting the tubes See the required VaryRadius property Use Default If this property is set to 0 and the
236. be one of the Input to the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkUnstructuredGrid Write all timesteps as When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted file series executed once for each timestep available from the WriteAllTimeSteps reader Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following None CompressorType appended mode only 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii DataMode binary appended binary 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData uses base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected List of Writers 378 XdmfWriter Writer to write data in eXtensible Data Model and Format XDMF files Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input to written to the file includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet How to build compile install
237. bers for each server must agree with the corresponding Port entries in the dialog and they must be different from each other For the remainder of this chapter rc will be used instead of reverse connection when the connection between the client and the servers is to be reversed Starting the Server s 124 Connection 2 Connecting the render and data servers After the connections are made between the client and the two servers the servers will establish connections with each other In parallel runs this server to server connection is a set of connections between all N nodes of the render server and the first N nodes of the data server By default the data server initiates the connection to the render server but this can be changed with a configuration file The format of this file is described below The server that initiates the connection must know the name of the machine running the other server and the port number it is using In parallel runs each node of the connecting server must know the name of the machine for the corresponding process in the other server to which it should connect The port numbers are randomly assigned but they can be assigned in the configuration file as described below The default set of connections is illustrated in Figure 8 To establish these connections you must give the data server the connection information discussed above which you specify within a configuration file Use the machines
238. can ex2 Alternatively starting with ParaView 3 8 you can use OpenDataFile function to let ParaView pick a reader using the extension of the file gt gt gt reader OpenDataFile can ex2 Writing Data Files ParaView 3 9 or later To create a writer to write the output from a source one can use the following from paraview simple import Specifying the source explicitly gt gt gt WG em meee Wisse cua W o aa ekonanen vek SOUres Using the active source gt gt gt writer CreateWriter filename vtk Python Scripting 160 Writing data from a particular output port gt gt gt writer CreateWriter filename vtk servermanager OutputPort source 1 Now one change change the ivars on the writer To do the actual writing use gt gt gt writer UpdatePipeline Exporting CSV Data To export a csv from the cell or point data associated with a source one can use the following gt gt gt writer CreateWriter foo csv source gt gt gt writer FieldAssociation Points or Cells gt gt gt writer UpdatePipeline gt gt gt del writer 7 ParaView Welcome Site Map Tools for Python Scripting New tools with python If ParaView has been compiled with the Python wrapping some advanced features become available to the user such as e Accessing a Python Shell e Trace recording e Macros e Save ParaVie
239. ce in the bottom row To create a animation track with keyframes for that property click the plus mark on the left hand side This will create a new track In the figure tracks already exist for SphereSource1 s Phi Resolution property and for the Camera s position To delete a track press the X button You can temporarily disable a track by un checking the checkbox on the right of the track To enter values for the property double click within the white area to the right of the track name This will bring up the Animation Keyframes dialog Double clicking in the camera entry brings up a dialog like the one in the following figure Animation View 106 eS Animation Keyframes x Editing Camera Camera Values New Position Delete Position Delete All Position Position From the Animation Keyframes dialog you can press New to create new keyframes or press Delete or Delete All to delete some or all of them Clicking New will add a new row to the table In any row you can click within the Time column to choose a particular time for the keyframe and click in the right hand column to enter values for the parameter The exact user interface components that let you set values for the property at the keyframe time vary When available you can change the interpolation between two keyframes by double clicking on the central interpolation column Within the tracks of the Animation View the place in time where ea
240. ces X Freq This property specifies the natural frequency in X XF in the equation 60 XFreq X Mag This property specifies the wave amplitude in X XM in the equation 10 XMag Y Freq This property specifies the natural frequency in Y YF in the equation 30 YFreq Y Mag This property specifies the wave amplitude in Y YM in the equation 18 YMag Z Freq This property specifies the natural frequency in Z ZF in the equation 40 ZF req Z Mag This property specifies the wave amplitude in Z ZM in the equation 5 ZMag List of Filters AMR Contour Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Capping If this property is on the the boundary of the data 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Capping set is capped Isosurface This property specifies the values at which to 1 The value must lie within the range of the ContourValue compute the isosurface selected data array Degenerate Cells If this property is on a transition mesh between 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted DegenerateCells levels is created Input This property specifies the input of the filter The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a cell array with components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkCompositeDataSet Merge Points Use more memory to me
241. cessing needs to be performed then the adaptor should return control back to the simulation code If co processing is requested then the adaptor needs to make sure that the VTK grids and fields are up to date Upon return from vtkCPProcessor RequestDataDescription the vtkCPDataDescription object will have information on what is needed by the pipelines in order to successfully execute them during this call to the adaptor This information is stored for each co processing input the data objects that are given identifier names in the plugin and accessed through the vtkCPDataDescription as vtkCPInputDataDescription objects The vtkCPInputDataDescription objects specify whether or not they require a grid and if so which fields they require These objects are also used to pass the VTK data objects created in the adaptor to the pipeline by using the vtkCPInputDataDescription SetGrid method The final step in this call to the adaptor is then to perform the actual co processing by calling the vtkCPProcessor CoProcess method Finalize the Co Processor Finalization entails calling vtkCPProcessor Finalize and cleaning up any remaining VTK objects by calling DeleteQ While initially there may seem to be a significant hurdle to overcome in order to implement the adaptor for co processing the user only needs to know enough information to create the VTK data objects from their own simulation data structures The adaptor can be made computational
242. ch keyframe occurs is shown as a vertical line The values chosen for the property at that time and the interpolation function used between that value and the next are shown as text when appropriate In previous figure for example the sphere resolution begins at 10 and then changes to 20 varying by linear interpolation between them The camera values are too lengthy to show as text so they are not displayed in the track but we can easily see that there are four keyframes spaced throughout the animation The vertical lines in the tracks themselves are draggable so you can easily adjust the time at which each keyframe occurs Animation View Header The Animation View has a header bar that lets you control some properties of the animation itself Animation View 8 x Mode Sequence vy Time 35 Start Time 0 A EndTime 50 No Frames 50 prm anne nn 1 Annes 2 nnhesnt annnesnt annnesnt 5 nnne nt Mode controls the animation playback mode ParaView supports 3 modes for playing animation In Sequence mode the animation is played as a sequence of images or frames generated one after the other and rendered in immediate succession The number of frames is controlled by the No Frames spinbox at the end of the header Note that the frames are rendered as fast as possible Thus the viewing frame rate depends on the time needed to generate and render each frame In Real Time mode the Duration spinbox replacing the No Frames spinbox indicates the
243. ch s Qt as its GUI library Qt is required whenever the ParaView client is built See this page for Qt licensing information 4 e As stated above The open source version of Qt can be found at 2 e For sourcecode use the latest stable version of qt everywhere opensource src VERSION tar gz or zip or dmg If this gives you trouble version 4 6 2 is known to work e For binaries use the latest stable version of qt PLATFORM opensource VERSION tar gz or zip or dmg If this gives you trouble version 4 6 2 is known to work e Commercial licenses can be purchased directly from TrollTech 3 How to build compile install 380 Download And Install ffmpeg avi movie libraries When the ability to write avi files is desired and writing these files is not supported by the OS ParaView can attach to an ffmpeg library This is generally true for Linux Ffmpeg library source code is found here 13 Download And Install MESA 3D libraries ParaView uses the OpenGL graphics drivers and card from a user s workstation When you want to run ParaView s servers on a platform that does not include hardware OpenGL support you must use MESA to emulate this hardware in software Mesa is open source and it can be downloaded from here 14 There is a known problem with MESA version 7 8 2 and ParaView This has been reported to the MESA team Version 7 7 1 has been tested and seems to work correctly as well as 7 9 e Build as follows e
244. ch view we will talk about the controls available to change the view parameters using View Settings as well as the parameters associated with the Display Tab for showing data in that view 3D View 3D View is used to show the surface or volume rendering for the data in a 3D world This is the most commonly used view type When running in client server mode 3D View can render data either by bringing the geometry to the client and then rendering it there or by rendering it on the server possibly in parallel and then delivering the composited images to the client Refer to the Client Server Visualization chapter for details Interaction Interacting with the 3D view will typically update the camera This makes it possible to explore the visualization scene The default buttons are as follows they can be changed using the Application Settings dialog Modifier Left Button Middle Button Right Button Rotate Pan Zoom Shift Roll Rotate Pan Control Zoom Rotate Zoom This view supports selection One can select cells or points either on the surface or those within a frustum Selecting cells or points makes it possible to extract those for further inspection or label them etc Details about data querying and selection can be found the Quantitative analysis chapter View Settings The view settings dialog accessible through the Edit View Settings menu or the tool button on the left corner of the view
245. change it By default the changes you make will only affect the active View As with the 3D View the visibility of different datasets within a Bar Chart View is displayed and controlled by the eye icons in the Pipeline Browser The Bar Chart View can only display datasets that contain chartable data and when a Bar Chart View is active the Pipeline Browser will only display the eye icon next to those datasets that can be charted ParaView stores its chartable data in 1D Rectilinear Grids where the X locations of the grid contain the bin boundaries and the cell data contain the counts within each bin Any source or filter that produces data in this format can be displayed in the Bar Chart View Figure 46 shows a histogram of the values from a slice of a data set The Chart View s Edit View Options dialog allows you to create labels titles and legends for the chart and to control the range and scaling of each axis The Interaction Display Properties as well as View Settings for this view and similar to those for the Line Chart Views Representations and Color Mapping 40 00 4 eme 2 6 w ag KIE B 2 lt 2 Solid color z E S oo t E E E O E E gt E r Pipeline Browser builtin can ex2 i Histogram ak 0o Properties Display Information O Use Array Index From Y Axis Data Use Data Array bin_extents Line Series Variable Legend Name C bin_ext J bin_ext M
246. ctSurfacel PieceInvariant 1 SetActiveSource Slice2 ParallelPolyDataWriter3 CreateWriter XMLPPolyDataWriter Wis LCS saec EVED a BS Y SetActiveSource ExtractSurfacel ParallelPolyDataWriter2 CreateWriter XMLPPolyDataWriter Pourtacens t ENE 7 ZOO Slice2 SliceType Origin 2 8049160242080688 2 1192346811294556 1 7417440414428711 Slice2 SliceType Offset 0 0 MoO O60 2 0 Slice2 SliceType Normal for writer in cp_writers o if timestep writer cpFrequency 0 writer FileName writer cpFileName replace t str timestep writer UpdatePipeline def CreateProducer datadescription gridname Creates a producer proxy for the grid if not datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName gridname raise RuntimeError Simulation input name s does not exist gridname CoProcessing 175 grid datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName gridname GetGrid producer TrivialProducer producer GetClientSideObject SetOutput grid producer UpdatePipeline return producer def CreateWriter proxy_ctor filename freq global cp_writers writer proxy_ctor writer FileName filenam writer add_attribute cpFrequency freq writer add_attribute cpFileName filename cp_writers append writer return writer Creating the Adaptor The largest amount of work in getting co processing working with a simulation code is usually creating the a
247. ctilinear image data and produces image data output Dimensionality dimensions or in three If the gradient is being computed in two dimensions the X and Y dimensions are used Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Dimensionality This property indicates whether to compute the gradient in two 3 The value must be one of the following Two 2 Three 3 Input Input This property specifies the input to the Gradient filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData Select Input Scalars SelectInputScalars This property lists the name of the array from which to compute the gradient An array of scalars is required List of Filters 320 Gradient Of Unstructured DataSet Estimate the gradient for each point or cell in any type of dataset The Gradient Unstructured filter estimates the gradient vector at each point or cell It operates on any type of vtkDataSet and the output is the same type as the input If the dataset is a vtkImageData use the Gradient filter instead it will be more efficient for this type of dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Compute Vorticity When this flag is on the
248. ction The server you just configured will now be in the list of servers you may choose Thereafter whenever you run ParaView you can connect to any of the servers that you have configured You can also give the ParaView client the server server_config_name command line argument to make it automatically connect to any of the servers from the list when it starts You can save and or load server configurations to and or from a file using the Save Servers and Load Servers buttons respectively on the Choose Server dialog This is how some visualization centers provide system wide server configurations to allow the novice user to simply click his or her choice and connect to an already configured ParaView server The format of the XML file for saving the server configurations is discussed online at http paraview org Wiki Server_Configuration 129 Parallel Rendering and Large Displays About Parallel Rendering One of ParaView s strengths is its ability to offload the often demanding rendering task By offload we mean that ParaView allows you to connect to a remote machine ideally one that is closer to the data and to high end rendering hardware do the rendering on that machine and still interact with the data from a convenient location such as the desktop or laptop in your office Abstracting away the location where rendering takes place opens up many possibilities First it opens up the possibility to parallelize the jo
249. cts in the view when attribute type is Points points in the dataset will be selected The spreadsheet view also performs selection conversions if possible i e if you select a cell in the 3D view however you the spreadsheet view is setup to show points then the view will highlight the points that form the selected cell The Spreadsheet View may add several additional data columns which may not be present in the your actual data These data columns are either derived information such as the i j k co ordinates for structured data or provide additional information about the data e g block index for composite datasets or provide additional information about the data distribution such as process id when connected to a parallel server pvserver or pvdataserver Spreadsheet View 74 Working with Composite Datasets Object Inspector oo x Properties Display Information F Show data C Show only selected elements Select Attributes to Show Point Data iS Structure num of selected points cells Root Element Blocks Unnamed block ID 1 Type HEX Face Blocks Edge Blocks Element Sets Side Sets Unnamed set ID 1 Size 418 C Unnamed set ID 2 Size 180 7 Unnamed set ID 3 Size 828 a m Te Spreadsheet view works seamlessly with different kinds of dataset types including composite datasets such as multi block datasets or AMR datasets When dealing with composite datasets the view shows
250. current source to the file with pieces spread across the server processes Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name Name of the file to write FileName Representations The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to the file Representations XMLPVDWriter Writer to write ParaView data files pvd It is used to save all pieces of a source filter to a file with pieces spread across the server processes Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following CompressorType appended mode only None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following DataMode appended binary Ascii 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Data base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended EncodeAppendedData mode is selected File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Ghost Level The number of ghost levels to include in the output file s Note 0 The value must be greater than or equal to GhostLevel that some writers such as ExodusII Writer may not support 0 writing ghost levels Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to the The
251. d be The list of array ElementVariables loaded Element variables specify a single value per entry in some element block names is provided by the reader Exodus Model Metadata Should metadata for the mesh be stored in the field data of the reader s output Only the values ExodusModelMetadata 0 and 1 are accepted Face Blocks FaceBlocks Use this property to select which blocks of faces should be loaded All faces in the same block will have the same interpolant triangular bilinear quadrilateral etc and have the same variables defined over them The list of array names is provided by the reader Face Map Array Status FaceMapArrayStatus Specify which maps defined over faces in the mesh should be loaded A face map is a renumbering of all the faces across all the face blocks of a file from their offset in the file to some arbitrary integers usually specifying a unique global ID across a set of files The list of array names is provided by the reader Face Set Array Status FaceSetArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the faces across all face blocks in a file as sets in their own right This property specifies which of those sets should be loaded Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per face The accompanying FaceSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets s
252. d grid Piece Invariant If the value of this property is set to 1 internal surfaces along process boundaries 1 Only the values 0 and PieceInvariant will be removed NOTE Enabling this option might cause multiple executions of 1 are accepted the data source because more information is needed to remove internal surfaces FFT Of Selection Over Time Extracts selection over time and plots the FFT Extracts the data of a selection e g points or cells over time takes the FFT of them and plots them Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input The input from which the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers Input selection is extracted filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet vtkTable vtkCompositeDataSet Selection The input that provides the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers Selection selection object filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkSelection FOF SOD Halo Finder Sorry no help is currently available Property Description Default Restrictions Value s bb linking length Linking length measured in units of 0 2 The value must be greater than or equal BB interparticle spacing and is dimensionless to 0 Used to link particl
253. d of VTK objects gt gt gt sphereSource vtk vtkSphereSource VITK Python script gt gt gt sphereSourceP Sphere ParaView script A proxy also provides an interface to modify the properties of the objects it maintains For example instead of gt gt gt sphereSource SetCenter 1 0 1 0 0 0 you can write the following gt gt gt sphere Center 1 0 1 0 0 0 When a pipeline object proxy is created it is set as the active object You can also set an object as the active one This is equivalent to clicking on an object in the pipeline browser 22 gt Come lt paraview servermanager Cone object at Oxaf73090 gt gt gt gt GetActiveSource lt paraview servermanager Cone object at Oxaf73090 gt gt gt gt Slaweials lt paraview servermanager Shrink object at Oxb4f8610 gt Make the cone active Python Scripting 147 gt gt gt SetActiveSource c When dealing with objects created through the graphical interface or by loading a state it is useful to be able to search through existing pipeline objects To accomplish this you can use GetSources and FindSource GetSources returns a dictionnary of name id object pairs Since multiple objects can have the same name the name id pair identifies objects uniquely FindSource returns an object given its name If there are more than one objects with the same name the first one is returned gt gt gt Cone lt p
254. d then connects to that server within the familiar GUI application When connected to a remote server the only difference you will see will be that the Visualization Pipeline displayed in the Pipeline Browser will begin with the name of the server you are connected to rather than the word builtin which indicates that you are connected to a virtual server residing in the same process as the GUI When connected to a remote server the File Open dialog presents the list of files that live on the remote machine s file system rather than the client s Depending on the server s capabilities and on the data size and your application settings Edit gt Settings gt Render View gt Server the data will either be rendered remotely and pixels will be sent to the client or the geometry will be delivered and rendered locally Large data visualization is described fully in the Client Server Visualization H Chapter References 1 http www paraview org Wiki ParaViewWeb 2 http paraview org Wiki ParaView Displaying Data Multiple_Views 3 http paraview org Wiki ParaView UsersGuide Filtering_Data Pipeline_Basics 4 http paraview org Wiki ParaView Users_Guide Selection 5 http paraview org Wiki ParaViewUsersGuide List_of_readers 6 http paraview org Wiki Writing ParaView_Readers 7 http paraview org Wiki ParaViewUsersGuide List_of_filters 8 http paraview org Wiki ParaView Users_Guide Settings 9 http paraview org Wiki ParaVi
255. daptor that can pass a VTK data set or composite data set with fields specified over it A simple view of the program control is Simulation Code Adaptor ParaView By doing it like this there is minimal modification to the simulation code only calls to the adaptor like Initialize Finalize and CoProcess The adaptor deals with the coprocessing library as well as creating VTK data structures from the simulation code as needed The general flow for the simulation code and where it calls the adaptor would look like initialize coprocessor for i in number of time steps compute simulation information at time step i call coprocessing library coprocessing library determines if any coprocessing needs to be performed at time step i finalize coprocessor The interactions between the adaptor and ParaView are mostly done through the vtkCPProcessor class Documentation for this and the other classes in the coprocessing library are in the ParaView online documentation 4 as well as grouped in a module 5 Details on the specific steps are provided below Initialize the Co Processor To initialize the co processor a vtkCPProcessor object must be created This object should not be deleted until the finalization step After creating a vtkCPProcessor object you must call vtkCPProcessor Initialize to initialize the coprocessing library The next step is to create vtkCPPipeline objects These objects are used to represent the VTK pipelines that
256. ded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItNetCDFCCSM_STSDReader Reads CCSM climate data files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 253 VisItNetCDFFVCOMParticleReader Reads FVCOM primitive equations ocean model particle files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the rea
257. definition separate normals are computed for both sets of points to give crisp rendered Glyph This filter generates an arrow cone cube cylinder line sphere or 2D glyph at each point of the input data set The glyphs can be oriented and scaled by point attributes of the input dataset The Glyph filter generates a glyph i e an arrow cone cube cylinder line sphere or 2D glyph at each point in the input dataset The glyphs can be oriented and scaled by the input point centered scalars and vectors The Glyph filter operates on any type of data set Its output is polygonal This filter is available on the Toolbar Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Glyph Transform The values in this property allow you to specify the The value must be set to one of the GlyphTransform transform translation rotation and scaling to apply to the following Transform2 glyph source Input This property specifies the input to the Glyph filter This is The selected object must be the result of the Input the dataset to which the glyphs will be applied following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Maximum Number of The value of this property specifies the maximum number 5000 The value must be greater than or equal to Points of glyphs that should appear in the output dataset if the 0
258. der see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItNetCDFFVCOM_ MTMDReader Reads FVCOM primitive equations ocean models Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of ar
259. der is generated automatically by computing the axis of the cylinder Note that the generated texture coordinates for the s coordinate ranges from 0 1 corresponding to angle of 0 gt 360 around axis while the mapping of the t coordinate is controlled by the projection of points along the axis Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input Set the input to the Texture Map to Cylinder filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Prevent Seam Control how the texture coordinates are generated If Prevent Seam is set the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are PreventSeam s coordinate ranges from 0 gt 1 and 1 gt 0 corresponding to the theta angle accepted variation between 0 gt 180 and 180 gt 0 degrees Otherwise the s coordinate ranges from 0 gt 1 between 0 gt 360 degrees Texture Map to Plane Generate texture coordinates by mapping points to plane TextureMapToPlane is a filter that generates 2D texture coordinates by mapping input dataset points onto a plane The plane is generated automatically A least squares method is used to generate the plane automatically Property Description Default Restrictions Value s List of Filters 360 Input Set the input to the Texture Map to The selected object m
260. ders will have only one output port but some may have multiple output ports see the next section All output information and data from the reader will be stored in one of these information objects ProcessRequest This method is the entry point into a vtkAlgorithm through which the pipeline makes requests A reader may override this method and implement responses to all requests The method should be placed in the public section of the reader class It should return 1 for success and O for failure Full documentation of this method is beyond the scope of this chapter Most readers should derive from one of the output type specific classes and implement the request specific methods described below RequestInformation This method is invoked by the superclass s ProcessRequest implementation when it receives a REQUEST_INFORMATION request In the output port it should store information about the data in the input file For example if the reader produces structured data then the whole extent should be set here shown below int vtkExampleReader RequestInformation WACK IMEOMMEIC LOM Wiel onma nionee Rona gt vtkInformationVector outVec vtkInformation outInfo outVec gt GetInformationObject 0 Lidice extention hie ooa Ea ENNIS Co icine eyewielole eeaeSias store that in the pipeline Owe Linco SSS vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline WHOLE_EXTENT extent 6 VES EOL CROEN CGE nE orma CLON
261. developed at NASA The PLOT3D reader can read both ASCII and binary PLOT3D files The default file extension for the geometry files is xyz and the default file extension for the solution files is q The output of this reader is a multi block dataset containing curvilinear structured grid datasets Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Q File Name The list of q solution files for the PLOT3D QFileName reader This can be more than 1 If more that 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Binary File This property indicates whether the data files 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted BinaryFile are binary Byte Order This property specifies the byte order of any 0 The value must be one of the following BigEndian 0 ByteOrder binary file s LittleEndian 1 File Name This property specifies the xyz geometry file FileName name for the PLOT3D reader Force Read This property indicates whether to attempt to 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ForceRead read the file even if it appears corrupt Functions This property lists which functions The value must be one of the following Scalar Functions point centered arrays to compute Pressure 110 Scalar Temperature 120 Scalar Enthalpy 130 Scalar Internal energy 140 Scalar Kinetic energy 144 Scalar
262. dialog gt shell gt releaseControl When the python interpreter is reset pqPythonDialog emits a signal interpreterInitialized The pqPythonManager listens for this signals and imports the paraview modules So when this signal is triggered it is not guaranteed that paraview python modules have been imported yet After the paraview python modules are imported the pqPythonManager emits a signal paraviewPythonModulesImported Batch Processing 163 Batch Processing Batch Processing ParaView s pvbatch and pvpython command line executables substitute a python interpreter for the Qt GUI interface that most users control ParaView s back end data processing and rendering engine through Either may be used for batch processing that is to replay Visualization sessions in an exact easily repeated way The input to either comes in the form of the same python script that was described in the previous section Of the two pvbatch is more specialized for batch processing and suited to running in an offline mode on dedicated data processing supercomputers because e It does not take in commands from the terminal which is usually unavailable on this class of machines Therefore you must supply a filename of the script you want pvbatch to execute e It it is permanently joined to the backend server and thus does not require TCP socket connections to it Therefore in the scripts that you give to pvbatch it is not possible to Disconn
263. ding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected XMLPUnstructuredGridWriter Writer to write unstructured grid in a xml based vtk data file Can be used for parallel writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written The selected dataset must be one of the Input to the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkUnstructuredGrid Write all timesteps as When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted file series executed once for each timestep available from the WriteAllTimeSteps reader Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following None CompressorType appended mode only 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii DataMode binary appended binary 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData uses base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected List of Writers XMLPVAnimationWriter Internal writer proxy used when saving animation geometry to save all parts of the
264. disabled when coloring using a solid color Map Scalars If the data array being color with can be directly interpreted as colors then one can uncheck this to not use any lookup table Otherwise when on a lookup table will be used to map scalars to colors This is disabled when the array is not of the type that can be interpreted as colors i e vtkUnsignedCharArray Apply Makes is possible to apply a texture over the surface This requires that the data has texture coordinates One can use filters like Texture Texture Map to Sphere Texture Map to Cylinder or Texture Map to Plane to generate texture coordinates when not present in the data To load a texture select Load from the combo box which will popup a dialog allowing you to choose an image Otherwise pick from already loaded textures listed in the combo box Color By This enables coloring of the surface volume Either choose the array to color with or set the solid color to use When volume rendering solid coloring is not possible one has to choose the data array to volume render with Set solid Used to set the solid color This is available only when Color By is set to use Solid Color ParaView defines a notion of a color color palette consisting of different color categories To choose a color from one of these predefined categories click on the tiny arrow next to thus button It will open up a drop down with options to choose from If one uses a color from the palette it p
265. discuss batch processing with ParaView Python Scripting NOTE This document if based on ParaView 3 6 or higher If you are using 3 4 go to the history page and select the version from May 13 2009 ParaView and Python ParaView offers rich scripting support through Python This support is available as part of the ParaView client paraview an MPI enabled batch application pvbatch the ParaView python client pvpython or any other Python enabled application Using Python users and developers can gain access to the ParaView engine called Server Manager Note Server Manager is a library that is designed to make it easy to build distributed client server applications This document is a short introduction to ParaView s Python interface You may also visit the Python recipes page for some examples Quick Start a Tutorial Getting Started To start interacting with the Server Manager you have to load the simple module This module can be loaded from any python interpreter as long as the necessary files are in PYTHONPATH These files are the shared libraries located in the paraview binary directory and python modules in the paraview directory paraview simple py paraview vtk py etc You can also use either pvpython for stand alone or client server execution pvbatch for Python Scripting 141 non interactive distributed batch processing or the python shell invoked from Tools gt Python Shell using the ParaView clien
266. dits File ParaView_UsersGuide_CustomFilterParameters png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_CustomFilterParameters png License unknown Contributors 1 anonymous edits Image ParaView_UG_ProgrammableFilter png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_ProgrammableFilter png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Calculator png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Calculator png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Python_calculator png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Python_calculator png License unknown Contributors 1 anonymous edits File ParaViewUsersGuideSpreadsheetView png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew UsersGuideSpreadsheetView png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideSpreadsheetView2 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideSpreadsheetView2 png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image Selection1 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Selection1 png License unknown Contributors Utkars Image Selection2 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Selection2 png License unknown Contributors Utkars Image Selection3 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Selection3 png License unknown Contributors Utkars Image Selection4 png Source ht
267. do not currently work e views other than 3D render view also have not tested mpi render view e time e the start stop trace buttons are not synced if trace is started manually from python New built in editor For convenience there is a new built in script editor When the editor is opened on OSX the editor s menubar temporarily replaces paraview s menubar If this becomes too obtrusive the menu could be replaced by toolbar buttons It might be a nice feature to allow the user to specify a command to launch an external editor New C API New classes have been introduced under Qt Python They depend on classes in Qt Core but not Qt Components A new class named pqPythonManager is available globally through the pqApplicationCore instance pqPythonManager manager qobject_cast lt pqPythonManager gt pqApplicationCore instance gt manager PYTHON_MANAGER The python manager has a public method pqPythonDialog pythonShellDialog Calling this method will return the python shell Python will be initialized on the first call to this method and the returned pqPythonDialog will be ready to use pqPythonDialog offers public methods for executing python files and strings of python code If you plan to call methods in the python c api you must make the python interpreter active paPythonDialog dialog manager gt pythonShellDialog dialog gt shell gt makeCurrent Calls to python c api
268. ds TIFF files The output is a time sequence of uniform rectilinear image volume dataset The default file extension is tif or tiff Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Names The list of files to be read by the reader If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file FileNames series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide 1 file per time step Tecplot Reader Read files in the Tecplot ASCII file format The Tecplot reader extracts multiple zones blocks of data from a Tecplot ASCII file in which a zone is stored in either point packing mode i e tuple based with only point data supported or block packing mode ie component based with point data and cell data supported The output of the reader is a vtkMultiBlockDataset of which each block is either a vtkStructuredGrid or a vtkUnstructuredGrid This supports reading a file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Names The list of files to be read by the reader FileNames Data Arrays This property lists what dataset attribute arrays point data and cell The list of array names is provided by the DataArrayStatus data to read reader List of Readers 235 VPIC Reader Read distributed VPIC files into an ImageData VPIC is a 3D kinetic plasma particle in cell simulation The input file vpc opened by the VPIC reader is
269. e extension is pvts This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the partitioned VTK FileName XML structured grid data format The standard extension is pvts If more than file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader List of Readers 275 XML Partitioned Unstructured Grid Reader Read the summary file and the associated VTK XML unstructured grid data files The XML Partitioned Unstructured Grid reader reads the partitioned VTK unstructured grid data file format It reads the partitioned format s summary file and then the associated VTK XML unstructured grid data files The expected file extension is pvtu This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the partitioned VTK FileName XML unstructured grid data format The standard extension
270. e 11 File Type Set the file type The options are Unknown 0 default the reader will attempt to 0 The value must be one of the FileType determine the file type If this fails then you should set the file type yourself Text following Unknown 0 Text 1 the file type is text Binary 2 the file type is binary 1 Binary 2 Has Scalar Default 1 If 1 then each particle has a value associated with it 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are HasScalar accepted Partitioned Legacy VTK Reader Read file The Partitioned Legacy VTK reader loads files stored in VTK s partitioned legac file format before VTK 4 2 although still supported The expected file extension is pvtk The type of the dataset may be structured grid s stored in VTK partitioned legacy format uniform rectilinear grid image volume non uniform rectilinear grid unstructured grid or polygonal Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name This property specifies the file name for the Partitioned Legacy VTK reader FileName List of Readers 228 Phasta Reader Read the parallel Phasta meta file and the underlying Phasta files This Phasta reader reads files stored in the Phasta a CFD package format The expected file extension is pht The output of this reader is a multipiece data set Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName
271. e includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData PDataSetWriter Writer to write any type of data object in a legacy vtk data file This version is used when running in parallel It gathers data to first node and saves file Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written The selected object must be the result of the Input to the file following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject Write All Time When WriteAl TimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Steps executed once for each timestep available from the WriteAllTimeSteps reader File Type The type for the data file i e ascii or binary 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii 1 FileType Binary 2 PNG Writer Writer to write image data as a PNG file It supports 1 to 4 component data of unsigned char or unsigned short Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input
272. e Derivatives This filter computes derivatives of scalars and vectors CellDerivatives is a filter that computes derivatives of scalars and vectors at the center of cells You can choose to generate different output including the scalar gradient a vector computed tensor vorticity a vector gradient of input vectors a tensor and strain matrix of the input vectors a tensor or you may choose to pass data through to the output List of Filters 299 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Output Tensor This property controls how the filter works to generate tensor cell data You 1 The value must be one of the Type can choose to compute the gradient of the input vectors or compute the following Nothing 0 Vector OutputTensorType strain tensor of the vector gradient tensor By default the filter will take the Gradient 1 Strain 2 gradient of the vector data to construct a tensor Output Vector This property Controls how the filter works to generate vector cell data You 1 The value must be one of the Type can choose to compute the gradient of the input scalars or extract the following Nothing 0 Scalar Outpu
273. e Glyph Scalars and ExodusIIReader PointVariables gt gt gt reader ExodusIIReader FileName can ex2 These variables are currently selected gt gt gt reader PointVariables MDTSET E UVER A VANGKCIE Y J These are available in the file gt gt gt reader PointVariables Available MDTSET T OVELA ACCE Enable the DISPL array only gt gt gt reader PointVariables DISPL Force read gt gt gt reader UpdatePipeline Now check the output Note GlobalNodeId is generated automatically by the reader gt gt gt reader PointDatal Array GlobalNodelId Array PedigreeNodelId Array DISPL This example demonstrates the use of ExodusI Reader PointVariables This is a VectorProperty that represents a list of array names The underlying C function has a signature of SetPointResultArrayStatus const char name int flag This method is usually called once per array to enable or disable it i e to set whether the reader will read a Python Scripting 149 particular array Glyph Scalars is a bit more complicated This property allows the developer to select the scalar array with which to scale the glyphs gt gt gt sph Sphere gt gt gt elev Elevation sph Glyph the points of the sphere with spheres Se gt gly Clypom elev Gliyolalyise Sphere Scale the glyph with the Elevation array gt gt gt glyph Scalars Elevation gt gt gt Glyn
274. e Repeat until all values are set and the generate option is available g key e Some variables advanced variables are not visible right away To see advanced varables toggle to advanced mode t key To set a variable move the cursor to the variable and press enter e If it is a boolean ON OFF it will flip the value e If it is string or file it will allow editing of the string For file and directories the lt tab gt key can be used to complete To search for a variable press key and to repeat the search press the n key ParaView Settings On Windows Use CMakeSetup from the CMake install location e Make sure to select the appropriate source and the build directory Also make sure to pick the appropriate generator on Visual Studio 6 pick the Visual Studio 6 generator Some CMake versions will ask you to select the generator the first time you press Configure instead of having a drop down menu in the main dialog A CMake 2 6 pa Where is the source code C Kitware ParaView3work ParaView3 Browse Show Advanced Values Where to build the binaries Browse I Suppress dev Warnings Cache Values BUILD_SHARED_LIBS ON CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE Debug CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX C Program Files ParaView MPI_EXTRA_LIBRARY MPI_EXTRA_LIBRARY NOTFOUND MPL_INCLUDE_PATH C Program Files MPICH SDK Include MPI_LIBRARY C Program Files MPICH SDK Lib mpich lib PARAVIEW_BUILD_QT_GUI ON
275. e SS oa F 7 MAR ee As Wo gt D gt m ma o Solid Color gt Representation Pre He z2 ix oy at zt S lt ESGOTO Pipeline Browser 2 0 amp m s mjejoje builtin can ex2 i Histogram1 Object Inspector oR x Properties Display Information O Use Array Index From Y Axis Data Use Data Array bin_extents re Line Series Variable Legend Name C bin_ext J bin_ext M bin_val E bin_val acct BB ACCLt ACCL t E acct acct I acct acct W acct ACcCL_a W ACCL_a ACCL_a W ACCL_a O ACCLa Hf ACCL_a a aACccta E Accta v Options for the Histogram filter are Which array to process This can be either a point data array or a cell data array For arrays with more than 1 component the user can specify which component to compute with respect to The default is the first component The number of bins to put the results in as well as the range the bins should be divided from An option to average other field information of the same type for each of the bins Which variables are to be displayed in the view This is under the Display tab of the Object Inspector Plotting and Probing Data 86 Plotting and Probing Data There are multiple ways of probing a data set for point or cell values The simplest is the Probe Location filter Additionally there are a variety of filters to pl
276. e cell The centroid of a cell is the average position of its points This filter operates on any type of dataset and produces unstructured grid output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Shrink filter The selected object must be the result of Input the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Shrink The value of this property determines how far the points will move A 0 5 The value must be greater than or equal to Factor value of 0 positions the points at the centroid of the cell a value of 1 0 and less than or equal to 1 ShrinkFactor leaves them at their original positions Slice This filter slices a data set with a plane Slicing is similar to a contour It creates surfaces from volumes and lines from surfaces This filter extracts the portion of the input dataset that lies along the specified plane The Slice filter takes any type of dataset as input The output of this filter is polygonal data List of Filters 349 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Slice Offset The values in this property specify a list of current offset values This Determine the length of the dataset s Values can be used to create multiple slices with different centers Each entry diagonal The value must lie within Contour
277. e default file extension is 3D Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItProteinDataBankReader Reads Protein Databank files contain molecular data Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are ent and pdb Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Mesh
278. e edges Input This property specifies the input to the Feature Edges filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Manifold Edges If the value of this property is set to 1 manifold edges will be extracted Only the values 0 and 1 are ManifoldEdges Manifold edges are defined as edges that are used by exactly two polygons accepted Non Manifold If the value of this property is set to 1 non manifold ediges will be Only the values 0 and 1 are Edges extracted Non manifold edges are defined as edges that are use by three or accepted NonManifoldEdges more polygons Generate Ids Generate scalars from point and cell ids This filter generates scalars using cell and point ids That is the point attribute data scalars are generated from the point ids and the cell attribute data scalars or field data are generated from the the cell ids Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Array The name of the array that will contain ids Ids Name ArrayName Input This property specifies the input to the Cell The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Data to Point Data filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Gener
279. e from their offset in the file to names is some arbitrary integers usually specifying a unique global ID across a set of files provided by the These are sometimes called new style maps because they are specified differently reader than in older Exodus files which only allowed a single node map Node Set Array Status An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the nodes points in a file as sets in The list of array NodeSetArrayStatus their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over names is these sets by specifying a single number per node This property specifies which provided by the of those sets should be loaded The accompanying NodeSetResultArrayStatus reader property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded Node Set Result Array Status NodeSetResultArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the nodes points in a file as sets in their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per node This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the NodeSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to appear The list of array names is provided by the reader Point Variables PointVariables Use this property to select which nodal i e per point variables should be loaded The list of array
280. e greater StartPhi value of the End Phi property should be 180 degrees The value of this property can be than or equal to 0 and less adjusted to form only a portion of a sphere Set the starting angle in degrees in the than or equal to 180 latitudinal direction Start Theta To form a complete sphere the value of this property should be 0 degrees and the 0 The value must be greater StartTheta value of the End Theta property should be 360 degrees The value of this property can than or equal to 0 and less be adjusted to form only a portion of a sphere than or equal to 360 Theta The value of this property represents the number of divisions between Start Theta and 8 The value must be greater Resolution End Theta around the sphere See the Start Theta and End Theta properties The theta than or equal to 3 ThetaResolution divisions are similar to longitude lines on the earth The higher the resolution the closer the approximation will come to a sphere and the more polygons there will be List of Sources 288 SplineSource Tessellate parametric functions This class tessellates parametric functions The user must specify how many points in the parametric coordinate directions are required i e the resolution and the mode to use to generate scalars Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Parametric Property used to reference the parametric function as data The value
281. e maps because they are specified differently than in older Exodus files which only allowed a single element map The list of array names is provided by the reader Element Set Array Status ElementSetArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the elements across all element blocks in a file as sets in their own right This property specifies which of those sets should be loaded Variables such as feature classifiers may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per element The accompanying ElementSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded The list of array names is provided by the reader Element Set Result Array Status ElementSetResultArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the elements across all element blocks in a file as sets in their own right Variables such as feature classifiers may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per element This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the ElementSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to appear The list of array names is provided by the reader Element Variables Use this property to select which variables defined over elements cells should be The list of array ElementVariables loaded Element variables specify a single value
282. e most common problems people have with setting up the ParaView server is allowing the server processes to open windows on the graphics card on each process s node When ParaView needs to do parallel rendering each process will create a window that it will use to render This window is necessary because you need the X window before you can create an OpenGL context on the graphics hardware There is a way around this If you are using the Mesa as your OpenGL implementation then you can also use the supplemental OSMesa library to create an OpenGL context without an X window However Mesa is strictly a CPU rendering library so use the OSMesa solution if and only if your server hardware does not have rendering hardware If your cluster does not have graphics hardware then compile ParaView with OSMesa support and use the use offscreen rendering flag when launching the server Assuming that your cluster does have graphics hardware you will need to establish the following three things 1 Have xdm run on each cluster node at startup Although xdm is almost always run at startup on workstation installations it is not as commonplace to be run on cluster nodes Talk to your system administrators for help in setting this up Parallel Rendering 130 2 Disable all security on the X server That is allow any process to open a window on the x server without having to log in Again talk to your system administrators for help 3 Use the displa
283. e operating systems On Windows To generate a tar ball in the binary directory simply run 7 A f s A f To generate a null soft installer requires 19 in the binary directory simply run Goeh TE Wes Taeng cpack G NSIS C Release config ParaViewBuild Applications ParaView CPackParaViewConfig cmake Perov ereo i Aor car ona Terav en Pace Para Vienon Tio make If PARAVIEW_BUILD_QT_GUI was OFF then to generate a package consisting of the server IFPARAVIE WAB UM DLO TE GUL was ORF thenitolsencratela packace consisting of SENET Guemnielbies allem Use tio tioning commenit executables alone use the following command In e TOA fi 3 Boo ene EA cpack G NSIS C Release config Ip Vi Buil Appli i Ip Vi PackP Vi Eig k 3 f 2 E E GNEIG ParaViewBuild Applications ParaView CPackParaViewServersConfig cmake How to build compile install 386 On Mac To generate an app bundle that can be distributed use cpack G DragNDrop config ParaViewBuild Applications ParaView CPackParaViewConfig cmake If PARAVIEW_BUILD_QT_GUI was OFF then to generate a tarball consisting of the server executables alone use the following command cpack G TGA config ParaViewBuild Applications ParaView CPackParaViewServersConfig cmake Miscellaneous Comments Don t untar the packaged tar ball over the build directory itself You can always remove the build directory and untar the tar ball in its place Don t use make insta
284. e or use Delete All from the Edit menu When a reader source or filter is first selected the associated data set is not immediately created By default unless you turn on Auto Accept in ParaView s settings the filter will not run until you hit the Apply button When you do press Apply ParaView sends the values shown on the Properties tab to the data processing engine and then the pipeline is executed This delayed commit behavior is important when working with large data for which any given action might take a long time to finish Until you press Apply and any other time that the values shown on the GUI do not agree with what was last sent to the server the the Apply button will be highlighted in blue or green depending on your operating system In this state the Reset button is also enabled Pressing that returns the GUI to the last committed state which gives you an easy way to cancel mistakes you ve made before they happen The specific parameter control widgets vary from filter to filter and sometimes vary depending on the exact input to the filter Some filters have no parameters at all and others have many Many readers present the list and type of arrays in the file an allow you to pick some or all of them as you need In all cases the widgets shown on the Properties tab give you control over exactly what the filter does If you are unsure of what they do remember to hit the button to see the documentation for that filter No
285. e second option is to have each node of the server render its geometry and send the resulting images to the client for display There is a penalty per rendered frame for compositing images and sending the image across the network However ParaView s image compositing and delivery is very fast and there are many options to ensure interactive rendering in this mode Therefore although small models may be collected and rendered on the client interactively Parallel Rendering 132 ParaView s distributed rendering can render models of all sizes interactively ParaView automatically chooses a rendering strategy to achieve the best rendering performance You can control the rendering strategy explicitly forcing rendering to occur entirely on the server or entirely on the client for example by choosing Settings from the Edit menu of ParaView Double click on Render View from the window on the left hand side of the Settings dialog and then click on Server The rendering strategy parameters shown in Figure 10 will now be visible Here we explain in detail the most important of these controls For an explanation of all controls see the Appendix 0 0 0 Mf Settings General Remote Rendering Parameters Colors Animation Remote Render Threshold M O 3 MBytes Charts Render View Client Outline Threshold M O 100 MBytes General Camera C Suppress Ordered Compositing Client Server Parameters Interactive Subsample Rate m OQO 2 Pix
286. e text simply use the keyword TIME Users can further change the font and alignment for the title This page also enable changing the appearance and positioning of the legend Views Representations and Color Mapping 36 Axis Settings Page This page allows changing the properties of a particular axis Four pages are provided for each of the axes By clicking on the name of the axis one can access the settings page for the corresponding axes MI View Settings x General Layout Title Bottom Axis Right Axis Top Axis x Show Axis Grid Colors Axis Color Grid Color Axis Labels Show Axis Labels When Space is Available Font Arial 12 Set Font Color L Label Color Notation Mixed hd Precision 2 e Axis e Show Axis controls the axis visibility e Show Axis Grid controls whether a grid is to be drawn perpendicular to this axis e Colors enables changing the axis as well as the grid color e Labels e Show Axis Labels When Space is Available controls label visibility along this axis e Font and Color enables changing the label font and color e Notation allows user to choose between Mixed Scientific and Fixed point notations for numbers e Precision controls precision after in Scientific and Fixed notations p Views Representations and Color Mapping 37 Axis Layout Page This page allows the user to change the axis range and scale Mi View Settings x
287. e that the data be composed of triangles rather than other polygons so passing your data through this filter first is useful in such situations You should use this filter in these cases rather than the Tetrahedralize filter because they produce different output dataset types The filters referenced require polygonal input and the Tetrahedralize filter produces unstructured grid output Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Input Input This property specifies the input to the Triangulate filter readers filters The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Tube Convert lines into tubes Normals are used to avoid cracks between tube segments The Tube filter creates tubes around the lines in the input polygonal dataset The output is also polygonal Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Capping If this property is set to 1 endcaps will be drawn on the tube Otherwise the ends of 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Capping the tube will be open accepted Default Normal The value of this property specifies the normal to use when the UseDefaultNormal 00 1 DefaultNormal property is set to 1 or the input contains no vector array SelectInput Vectors property Input This property specifies the input to the Tu
288. e to representing a equal to 2 and less than or equal cylinder and the more polygons it will contain to 512 Data Object Generator Parses a string to produce composite data objects consisting of simple templated datasets vtkDataObjectGenerator parses a string and produces dataobjects from the dataobject template names it sees in the string For example if the string contains ID1 the generator will create a vtkImageData UF1 RG1 SGI PDI and UG1 will produce vtkUniformGrid vtkRectilinearGrid vtkStructuredGrid vtkPolyData and vtkUnstructuredGrid respectively PD2 will produce an alternate vtkPolydata You can compose composite datasets from the atomic ones listed above by placing them within one of the two composite dataset identifiers MB or HB MB ID1 PD1 MB for example will create a vtkMultiBlockDataSet consisting of three blocks image data poly data multi block empty Hierarchical Box data sets additionally require the notion of groups declared within braces to specify AMR depth HB UF1 UF1 UF1 will create a vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet representing an octree that is three levels deep in which the firstmost cell in each level is refined Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Program This property contains the string that is parsed to determine the structured of the output data object to ID1 Program produce List of Sources
289. e used to list a set of directories separated by colon or semi colon which ParaView will search on startup to load plugins This enviromnent variable needs to be set on both the client node to load local plugins as well as the remote server to load remote plugins Note that plugins in PV_PLUGIN_PATH are always auto loaded irrespective of the status of the Auto Load checkbox in the Plugin Manager e Placing the plugins in a recognized location Recognized locations are e A plugins subdirectory beneath the directory containing the paraview client or server executables This can be a system wide location if installed as such e A Plugins subdirectory in the user s home area On Unix Linux Mac HOME config ParaView ParaView lt version gt Plugins On Windows Loading Plugins 192 APPDATA ParaView Para View lt version gt Plugins 193 Appendix Command Line Arguments Command Line Arguments and Environment Variables The following is a list of options available when running ParaView from the command line When two options are listed separated by a comma either of them can be used to achieve the specified result Unless otherwise specified all command line options are used on the client program Following the list of command line options is a set of environment variables ParaView recognizes General Options data Load the specified data file into ParaView data data_file disable registry
290. e utkarsh config P araView ParaView Plugins home utkarsh config ParaView ParaView Plugins Local Plugins Remote Plugins Local Plugins Name Property Name Property date EOpEN Name Property 5 SurfaceLIC Loaded 5 CoProcessingPlugin Not Loaded CoProcessingPlugin Not Loaded 5 H5PartReader Not Loaded H5PartReader Not Loaded s Epee e i m SurfaceL C Loaded 3 SierraPlotTools Not Loaded Version 1 0 3 pvblot Not Loaded Location home utkarsh Kity 5 CSCS_PointSprite_Plugin Not Loaded Required Plugins 3 PrismClientPlugin Not Loaded Status danis PrismServerPlugin Not Loaded Auto Load Version 0 0 6 SLACTools Not Loaded Location home utkarsh Kitware ParaView3 P SierraPlotTools Not Loaded Required Plugins pvblot Not Loaded Sate Loaded but warning it is also requi CSCS_PointSprite_Plugin Not Loaded atasi a eal PrismClientPlugin Not Loaded PrismServerPlugin Not Loaded Moments Loaded Ki ap J OD oad New L Remove Load New Load Selected Remove Load New Load Selectec Remove Load New elect Remove X Close X Close Figure 1 Plugin Manager when not connected to a remote server Figure 2 Plugin Manager when connected to a server showing loaded showing loaded plugins on the local site plugins on the local as well as remote sites e Using environment variable Auto loading plugins If one wants ParaView to automatically load a set of plugins on startup one can use the PV_PLUGIN_PATH environment variable PV_PLUGIN_PATH can b
291. eader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Cell Arrays This propert lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader XML Partitioned Polydata Reader Read the summary file and the assicoated VTK XML polydata files The XML Partitioned Polydata reader reads the partitioned VTK polydata file format It reads the partitioned format s summary file and then the associated VTK XML polydata files The expected file extension is pvtp This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the partitioned VTK FileName XML polygonal dataset format The standard extension is pvtp If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader List
292. echnique designed at EDF France to improve depth perception in scientific visualization images It relies on efficient post processing passes implemented on the GPU with GLSL shaders in order to achieve interactive rendering CoProcessingPlugin Adds extensions to enable exporting state files that can be used by ParaView CoProcessing library Force Time Overrides the VTK time requests This can be used to create complex animation with different datasets following independent times evolutions Note As this filter overrides the time requests time aware filters such as PathLines or PlotOverTime will not behave correctly if they are inserted in a pipeline after this filter H5PartReader The H5Part Reader plugin adds support for reading particle datasets stored in H5Part format H5Part is a simple wrapper around the HDF5 library and provides a number of convenience functions to manage time steps and access field arrays The reader supports parallel reading of data using hyperslabs when used with ParaView compiled with MPI and HDF5 with parallel IO enabled the reader automatically uses hyperslabs to read portions of data on each process Nifti Reades time varying volumetric image data from ANALYZE Supports single nii and dual img amp hdr file storage including zlib compression Able to write out ascii or binary files Manta View A view that uses the University of Utah s Manta Real Time Ray Tracer instead of OpenGL for rendering
293. ecifies the initial integration step size For 0 2 InitialIntegrationStep non adaptive integrators Runge Kutta 2 and Runge Kutta 4 it is fixed always equal to this initial value throughout the integration For an adaptive integrator Runge Kutta 4 5 the actual step size varies such that the numerical error is less than a specified threshold Input This property specifies the input to the Stream Tracer filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 3 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Integration Direction This property determines in which direction s a streamline is 2 The value must be one of the IntegrationDirection generated following FORWARD 0 BACKWARD 1 BOTH 2 Integration Step Unit This property specifies the unit for Minimum Initial Maximum 2 The value must be one of the IntegrationStepUnit integration step size The Length unit refers to the arc length that a following Length 1 Cell particle travels advects within a single step The Cell Length unit Length 2 represents the step size as a number of cells Integrator Type This property determines which integrator with increasing accuracy 2 The value must be one of the IntegratorType to use for creating streamlines following Runge Kutta 2 0 Runge Kutta 4 1 Runge Kutta 4 5 2
294. ect from the paired server or Connect to a different one e It can be run directly as an MPI parallel program in which all pvbatch processes divide up the work and cooperate Therefore you typically start pvbatch like this mpiexec N lt numprocessors gt pvbatch args for pvbatch script filename args for script Creating the Input Deck There are at least three ways to create a batch script The hardest one is writing it by hand using the syntax described in the previous section You can of course use any text editor for this but you will probably be more productive if you set up a more fully featured python IDE like Idle or the python shell within the ParaView GUI so that you have access to interactive documentation tab completion and quick preview capabilities Another alternative is to let the ParaView GUI client record all of your actions into a python script by using the Python Trace feature Later you can easily tweak the recorded script once you become familiar with ParaView s python syntax The third and to longtime ParaView users the most traditional way is to instead record a ParaView state file and then load that via a small python script as demonstrated in the first example below Examples Loading a state file and saving a rendered result gt gt gt from paraview simple import Load the state gt gt gt servermanager LoadState Users berk myteststate pvsm At this point you have a working p
295. ed above e vtkDataArrayToVTKArray This function create a NumPy compatible array from a vtkDataArray Note that VTKArray is actually a subclass of numpy matrix and can be used anywhere matrix can be used This function always copies the pointer and not the contents Important You should not directly change the values of the resulting array if the argument is an array from the input e numpyTovtkDataArray Converts a NumPy array or a VTKArray to a vtkDataArray This function copies the pointer if the argument is a contiguous array There are various ways of creating discontinuous arrays with NumPy including using hstack and striding See NumPy documentation for details Multiple Inputs Like the Python Calculator the Programmable Filter can accept multiple inputs First select two or more pipeline objects in the pipeline browser and then apply the Programmable Filter Then each input can be accessed using the inputs variable Note that if the Output Dataset Type is set to Same as Input the filter will copy the mesh from the first input to the output If Copy Arrays is on it will also copy arrays from the first input As an example the following script compares the Pressure attribute from two inputs using the difference operator output append inputs 1 PointData Pressure inputs 0 PointData Pressure difference Dealing with Composite Datasets So far none of the example we used apply to multi block or AMR datasets When
296. ed binary 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData uses base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected List of Writers 374 XMLPStructuredGridWriter Writer to write structured grid in a xml based vtk data file Can be used for parallel writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written The selected dataset must be one of the Input to the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkStructuredGrid Write all timesteps as When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted file series executed once for each timestep available from the reader WriteAllTimeSteps Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following CompressorType appended mode only None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii DataMode appended binary 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData base64 enco
297. ed data but it also performs a reduction on the dimension of the data for example 3D to 2D which results in a much smaller output Thus these filters are usually safe to use with unstructured data and require only mild caution with structured data e Cell Centers Contour Extract CTH Fragments Extract CTH Parts e Extract Surface e Feature Edges e Mask Points Outline curvilinear e Slice e Stream Tracer These filters do not change the connectivity of the data at all Instead they only add field arrays to the data All the existing data is shallow copied These filters are usually safe to use on all data Block Scalars e Calculator e Cell Data to Point Data e Curvature Elevation e Generate Surface Normals e Gradient e Level Scalars e Median e Mesh Quality e Octree Depth Limit e Octree Depth Scalars e Point Data to Cell Data Process Id Scalars Best Practices 54 e Random Vectors e Resample with dataset Surface Flow Surface Vectors e Texture Map to Transform e Warp scalar e Warp vector This final set of filters are those that either add no data to the output all data of consequence is shallow copied or the data they add is generally independent of the size of the input These are almost always safe to add under any circumstances although they may take a lot of time e Annotate Time e Append Attributes Extract Block Extract Datase
298. ed data and should be used with caution on unstructured data e Append Datasets e Append Geometry e Clean e Clean to Grid e Connectivity D3 e Delaunay 2D 3D e Extract Edges e Linear Extrusion e Loop Subdivision e Reflect e Rotational Extrusion Shrink e Smooth e Subdivide e Tessellate e Tetrahedralize Best Practices 53 e Triangle Strips e Triangulate Technically the Ribbon and Tube filters should fall into this list However as they only work on 1D cells in poly data the input data is usually small and of little concern This similar set of filters also output unstructured grids but they also tend to reduce some of this data Be aware though that this data reduction is often smaller than the overhead of converting to unstructured data Also note that the reduction is often not well balanced It is possible often likely that a single process may not lose any cells Thus these filters should be used with caution on unstructured data and extreme caution on structured data e Clip e Decimate e Extract Cells by Region e Extract Selection e Quadric Clustering e Threshold Similar to the items in the preceding list Extract Subset performs data reduction on a structured data set but also outputs a structured data set So the warning about creating new data still applies but you do not have to worry about converting to an unstructured grid This next set of filters also outputs unstructur
299. ed data with a different mesh than the input you need to provide this information You are probably wondering what the RequestUpdateExtent script does This script can be used to augment the request that propagates upstream before execution This is used to ask for a specific data extent for example This is an advanced concept and is not discussed further here Python Programmable Filter 64 Using VTK Filters with Programmable Filter The previous example demonstrated how you can use a VTK filter vtkProbeFilter in this case from with the Programmable Filter We will explain that example in more detail here Here it is again pinput vtk vtkImageData joule Seicaxcceeimc 0 10 O 10 OW 0 PLiMjobie SercOeacaiin 0 I O pilMjobie SScSpacsimeg 0 5 O 5 O 5 probe vtk vtkProbeFilter probe SetInput pinput input_copy inputs 0 NewInstance input_copy UnRegister None input_copy ShallowCopy inputs 0 VTKObject probe SetSource input_copy probe Update output ShallowCopy probe GetOutput There are two important tricks to use a VTK filter from another VTK filter First do not directly set the input to the outer filter as the input of the inner filter It is difficult to explain why without getting into VTK pipeline mechanics so please take our word for it Instead make a shallow copy as follow input_copy inputs 0 NewInstance input_copy UnRegister None input_copy S
300. egenerate polygons a polygon with only two distinct 1 Only the values 0 and 1 Lines point coordinates will be converted to lines are accepted ConvertPolysToLines Convert Strips To If this property is set to 1 degenerate triangle strips a triangle strip containing 1 Only the values 0 and 1 Polys only one triangle will be converted to triangles are accepted ConvertStripsToPolys Input Set the input to the Clean filter The selected object must Input be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Piece Invariant If this property is set to 1 the whole data set will be processed at once so that 1 Only the values 0 and 1 PieceInvariant cleaning the data set always produces the same results If it is set to 0 the data set are accepted can be processed one piece at a time so it is not necessary for the entire data set to fit into memory however the results are not guaranteed to be the same as they would be if the Piece invariant option was on Setting this option to 0 may produce seams in the output dataset when ParaView is run in parallel Point Merging If this property is set to 1 then points will be merged if they are within the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 PointMerging specified Tolerance or AbsoluteTolerance see the Tolerance and are accepted AbsoluteTolerance propertys depending on the value of the Tole
301. elected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPointSet Offset This property specifies a multiplier to control the size of the initial 2 5 The value must be greater than or Offset bounding Delaunay triangulation equal to 2 5 Tolerance This property specifies a tolerance to control discarding of closely 0 001 The value must be greater than or Tolerance spaced points This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal equal to 0 and less than or equal tol Descriptive Statistics Compute a statistical model of a dataset and or assess the dataset with a statistical model This filter either computes a statistical model of a dataset or takes such a model as its second input Then the model however it is obtained may optionally be used to assess the input dataset This filter computes the min max mean raw moments M2 through M4 standard deviation skewness and kurtosis for each array you select The model is simply a univariate Gaussian distribution with the mean and standard deviation provided Data is assessed using this model by detrending the data i e subtracting the mean and then dividing by the standard deviation Thus the assessment is an array whose entries are the number of standard deviations from the mean that each input point lies List of Filters 3
302. ell data Status value of 0 It performs connectivity to distict fragments separately It then integrates attributes of the fragments Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers Input input of the filter filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkUnstructuredGrid vtkCompositeDataSet List of Filters 321 Group Datasets Group data sets Groups multiple datasets to create a multiblock dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property indicates the the inputs to the The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Group Datasets filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject Histogram Extract a histogram from field data Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Bin Count The value of this property specifies the number of bins for the 10 The value must be greater than or equal to BinCount histogram and less than or equal to 256 Calculate Averages This option controls whether the algorithm calculates 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted CalculateAverages averages of variables other than the primary
303. ells of the same type This type is determined by the dimensionality of the dataset based on the extents and can either be vertex OD line 1D pixel 2D or voxel 3D VTK Data Model Curvilinear Grid Structured Grid AI yj l 7 y W LA SSS Sn tee IF SQ ste ee LS PFE RRR EEE EEE py FE peer EEE a en el AR EER HH T a a a E A es Se SOCCER r LASSE oe SSS A N CEES TET sss THA NY ZT fae WPL Lyin A curvilinear grid defines its topology implicitly and point coordinates explicitly To fully define the mesh for a curvilinear grid VTK uses the following tj PH HH W w e Extents these define the minimum and maximum indices in each direction For example a curvilinear grid of extents 0 9 0 19 0 29 has 10 20 30 points regularly defined over a curvilinear mesh e An array of point coordinates This arrays stores the position of each vertex explicitly The coordinate of each point is defined as follows coordinate coordinate_array idx_flat The i j k index can be converted to this flat index as follows idx_flat k npts_x npts_y j nptr_x i A curvilinear grid consists of cells of the same type This type is determined by the dimensionality of the dataset based on the extents and can either be vertex OD line 1D quad 2D or hexahedron 3D VTK Data Model 14 AMR Dataset
304. els M Image Compression Squirt m 16 Bits Q Zib 1 O 24 Bits Strip Alpha Tile Display Parameters 0 Q 2 Pixels Compositing Threshold m G 3 MBytes Still Subsample Rate Figure 10 Parallel rendering parameters Remote Render Threshold This slider determines how large the data set must be in order for parallel rendering with image compositing and delivery to be used as opposed to collecting the geometry to the client The value of this slider is measured in megabytes Only when the entire data set consumes more memory than this value will compositing of images occur If the check box beside the Remote Render Threshold slider is unmarked then compositing will not happen the geometry will always be collected This is only a reasonable option when you can be sure the data set you are using is very small In general it is safer to move the slider to the right than to uncheck the box ParaView uses IceT to perform image compositing IceT is a parallel rendering library that takes multiple images rendered from different portions of the geometry and combines them into a single image IceT employs several image compositing algorithms all of which are designed to work well on distributed memory machines Examples of two such image compositing algorithms are depicted in Figure 11 and Figure 12 IceT will automatically choose a compositing algorithm based on the current workload and available computing resources Parallel Rendering 1
305. en masking the points of a structured dataset Single Vertex Per Cell Tell filter to only generate one vertex per cell instead of multiple vertices 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are SingleVertexPerCell in one cell accepted List of Filters 327 Material Interface Filter The Material Interface filter finds volumes in the input data containg material above a certain material fraction The Material Interface filter finds voxels inside of which a material fraction or normalized amount of material is higher than a given threshold As these voxels are identified surfaces enclosing adjacent voxels above the threshold are generated The resulting volume and its surface are what we call a fragment The filter has the ability to compute various volumetric attributes such as fragment volume mass center of mass as well as volume and mass weighted averages for any of the fields present Any field selected for such computation will be also be coppied into the fragment surface s point data for visualization The filter also has the ability to generate Oriented Bounding Boxes OBB for each fragment The data generated by the filter is organized in three outputs The geometry output containing the fragment surfaces The statistics output containing a point set of the centers of mass The obb representaion output containing OBB representations poly data All computed attributes are coppied into the statistics and ge
306. end on this flag Set this to the include directory for MESA Set this to the include directory for MESA Set this to the libGL a or libGL so file Set this to the libGLU a or libGLU so file Set this to the libOSMesa a or libOSMesa so file Note for MPI settings If your MPI variables aren t set automatically usually the case if the compiler wrapper mpicxx is not in the path or in some standard directory toggle advanced options and set MPI_COMPILER variable to the full path of your mpi compiler usually mpicxx and configure This should set all the required MPI variables If not then you might need to enter them manually Finish Configuring ParaView Using CCMake Using CMakeSetup e Once all configuration options are set you should be able to Once all configuration options are set you should be able to just run just run lt generate gt g key Build ParaView lt generate gt by clicking the OK button You can now build ParaView using the appropriate build system How to build compile install Using Make CMake will now generate Make files These makefiles have all dependencies and all rules to build ParaView on this system You should not however try to move the build directory to another location on this system or to another system Once you have makefiles you should be able to just type make e If you are on multi processor system let s say 4 processor you can type make j 4
307. ent time steps does not change Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Discrete Time Step If Discrete Time Step Interval is set to 0 then the Temporal Interpolator will 0 Interval provide a continuous region of time on its output If set to anything else then the DiscreteTimeStepInterval output will define a finite set of time points on its output each spaced by the Discrete Time Step Interval The output will have time range discrete time step interval time steps Note that the time range is defined by the time range of the data of the input filter which may be different from other pipeline objects or the range defined in the animation inspector This is a useful option to use if you have a dataset with one missing time step and wish to file in the missing data with an interpolated value from the steps on either side Input This property specifies the input of the Temporal Interpolator The selected object Input must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject List of Filters 356 Temporal Shift Scale Shift and scale time values The Temporal Shift Scale filter linearly transforms the time values of a pipeline object by applying a shift and then scale Given a data at time t on the input it will be transformed to time t Shift Scale
308. entral point of control sending tracking values to each of the processes on the server ParaView has a VRPN Virtual Reality Private Network client plugin which reads tracked information from any VRPN server and relays the value to each process managing the display Displays are configured using the PVX configuration XML file Prerequisites VRPN needs to be installed on the client side MPI needs to be installed on the server side Make sure to enable BUILD_SHARED_LIB PARAVIEW_USE_MPI and PARAVIEW_BUILD_PLUGIN_VRPNPlugin when building for CAVE support Consequently VRPN_INCLUDE_DIR and VRPN_LIBRARY should also be set Structure of config file K lt P xml version 1 0 gt Vx gt lt Process Type server dataserver renderserver gt lt i The only supported Type values are server dataserver or renderserver This controls which executable this configuration is applicable There can be multiple lt Process gt elements in the same pvx file Executable Applicable Process Type jOV SSE VO server dataserver renderserver PVE MCeu sen Weir server renderserver Se ee pvdataserver server dataserver gt lt Machine name hostname Environment DISPLAY m1 0 LowerLeft 1 0 1 0 1 0 Koverrkiigne Wil 0 il 0 al 0 WjaerescaLelme il iO il Owes lt There can be multiple lt Machine gt elements in a lt Process gt elemen
309. enu specifies whether the text will be left center or right aligned within its bounds box The Opacity spin box determines how opaque the text appears An opacity value of 0 corresponds to completely transparent text while an opacity value of 1 means completely opaque text The Color button beside the Opacity spin box allows you to choose a color for the text The Text Position of the Display tab is used for specifying exactly where in the 3D view the text appears If Use Window Location is unchecked then the Lower Left Corner section is active The two spin boxes provided determine the X and Y coordinates of the lower left corner of the bounding box of the text specified in normalized coordinates starting from the lower left corner of the view If Use Window Location is checked then the six buttons in that section of the interface become available They allow you to choose various locations within the view for anchoring the text Using the top row of buttons you may place the text in the upper left corner in the top center of the view or in the upper right corner respectively The bottom row of button behaves similarly for the bottom portion of the 3D view Annotation 102 3D Text Source Whereas the Text source described above positions text in 2D overlaying the 3D scene the 3D Text source places text in the 3D scene The text is affected by rotation panning and zooming as is any other object in the 3D scene You c
310. er The selected object must be the result Input of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Point Merge This property specifies an incremental point locator for merging The selected object must be the result Method duplicate coincident points of the following Locator incremental_point_locators The value must be set to one of the following MergePoints IncrementalOctreeMergePoints NonMergingPointLocator Contour By This property specifies the name of the scalar array from which the An array of scalars is required SelectInputScalars contour filter will compute isolines and or isosurfaces Valud array names will be chosen from point and cell data List of Filters 302 Curvature This filter will compute the Gaussian or mean curvature of the mesh at each point The Curvature filter computes the curvature at each point in a polygonal data set This filter supports both Gaussian and mean curvatures the type can be selected from the Curvature type menu button Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Curvature Type This propery specifies which type of curvature to compute 0 The value must be one of the following CurvatureType Gaussian 0 Mean 1 Input This property specifies the input to the Curv
311. er a name for your new preset By default the scalar values from the data array being used are stored in the preset If you wish these values to be normalized between 0 and 1 press the Normalize button Preset Color Scales Name Color Space Blue to Red Rainbow HSV Red to Blue Rainbow HSV Grayscale CIELAB Black Body Radiation CIELAB CIELab Blue to Red CIELAB Cool to Warm CIELAB aaaaaa HSV Figure 2 Dialog for choosing color scale presets Any presets you save in addition to the default ones provided by ParaView are available by pressing the Choose Preset button causing the dialog shown below to be displayed Selecting a preset and clicking OK causes the current color map to be set to the chosen preset Any user defined presets may be normalized as discussed above or removed from the list of presets entirely using the Normalize and Remove buttons respectively The default presets are already normalized and may not be removed from the application Any of the color scale presets may be exported to a file using the Export button in the above dialog The resulting file s may then be copied to another computer for use with ParaView on a different machine In order to load presets that are stored in such files press the Import button on the above dialog and navigate to the desired color preset file If the current data set is colored by an array of vectors the Component menu will be enabled It determines whether
312. er is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 255 VisItNetCDFLODIParticleReader Reads NetCDF LODI particle files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies t
313. er reader Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the reader CellArrayStatus Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the reader PointArrayStatus Set Time Value This property indicates which time value to read 0 SetTimeValue EnSight Reader Read EnSight 6 and Gold files The EnSight reader reads files in the format produced by CEI s EnSight EnSight 6 and Gold files both ASCII and binary are supported The default extension is case The output of this reader is a multi block dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Case File Name This property specifies the case file name for the EnSight CaseFileName reader Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader Enzo Reader Read multi block dataset from an Enzo file This Enzo reader loads data stored in Enzo format The output of this reader is a multi block dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Block Output The property indicates the output type of each block either 0 The value must be one of the fol
314. er reads data stored in Movie BYU format The expected file extension is g The datasets resulting from reading these files are polygonal Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name This property specifies the file name for the BYU reader FileName COSMO Reader Read a cosmology file into a vtkUnstructuredGrid The Cosmology reader reads a binary file of particle location velocity and id creating a vtkUnstructuredGrid The default file extension is cosmo Reads LANL Cosmo format or Gadget format Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader FileName Cosmo Format If checked the data will be read as the LANL Cosmo format If unchecked 1 Only the values 0 and 1 CosmoFormat the data will be read as Gadget 2 format are accepted overlap shared The space in rL units to extend processor particle ownership for ghost 5 The value must be point ghost cell gap particles cells Needed for correct halo calculation when halos cross processor greater than or equal to distance boundaries in parallel computation 0 Overlap rL physical box side The box side length used to wrap particles around if they exceed rL or less 100 The value must be length than 0 in any dimension greater than or equal to RL 0 CSV Reader Read a comma separated values file into a 1D rectilinear grid The CSV
315. erty lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItNASTRANReader Reads NASTRAN Bulk ASCII unstructured meshes Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nas and f06 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which
316. es Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItRA W Reader Reads RAW mesh geometry format Allows mesh geometry to be shared with CAD programs such as Blender and POVRAY Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is raw List of Readers 262 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItSAMRAIReader Reads Structured AMR data stored in HDF5 file formats Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party
317. es into halos for the friends of friends FOF algorithm Compute the most bound particle If checked the most bound particle for an FOF 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ComputeMostBoundParticle halo will be calculated WARNING This can be very slow Compute the most connected particle If checked the most connected particle foran 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ComputeMostConnectedParticle FOF halo will be calculated WARNING This can be very slow Compute spherical overdensity SOD If checked spherical overdensity SOD halos 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted halos will be calculated in addition to ComputeSOD friends of friends FOF halos Copy FOF halo catalog to original If checked the friends of friends FOF halo 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted particles catalog information will be copied to the CopyHaloDataToParticles original particles as well List of Filters 314 Input This property specifies the input of the filter The selected object must be the result of Input the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkUnstructuredGrid np number of seeded particles in one Number of seeded particles in one dimension 256 The value must be greater than or equal dimension i e total particles np 3 Therefore total simulation particles is
318. es to the 3D scene The X axis will be drawn as a blue line the Y axis as a green line and the Z axis as a red line The axes can be drawn either as three lines drawn in the positive direction from the origin or as three lines crossing at the origin drawn in both the positive and negative directions The output of the Axes source is polygonal data This polygonal data has a scalar per line so that the lines can be colored It also has normals defined Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Origin The values of this property set the X Y and Z coordinates of the origin of the axes 000 Origin Scale Factor By default the axes lines have a length of 1 or 1 in each direction for a total length of 2 if 1 The value must be ScaleFactor value of the Symmetric property is 1 Increasing or decreasing the value of this property greater than or equal to will make the axes larger or smaller respectively 0 Symmetric When this property is set to 1 the axes extend along each of the positive and negative 0 Only the values 0 and 1 Symmetric directions for a distance equal to the value of the Scale Factor property When set to 0 the are accepted axes extend only in the positive direction List of Sources 280 Box Create a box with specified X Y and Z lengths The Box source can be used to add a box to the 3D scene The output of the Box source is polygonal data containing both normals
319. esh and 1 are accepted Static Seeds Force the use of static seed optimizations 1 Only the values 0 StaticSeeds and 1 are accepted Term Speed If at any point the speed is below the value of this le 12 TerminalSpeed property the integration is terminated Termination Time Setting TerminationTime to a positive value will 0 TerminationTime cause particles to terminate when the time is reached Use a vlue of zero to diable termination The units of time should be consistent with the primary time variable Termination Time Unit The termination time may be specified as TimeSteps 1 The value must be TerminationTime Unit or Simulation time one of the following Simulation Time 0 TimeSteps 1 Time Step Set Get the TimeStep This is the primary means of 0 TimeStep advancing the particles The TimeStep should be animated and this will drive the pipeline forcing timesteps to be fetched from upstream List of Filters 337 Plot Data This filter prepare arbitrary data to be plotted in any of the plots By default the data is shown in a XY line plot Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Input The input The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters Input The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject Plot Global Variables Over Time Extracts and plots data i
320. ess and O for failure CanReadFile The purpose of this method is to determine whether this reader can read a specified data file Its input parameter is a const char specifying the name of a data file In this method you should not actually read the data but determine whether it is the correct format to be read by this reader This method should return an integer value 1 indicates that the specified file is of the correct type O indicates it is not It is not absolutely required that this method be implemented but ParaView will make use of it if it exists SetFileName This method allows you to specify the name of the data file to be loaded by your reader The method is not required to have this exact name but a method with this functionality must be implemented The easiest way to implement SetFileName is with a vtkSetStringMacro in the header file for this class There is also an associated vtkGetStringMacro for implementing GetFileName This method handles allocating an array to contain the file name and lets the reader know that the pipeline should be updated when the name is changed vtkSetStringMacro FileName When using this macro you must also add a FileName instance variable of type char in the protected section of this class In the constructor for your reader assign FileName the value NULL before you use SetFileName for the first time In the destructor for your reader call SetFileName 0 to free the file name storage
321. ess than or equal to 1 1 1 Clipping Plane This property specifies the parameters of the clipping plane used to The value must be set to one of the ClippingPlane clip the polygonal data following Plane Generate Cell Origins Generate cell data for coloring purposes such that the newly 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted GenerateColorScalars generated cells including capping faces and clipping outlines can be distinguished from the input cells Generate Faces Generate polygonal faces in the output 1 Only the values 0 and are accepted GenerateFaces Generate Outline Generate clipping outlines in the output wherever an input face is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted GenerateOutline cut by the clipping plane Input This property specifies the dataset on which the Clip filter will The selected object must be the result Input operate of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Inside Out If this flag is turned off the clipper will return the portion of the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted InsideOut data that lies within the clipping plane Otherwise the clipper will return the portion of the data that lies outside the clipping plane Clipping Tolerance Specify the tolerance for creating new points A small value might le 06 Tolerance incur degenerate triangles Comput
322. esult of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Invert Inverts the arrow direction 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are InvertArrow accepted Octree Depth Limit This filter takes in a octree and produces a new octree which is no deeper than the maximum specified depth level The Octree Depth Limit filter takes in an octree and produces a new octree that is nowhere deeper than the maximum specified depth level The attribute data of pruned leaf cells are integrated in to their ancestors at the cut level List of Filters 333 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Octree The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Depth Limit filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkHyperOctree Maximum The value of this property specifies the 4 The value must be greater than or equal to 3 and less than or Level maximum depth of the output octree equal to 255 MaximumLevel Octree Depth Scalars This filter adds a scalar to each leaf of the octree that represents the leaf s depth within the tree The vtkHyperOctreeDepth filter adds a scalar to each leaf of the octree that represents the leaf s depth within the tree
323. ete tobedeleted 0 tobedeleted GetProxiesToDelete def GetProxiesToDelete iter servermanager vtkSMProxylIterator iter Begin iPobedeleteds aii while not iter IsAtEnd if iter GetGroup find prototypes 1 iter Next continue proxy servermanager _getPyProxy iter GetProxy proxygroup iter GetGroup iter Next if proxygroup timekeeper and proxy None and proxygroup find pq_helper_proxies 1 tobedeleted append proxy return tobedeleted def CreateProducer datadescription gridname Creates a producer proxy for the grid if not datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName gridname raise RuntimeError Simulation input name s does not exist gridname o D grid datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName gridname GetGrid producer TrivialProducer producer GetClientSideObject SetOutput grid producer UpdatePipeline return producer def CreateWriter proxy_ctor filename freq global cp_writers writer proxy_ctor writer FileName filenam writer add_attribute cpFrequency freq writer add_attribute cpFileName filename cp_writers append writer return writer C CoProcessing example 184 References 1 http paraview org Wiki ParaView Python_Scripting Getting_Started Python CoProcessing Example This example is used to demonstrate how the co processing library can be used with a python based sim
324. ever users may want to further analyze the selected elements such as apply more filters to only the selected elements or plot the change in attributes on the selected elements over time In that case one should extract the selection That creates a new filter that is setup to run the query on its input and produce a dataset matching the selection criteria Both Extract Selection and Plot Selection Over Time are filters available through the Filters menu The Find Data dialog provides shortcut buttons to quickly create those filters and set then up with the selection criteria chosen Extract Selection Plot Selection Over Time Close gt Histogram The Histogram filter produces output indicating the number of occurrences of each value from a chosen data array It takes in a vtkDataObject but the object must have either point or cell data to operate on The filter cannot be directly used with a table but the Table to Points filter can be used to convert the table to a polydata for input into the Histogram filter The bar chart is the default view for the output of the Histogram filter Other views that can be used are the line chart view parallel coordinate view and spreadsheet view The chart views are useful for observing trends in the data while the spreadsheet view is useful for seeing exact numbers An example Histogram filter output in a bar chart view is shown below Histogram POO M PaaraView 3 11 0 64 bit le
325. ew Selection 80 0 00 Mf ParaView 3 9 0 32 bit 2 Ez Toa e IS ae MB Re amp MK DP DD DI S Time 0 00309998 2 A Dd 8 Orascom 3 7 seme 3 HS ch Bs Bs ch ot aS T G SeeeseerGdEZt esa Oisiolo b e090 Selection inspector oo F Face Sets 9 2 843 rs Edge Sets 10 2 844 Y Node Sets 11 2 845 Unnamed 2 846 Unnamed 2 847 2 848 2 854 894 aa Y Display Style Selection Cell Label Point Label Visible Label Mode EQPS z Label Format Font Size 18 g Font Arial 3 efjijs Align teft Opacity 1 00 2 cotor Extract Selection File Edit View Sources Fitters Animation Tools Help Pe SS MANS SD OA KAP DAS wo l a cme e Stace SHREK ALK SC SALLI Q X poy bulth C3 p emaneten eo x Selection makes it possible to highlight and observe regions of interest Oftentimes once a region of interest has been identified one would like to apply additional operations on it such as apply filters to only the selected section of the Selection 81 data This can be achieved using the Extract Selection filter To set the selection to extract create a selection using any of the methods already described Then apply the extract selection filter to the source producing the selected data To copy the active selection to the filter use the Copy Active Selection button One can change the active selection at any time and update the filter to use it by using this but
326. ew UsersGuide Filtering Data 10 http paraview org Wiki ParaView Python_Scripting 11 http paraview org Wiki Users_Guide_Client Server_Visualization Loading Data Data Ingestion Introduction Loading data is a fundamental operation in using ParaView for visualization As you would expect the Open option from the File menu and the Open Button from the toolbar both allow you to load data into ParaView ParaView understands many scientific data file formats The most comprehensive list is given in the List of Readers 5 appendix Because of ParaView s modular design it is easy to integrate new readers If the formats you care about are not listed there ask the mailing list first to see if anyone has a reader for the format or if you want to create your own readers for ParaView see the Plugin HowTo U1 Section and the Writing Readers 6 appendix of this book Opening File Time Series ParaView recognizes file series by using certain patterns in the name of files including fooN vtk foo_N vtk foo N vtk foo N vtk Nfoo vtk N foo vtk foo vtk N foo vtk sN Where N is an integer with any number of leading zeros To load a file series first make sure that the file names match one of the patterns described above Next navigate to the directory where the file series is The file browser should look like this Look in E ParaViewData Data FileSeries 900 WU P My Documen Filename Ji Desktop 4 E blow vtk
327. ex php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_scalarBar png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_colorLegendDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_colorLegendDialog png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image Sources Licenses and Contributors 398 File ParaView_UsersGuide_OrientationAxes png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_OrientationAxes png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_OrientationAxesUL png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_OrientationAxesULpng License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_TextDisplayTab png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_TextDisplayTab png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_AnnotateTime png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_AnnotateTime png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_cubeAxes_and_Ruler png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_cubeAxes_and_Ruler png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_cubeAxes_UL png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_cubeAxes_UL png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File
328. exodus displacement vector If 0 and 1 are displacements are turned off the user can explicitly add them by applying a warp accepted filter Displacement Magnitude DisplacementMagnitude When displacements are being applied they are scaled by this amount Set to 1 for no scaling Edge Blocks Use this property to select which blocks of edges should be loaded All edges in The list of array EdgeBlocks the same block will have the same interpolant linear quadratic etc and have the names is same variables defined over them provided by the reader Edge Map Array Status Specify which maps defined over edges in the mesh should be loaded An edge The list of array EdgeMapArrayStatus map is a renumbering of all the edges across all the edge blocks of a file from names is their offset in the file to some arbitrary integers usually specifying a unique provided by the global ID across a set of files reader Edge Set Array Status An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the edges across all edge blocks in a The list of array EdgeSetArrayStatus file as sets in their own right This property specifies which of those sets should names is be loaded Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these provided by the sets by specifying a single number per edge The accompanying reader EdgeSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded
329. f Readers 230 Face Set Result Array Status FaceSetResultArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the faces across all face blocks in a file as sets in their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per face This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the FaceSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to appear The list of array names is provided by the reader Face Variables Use this property to select which variables defined over faces should be loaded The list of array FaceVariables Faces are oriented boundaries of one or more higher dimensional cells also names is present in the mesh Face variables specify a single value per entry in some face provided by the block reader Generate Global Element Id Should the reader retrieve the first new style element map or if that is not present 1 Only the values Array the solitary old style element map which always exists but may be procedurally 0 and 1 are GenerateGlobalElementldArray generated if it is not stored with the file accepted Generate Global Node Id Array Should the reader retrieve the first new style node map or if that is not present 1 Only the values GenerateGlobalNodeldArray the solitary old style node map which always exists but may be proced
330. f scalars is required SelectInputScalars scalar array from which to perform thresholding Valud array names will be chosen from point and cell data Threshold Range The values of this property specify the upper and 00 The value must lie within the range of the selected ThresholdBetween lower bounds of the thresholding operation data array K Means Compute a statistical model of a dataset and or assess the dataset with a statistical model This filter either computes a statistical model of a dataset or takes such a model as its second input Then the model however it is obtained may optionally be used to assess the input dataset This filter iteratively computes the center of k clusters in a space whose coordinates are specified by the arrays you select The clusters are chosen as local minima of the sum of square Euclidean distances from each point to its nearest cluster center The model is then a set of cluster centers Data is assessed by assigning a cluster center and distance to the cluster to each point in the input data set Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Attribute Mode Specify which type of field data the arrays will be drawn from 0 Valud array names will be chosen from point AttributeMode and cell data Input The input to the filter Arrays from this dataset will be used for The selected object must be the result of the Input computing statistics and or assessed b
331. for all its points is within the threshold This is only relevant when thresholding by a point centered array Input This property specifies the input to the Threshold filter The selected object must be the result Input of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Scalars The value of this property contains the name of the scalar array from An array of scalars is required SelectInputScalars which to perform thresholding Valud array names will be chosen from point and cell data Threshold Range The values of this property specify the upper and lower bounds of the 00 The value must lie within the range of ThresholdBetween thresholding operation the selected data array Transform This filter applies transformation to the polygons The Transform filter allows you to specify the position size and orientation of polygonal unstructured grid and curvilinear data sets Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Transform filter The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPointSet Transform The values in this property allow y
332. from 0 gt 1 between 0 gt 360 degrees Threshold This filter extracts cells that have point or cell scalars in the specified range The Threshold filter extracts the portions of the input dataset whose scalars lie within the specified range This filter operates on either point centered or cell centered data This filter operates on any type of dataset and produces unstructured grid output To select between these two options select either Point Data or Cell Data from the Attribute Mode menu Once the Attribute Mode has been selected choose the scalar array from which to threshold the data from the Scalars menu The Lower Threshold and Upper Threshold sliders determine the range of the scalars to retain in the output The All Scalars check box only takes effect when the Attribute Mode is set to Point Data If the All Scalars option is checked then a cell will only be passed to the output if the scalar values of all of its points lie within the range indicated by the Lower Threshold and Upper Threshold sliders If unchecked then a cell will be added to the output if the specified scalar value for any of its points is within the chosen range List of Filters 361 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s All Scalars If the value of this property is 1 then a cell is only included in the output 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted AllScalars if the value of the selected array
333. g Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View_UsersGuide_TileComposite png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image Servermanager_snapshot png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Servermanager_snapshot png License unknown Contributors Berk Image SMView png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File SMView png License unknown Contributors Berk Image Image jpg Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Image jpg License unknown Contributors Berk File FullWorkFlow png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File FullWorkFlow png License unknown Contributors Andy bauer File CoProcessingWorkFlow png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File CoProcessingWorkFlow png License unknown Contributors Andy bauer Image phastaPipeline jpg Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File PhastaPipeline jpg License unknown Contributors Andy bauer Image phastaPipelineWithWriters jpg Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File PhastaPipelineWithWriters jpg License unknown Contributors Andy bauer Image cpExportl jpg Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File CpExport jpg License unknown Contributors Andy bauer Image cpExport2 jpg Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File CpExport2 jpg License unknown Contributors Andy bauer Image noRendering png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File NoRendering png License unknown Con
334. g images on the tiled display and the desktop renders its own images from a lower resolution version of the geometry to display in the UI In tiled display mode ParaView automatically decimates the geometry and sends it to the client to make this happen However when the data is very large even a decimated version of the geometry can overwhelm the client In this case ParaView will replace the geometry on the client with a bounding box You have several controls at run time over the tiled rendering algorithm that you can tune to maintain interactivity while visualizing very large data on very high resolution tiled displays These are located on the Tile Display Parameters section of the Render View Server page of the application settings dialog These controls are Ris b rir el w hal aves sr Figure 14 Compositing images for 8 processes on a 4 tile display described in the Application Settings section of the Appendix CAVE Displays 137 CAVE Displays Introduction ParaView has basic support for visualization in CAVE like environments These environments consists of multiple displays which are configured based on some coordinates in the room Typically the base coordiante of the room is the reference coordinate of the head tracker ParaView can operate in a Client Server fashion The CAVE modules leverages this by assigning different process on the server to manage different displays The client acts as a c
335. g the name of one of the filters causes the name to become editable enabling you to change it to something more meaningful than the default chosen by ParaView By default each filter you add to the pipeline becomes the active filter which is handy when making linear pipelines Branching pipeline are also very useful The simplest way to make one is to click on some other further upstream filter in the pipeline before you create a new filter For example Select ShrinkFilter in the Pipeline Browser then apply Extract Edges from the Alphabetical submenu of the Filters menu Now the output of the shrink filter is being used as the input to both the elevation and extract edges filters You will see the following in the Pipeline Browser Pipeline Browser Gx g builtin 3 gy SphereSource 1 z ShrinkFilter 1 F ElevationFilter 1 SLEE Figure 3 Branching Pipeline Right clicking a filter in the Pipeline Browser displays a context menu from which you can do several things For reader modules you can use this to load a new data file All modules can be saved the filter and the parameters you ve set on it as a Custom Filter see the last section of this chapter or delete it if it is at the end of the visualization pipeline For filter modules you can also use this menu to change the input to the filter and thus rearrange the visualization pipeline Open Ctrl 0 Create Custom Filter Change Input Delete
336. gradient filter will compute the vorticity curl ofa3 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are ComputeVorticity component array accepted Faster When this flag is on the gradient filter will provide a less accurate but close 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are Approximation algorithm that performs fewer derivative calculations and is therefore faster accepted FasterApproximation The error contains some smoothing of the output data and some possible errors on the boundary This parameter has no effect when performing the gradient of cell data Input This property specifies the input to the Gradient Unstructured filter The selected object must be Input the result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPointSet Result Array Name This property provides a name for the output array containing the gradient Gradients ResultArrayName vectors Scalar Array SelectInputScalars This property lists the name of the scalar array from which to compute the gradient An array of scalars is required Valud array names will be chosen from point and cell data Grid Connectivity Mass properties of connected fragments for unstructured grids This filter works on multiblock unstructured grid inputs and also works in parallel It Ignores any cells with a c
337. grammatically you can use a property iterator PSS se foro Soi Elyjolas print type prop prop GetXMLLabel lt class paraview servermanager InputProperty gt Input lt class paraview servermanager VectorProperty gt Maximum Number of Points lt class paraview servermanager VectorProperty gt Random Mode lt class paraview servermanager ArraySelectionProperty gt Scalars lt class paraview servermanager ArraySelectionProperty gt Vectors lt class paraview servermanager VectorProperty gt Orient lt class paraview servermanager VectorProperty gt Set Scale Factor lt class paraview servermanager EnumerationProperty gt Scale Mode lt class paraview servermanager InputProperty gt Glyph Type lt class paraview servermanager VectorProperty gt Mask Points Python Scripting 150 The XMLLabel is the text display by the graphical user interface Note that there is a direct mapping from the XMLLabel to the property name If you remove all spaces from the label you get the property name You can use the PropertyIterator object directly gt gt gt it iter s SSS gopa aL site alee print it GetKey it GetProperty Domains The Server Manager provides information about values that are valid for properties The main use of this information is for the user interface to provide good ranges and choices in enumeration However some of this information is also very useful for introspection For e
338. gt di GetDataClassName vtkPolyData Get information about point data gt gt gt joel Gli POLDMECDELCE We are now directly accessing the wrapper for a VTK class gt gt gt len pdi il Get information for a point array gt gt gt ai pdi 0 gt gt gt ai GetRange 0 ORO 05 When meta data is not enough and you need access to the raw data you can use Fetch to bring it to the client side Note that this function is provided by the servermanager module Fetch has three modes e Append all of the data together and bring it to the client only available for polygonal and unstructured datasets Note Do not do this if data is large otherwise the client will run out of memory e Bring data from a given process to the client e Use a reduction algorithm and bring its output to the client For example find the minimum value of an attribute Here is a demonstration gt gt gt from paraview simple import 2 gt COnne cies Micamslnon Connection kamino 11111 gt gt gt s Sphere Get the whole sphere DO NOT DO THIS IF THE DATA IS LARGE otherwise the client will run out of memory gt gt gt allsphere servermanager Fetch s getting appended use append poly data filter gt gt gt allsphere GetNumberOfPolys 96 Get the piece of the sphere on process 0 gt gt gt onesphere servermanager Fetch s 0 getting node 0 gt gt gt onesphere GetNumberOfPolys 48
339. gt scene Cues cue Create 2 keyframes for the StartTheta track gt gt gt keyf0 servermanager animation CompositeKeyFrame gt gt gt keyf 0 Interpolation Ramp At time 0 value 0 gt gt gt keyf0 KeyTime 0 gt gt gt keyf0 KeyValues 0 gt gt gt keyfl servermanager animation CompositeKeyFrame At time 1 0 value 200 Python Scripting 158 gt gt gt Mel keytine 1 0 gt gt gt keyii keyValuess 200 Add keyframes gt gt gt cue KeyFrames keyf0 keyf1 gt gt gt scene Play Some properties you can change Number of frames used in Sequence mode Or you can use real time mode Real Time scene NumberOfFrames 100 scene PlayMode scene Duration 20 ParaView 3 8 1 onwards The following script will only work with ParaView versions 3 8 1 and later It is now the recommended way for accessing animation scene and animation tracks since the updates are reflected in the GUI when running through the python shell from the ParaView application is used gt gt gt Sphere gt gt gt Show gt gt gt Render Get the application wide animation scene gt gt gt scene GetAnimationScene Get the animation track for animating StartTheta on the active source GetAnimationTrack creates a new track if none exists gt gt gt cue GetAnimationTrack StartTheta Create 2 keyfra
340. gure the co processor using graphical user interfaces that are part of their daily work flow Note that all of this must be done for large data The co processing library will almost always be run on a distributed system For the largest simulations the visualization of extracts may also require a distributed system i e a visualization cluster CoProcessing 169 Build Directions As mentioned above the two components for doing co processing are a client side plugin and a server side library It is recommended that they be compiled separately but from the same ParaView source revision release This is because currently the client side configuration tools outputs python code for the server side library to use Differing ParaView versions may have different python interfaces to objects causing simulation co processed runs to fail ParaView Coprocessing Script Generator Plugin The plugin for generating python scripts for co processing is a client side plugin The CMake option to turn on the script generator plugin is PARAVIEW_BUILD_PLUGIN_CoProcessingScriptGenerator Note that since this is a client side plugin that the PARA VIEW_BUILT_QT_GUI option must be on CoProcessing Library The directions for building the co processing library can be a bit more complex We assume that it will be built on a cluster or supercomputer Complexities may arise from having to build mesa use off screen rendering build static libraries and or cr
341. hallowCopy inputs 0 VTKObject The UnRegister call is essential to avoid memory leaks The second trick is to use ShallowCopy to copy the output of the internal filter to the output of the outer filter as follows output ShallowCopy probe GetOutput This should be enough to get you started There are a large number of VTK filters so it is not possible to describe them here Refer to the VTK documentation for more information References 1 http docs python org tutorial 2 http www vtk org 3 http www vtk org doc release 5 6 html Calculator 65 Calculator Attribute Mode Point Data C Coordinate Results Result Array Name Result Clear iHat jHat kHat sin cos tan abs sqrt asin acos atan ceil floor sinh cosh tanh xAy exp vl v2 mag norm In log10 Scalars vy Vectors v v Replace invalid results Replacement value 0 Basics The Calculator Filter can be use to calculate derived quantities from existing attributes The main parameter of the Calculator is an expression that describes how to calculate the derived quantity You can enter this expression as free form text or using some of the shortcuts buttons and menus provided There are some hidden expressions for which there are no buttons Operands that are accessible only by typing in the function name include e min expr1 expr2 returns the lesser of the two scalar expressions e max expr1 expr2 ret
342. hat modify the dataset s topology or geometry it may be wise to set the value of this property to 0 Not that if ComputeNormals is set to 1 then gradients will have to be calculated but they will only be stored in the output dataset if ComputeGradients is also set to 1 0 Only the values 0 and are accepted Compute Normals ComputeNormals If this property is set to 1 a scalar array containing a normal value at each point in the isosurface or isoline will be created by the contour filter otherwise an array of normals will not be computed This operation is fairly expensive both in terms of computation time and memory required so if the output dataset produced by the contour filter will be processed by filters that modify the dataset s topology or geometry it may be wise to set the value of this property to 0 Select whether to compute normals Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Compute Scalars If this property is set to 1 an array of scalars containing the contour Only the values 0 and are accepted ComputeScalars value will be added to the output dataset If set to 0 the output will not contain this array Isosurfaces This property specifies the values at which to compute The value must lie within the range of ContourValues isosurfaces isolines and also the number of such values the selected data array Input This property specifies the input dataset to be used by the contour filt
343. hat parameter change This top level script varies the number of triangles and then submits parallel jobs to the cluster s PBS batch queue See the qsub manpages or ask your system administrators for the exact syntax of the submission command RUNID 0 NNODES 8 TLIMIT 10 for NUMTRIS in 10 20 30 40 50 do mkdir tmp run RUNID qsub N run RUNID SE walltime 0 S TLIMIT 0 0 select NNODES ncpus 8 arch wds024c j eo e tmp run ID outstreams log v RUNID ID NNODES S NNODES NUMTRIS NUMTRIS level2 sh Jee IRVIN IUDs gt done The second level script is executed whenever it gets to the top of PBS s priority queue It examines the parameters it is given and then runs paraview s pvbatch executable with them It also does some bookkeeping tasks that are helpful when debugging the batch submission process echo RUN NUMBER RUNID setup MPI environment source HOME openmpipaths sh prepare and run the parallel pvbatch program for the parameter value we are given batch_command S HOME ParaView 3 8 1 build bin pvbatch HOME level3 py RUNID nt NUMTRIS Batch Processing 165 mpirun np SNNODES hostfile SPBS_NODEFILE S batch_command move the results to more permanent storage mv tmp bench HOME tmp run DDM_RUNNUM The final level is the script that is executed by pvbatch from paraview simple import from optpar
344. he VRPN tracker name This valid only when vrpn is specified Examples Tracker0 localhost HeadO0 localhost Please check VRPN configuration file L Tell the application to use VRUI for head tracking vrui address opt Specify the VRUI host name pvbatch help cslog opt ClientServerStream log file help fa Displays available command line arguments machines opt m opt Specify the network configurations file for the render server symmetric sym When specified the python script is processed symmetrically on all processes use offscreen rendering Render offscreen on the satellite processes This option only works with software rendering or mangled mesa on Unix version Vi Give the version number and exit pvdataserver help client host opt ch opt Tell the data render server the host name of ile Gligmt WSS wiri r Command Line Arguments 197 connect id opt sure they match cslog opt daraan ervers Ooie1c dsp opt Client 5 lne fo WE machines opt CNE ela render server RCW CaaS HES timeout opt client after which the server warning messages befor Ser rne IND thas SeinySie ano Client two maka ClientServerStream log file opt Winer port darca Server Use cO Commecc CO ChS Ceran Displays available command line arguments Specify the network configurations
345. he dataset It is possible to select surface cells by drawing a rubber band on the 3D view With the 3D view showing the dataset active click on Select Cells or Points On in the Selection Controls toolbar or under the Edit menu you can also use the S key a shortcut for Select Cells On This will put ParaView into a selection mode In this mode click and drag over the surface of the dataset in the active view to select the cells or points on the surface If anything was selected it will be highlighted in all the views showing the data and the source producing the selected dataset will become active in the Pipeline Browser ParaView supports selecting only one source at a time Hence even if you draw the rubber band such that it covers data from multiple sources only one of them will be selected the one that has the largest number of selected cells or points As mentioned earlier when data from a source is selected all the views displaying the data show the selection This includes spreadsheet view as well If the spreadsheet view will show cell or point attributes of the selected data then it will highlight the corresponding rows When selecting points the spreadsheet view will show the selection only if point attributes are being displayed When selecting cells it will highlight the cells in the cell attribute mode and highlight the points forming the cells in the point attribute mode For any decent sized dataset it can be a bi
346. he dimension the track will be dropped and restarted after the step ie the part before the wrap around will be dropped and the newer part kept Max Track If the Particles being traced animate for a long time the trails or traces will become 25 Length long and stringy Setting the MaxTraceTimeLength will limit how much of the trace MaxTrackLength is displayed Tracks longer then the Max will disappear and the trace will apppear like a snake of fixed length which progresses as the particle moves This length is given with respect to timesteps Selection Set a second input which is a selection Particles with the same Id in the selection as The selected object must Selection the primary input will be chosen for pathlines Note that you must have the same be the result of the IdChannelArray in the selection as the input following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet ParticleTracer Trace Particles through time in a vector field The Particle Trace filter generates pathlines in a vector field from a collection of seed points The vector field used is selected from the Vectors menu so the input data set is required to have point centered vectors The Seed portion of the interface allows you to select whether the seed points for this integration lie in a point cloud or along a line Depending on which is selected the appropriate 3D widget
347. he file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItNetCDFLODIReader Reads NetCDF LODI files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 256 VisIt
348. he input to the The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Integrate Attributes filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Interpolate to Quadrature Points Create scalar vector data arrays interpolated to quadrature points Create scalar vector data arrays interpolated to quadrature points Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input of the filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkUnstructuredGrid Select Source Array SelectSourceArray Specifies the offset array from which we interpolate values to quadrature points An array of scalars is required Intersect Fragments The Intersect Fragments filter perform geometric intersections on sets of fragments The Intersect Fragments filter perform geometric intersections on sets of fragments The filter takes two inputs the first containing fragment geometry and the second containing fragment centers The filter has two outputs The first is geometry that results from the intersection The second is a set of points that is an approximation of the center of where each fragment has been intersected
349. he points in the mode file should be ModeFileName the same as the mesh file Read External If on read the external surfaces of the data set 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Surface accepted ReadExternalSurface Read Internal If on read the internal volume of the data set 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are Volume accepted ReadInternalVolume Read Midpoints If on reads midpoint information for external surfaces and builds 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are ReadMidpoints quadratic surface triangles accepted SLAC Particle Data Reader The SLAC Particle data reader Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name A list of files to be read in a time series FileName List of Readers 233 STL Reader Read ASCII or binary stereo lithography STL files The STL reader reads ASCII or binary stereo lithography STL files The expected file extension is stl The output of this reader is a polygonal dataset This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Names The list of files to be read by the reader If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file FileNames series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Spy Plot History Reader Read a spcth history file where each row translates into a single time step and the columns are point
350. hird party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are spheral and sv List of Readers 264 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItTFTReader Reads ASCII TFT Fortran simulation results Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are dat and tft Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be
351. his property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader XML Unstructured Grid Reader Read serial VTK XML unstructured grid data files The XML Unstructured Grid reader reads the VTK XML unstructured grid data file format The standard extension is vtu This reader also supports file series List of Readers 277 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the VTK XML FileName unstructured grid data format The standard extension is vtu If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader XYZ Reader Read XYZ molecular data files into a polygonal dataset The XYZ reader reads XYZ molecular data files The expected file extension is xyz The output of this reader is a polygonal dataset Property Description
352. his property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItFluentReader Fluent CFD simulation result reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is cas Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 244 VisItGGCMReader Reads Geospace General Circulation Model files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are 3df and mer Property Description Default Restrictions
353. hould be loaded The list of array names is provided by the reader List of Readers 215 Face Set Result Array Status FaceSetResultArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the faces across all face blocks in a file as sets in their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per face This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the FaceSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to appear The list of array names is provided by the reader Face Variables Use this property to select which variables defined over faces should be loaded The list of array FaceVariables Faces are oriented boundaries of one or more higher dimensional cells also names is present in the mesh Face variables specify a single value per entry in some face provided by the block reader File Pattern This property contains a text string specifying the pattern used to load files There FilePattern are two parts to it the prefix s and the file number i The format used is the same as that used for printf File Prefix This property specifies the file root used with the file pattern to format a file FilePrefix name See the File Pattern property File Range This property controls the indices of the first and la
354. hown below the standard user interface for this widget provides entry boxes for setting the center position Origin and normal direction of the plane as well as toggling the plane widget s visibility using the Show Plane check box Buttons are provided for positioning the plane at the center of the bounding box of the data set Center on Bounds and for aligning the plane s normal with the normal of the camera Camera Normal the X axis the Y axis or the Z axis X Normal Y Normal and Z Normal respectively If the bounds of the data set being operated on change then you can use the Reset Bounds button to cause the bounding box for the plane widget to match the new bounds of the data set and reposition the origin of the plane at the center of the new bounds Using only the Center on Bounds button in this case would move the origin to the center of the new bounds but the bounds of the widget would not be updated V Show Plane Origin 0 0 0 Normal 1 0 0 Reset Bounds Camera Normal Center on Bounds Figure 11 Plane widget user interface Manipulating data in the 3D view 94 Box Widget The box widget is used for clipping and transforming data sets Each face of the box can be positioned by moving the handle sphere on that face Moving the handle at the center of the box causes the whole box to be moved This can also be achieved by holding the Shift key while interacting The b
355. ic data processing task you want to repeat it often You may for example want to reuse particular filters with specific settings for example complicated calculator or programmable filter expressions or even entire pipeline sections consisting on new data sets without having to manually enter the parameters each time You can do this via the clever use of state files or more conveniently python scripts and python macros Saving editing and reusing state files gives you the ability to recreate entire ParaView sessions This does not give you fine enough control for small repeatedly reused tasks Python Tracing does give you fine grained control but this assumes that your have python enabled in your copy of ParaView which is usually but not always the case and that you remember to turn on Trace recording before you did whatever it was that you want to play back Both techniques largely require that you think like a programmer when you initially create and setup the scripts Another alternative is to use ParaView s Custom Filters which let you create reusable meta filters strictly within the GUI A Custom Filter is a black box filter that encapsulates one or more filters in a sub pipeline and exposes only those parameters from that sub pipeline that the Custom Filter creator chose to make available For example if you capture a ten element pipeline in your Custom Filter where each filter happened to have eight parameters you could choose to ex
356. ice_ t pvtp where t will get replaced with the time step each time it is output We also set the write frequency to be every fifth time step The picture below shows this CoProcessing 171 Pipeline Browser Ex builtin grids _o vtu GradientOfUnstructuredDataSet1 is ExtractSurfacel ParallelPolyDataWriter2 B Slice2 ParallelPolyDataWriter3 Object Inspector Ex Properties Display Information R Apply Reset Delete File Name slice_ t pvtp Write Frequency 5 Similarly we do the same for the writer for the ExtractSurface filter but we want to use a different file name and we can set a different write frequency if desired Note that when we hit enter we get the error message Cannot show the data in the current view although the view reported that it can show the data This message can be ignored and is already entered as a bug to fix in ParaView The final step is to go through the CoProcessing gt Export State wizard to associate the grid with a name that the python script uses and specify a file name for the script The steps are 1 Export Co Processing State Click Next to proceed 2 Select Simulation Inputs Choose which grids to use by highlighting the grid and clicking Add then click Next Export CoProcessing State Select Simulation Inputs Select the sources in this visualization that are inputs from the simulation Use
357. idth property is 1 Vectors The value of this property indicates the name of the input vector array used by this 1 An array of vectors is SelectInputVectors filter If the UseDefaultNormal property is set to 0 the normal vectors for the required ribbons come from the specified vector array Use Default If this property is set to 0 and the input contains no vector array then default ribbon 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are Normal normals will be generated DefaultNormal property if a vector array has been set accepted UseDefaultNormal SelectInputVectors property the ribbon normals will be set from the specified array If this property is set to 1 the default normal DefaultNormal property will be used regardless of whether the SelectInputVectors property has been set Vary Width If this property is set to 1 the ribbon width will be scaled according to the scalar 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are VaryWidth array specified in the SelectInputScalars property Toggle the variation of ribbon accepted width with scalar value Width If the VaryWidth property is set to 1 the value of this property is the minimum 1 The value must be less Width ribbon width If the VaryWidth property is set to 0 the value of this property is half than the largest dimension the width of the ribbon of the dataset multiplied by a scale factor of 0 01 Rotational Extrusion This filter generates a swept surface while translating the input al
358. ieces of the Divide cells 2 cell lie in different processes This option is useful for volume rendering Input This property specifies the input to the D3 filter The selected object must Input be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Minimal Memory If this property is set to 1 the D3 filter requires communication routines to use 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted List of Filters 303 Decimate Simplify a polygonal model using an adaptive edge collapse algorithm This filter works with triangles only The Decimate filter reduces the number of triangles in a polygonal data set Because this filter only operates on triangles first run the Triangulate filter on a dataset that contains polygons other than triangles Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Boundary Vertex If this property is set to 1 then vertices on the boundary of the dataset 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Deletion can be removed Setting the value of this property to 0 preserves the accepted BoundaryVertexDeletion boundary of the dataset but it may cause the filter not to reach its reduction target Feature Angle The value of thie property is used in determining where the data set 15 The value must be greater than FeatureAngle may be split If the angle between two ad
359. iew servermanager Cone object at Oxaf73090 gt You can also use the SetProperties function to set property values gt gt gt SetProperties cone Radius 0 2 Center 2 0 5 0 If the first argument is not specified the active object is used You also use SetDisplayProperties and SetViewProperties to set display representation and view properties respectively All Property classes define the following methods Python Scripting 148 e _len_Q e _ getitem__ e _ setitem_ e __getslice_ e __ setslice_ e GetData e SetData Therefore all of the following are supported PE SOMSieS CSinicSre KORO 0 07 00 gt gt phers Ceimceeie 0 i gt gt gt sphere Center 0 3 1 2 3 2S oere nC ent enO isO 20 3 0 gt gt gt len sphers Centar 3 ProxyProperty and InputProperty also define e append e _ delitem_ e _ delslice_ to support del and append similar to Python list objects VectorProperty is used for scalars vectors and lists of integer and floating point numbers as well as strings Most properties of this type are simple Examples include Sphere Radius double scalar Sphere Center vector of doubles a2DGlyph Filled boolean a2DGlyph GlyphType enumeration a3DText Text string and Contour Isosurfaces list of doubles Some properties may be more complicated because they map to C methods with mixed argument types Two good examples of this case ar
360. if the Automatically Rescale to Fit Data Range check box discussed later in this section is unmarked When volume rendering you may also specify the opacity and scale per node in the editor In volume rendering the opacity is accumulated as you step through the volume being rendered The Scale value determines the unit distance over which the opacity is accumulated Views Representations and Color Mapping 42 The controls below the set of three text boxes specify the color space and any color map preset you wish to save or use The color spaces available are RGB red green blue HSV hue saturation value Wrapped HSV and CIELAB a more perceptually linear color space The color space determines how the colors are interpolated between specified values the colors at the color map or transfer function editor nodes will remain the same regardless of the color space chosen If wrapped HSV is used the interpolation will use the shortest path in hue even going through the value hue 0 For non wrapped HSV the hue interpolation will not pass through 0 A hue of zero sets the color to red In addition to choosing the color space and modifying the color map transfer function nodes you may also create and load preset color scales When volume rendering only the color map is stored the scalar to opacity mapping is not To store your current settings as a preset click the Save button In the dialog box that appears you may ent
361. iformGrid 10 vtkMultiblockDataSet 13 vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet 15 vtkTable 19 Python Path A semi colon separated list of directories PythonPath to add to the python library search path Script This property contains the text of a python Script program that the programmable filter runs List of Filters 343 RequestUpdateExtent This property is a python script that is Script UpdateExtentScript pipeline pass Use this to modify the update executed during the RequestUpdateExtent extent that your filter ask up stream for Python Calculator This filter evaluates a Python expression This filter uses Python to calculate an expression It depends heavily on the numpy and paraview vtk modules To use the parallel functions mpi4py is also necessary The expression is evaluated and the resulting scalar value or numpy array is added to the output as an array See numpy and paraview vtk documentation for the list of available functions This filter tries to make it easy for the user to write expressions by defining certain variables The filter tries to assign each array to a variable of the same name If the name of the array is not a valid Python variable it has to be accessed through a dictionary called arrays i e arrays array_name The points can be accessed using the points variable Property Description Default Restrictio
362. igenvalues of the covariance matrix in the column labeled Mean and the eigenvectors as row vectors in an additional NxN matrix Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Attribute Mode AttributeMode Specify which type of field data the arrays will be drawn from 0 Valud array names will be chosen from point and cell data Basis Energy BasisEnergy The minimum energy to use when determining the dimensionality of the new space into which the assessment will project tuples 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1 Basis Scheme BasisScheme Basis Size BasisSize When reporting assessments should the full eigenvector decomposition be used to project the original vector into the new space Full basis or should a fixed subset of the decomposition be used Fixed size basis or should the projection be clipped to preserve at least some fixed energy Fixed energy basis As an example suppose the variables of interest were A B C D E and that the eigenvalues of the covariance matrix for these were 5 2 1 5 1 5 If the Full basis scheme is used then all 5 components of the eigenvectors will be used to project each A B C D E tuple in the original data into a new 5 components space If the Fixed size scheme is used and the Basis Size property is set to 4 then only the first 4 eigenvector components will be used to pro
363. iki index php title File Para View UsersGuideCameraOrbit png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideCameraPath png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewUsersGuideCameraPath png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewComparativeView jpg Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewComparativeView jpg License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaView_UG_CV_Close png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_CV_Close png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ComparativeVisPanelMarkup png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Comparative VisPanelMarkup png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaView_UG_CV_Parameter_range png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_CV_Parameter_range png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_CV_View png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_CV_View png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_CV_Layout png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_CV_Layout png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_CV_Parameter_selection png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_CV_Parameter_selection png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_CV_Parameter_values png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_CV_Parameter_values
364. ile This reader reads unstructured grid MPAS data from a file It creates a dual grid It assumes the grid is in the global domain By default it creates a spherical view of vertical layer 0 It assumes it is ocean data It gives several options to change the view to multilayer all vertical layers will have a thickness determined by the value in the slider lat lon projection or atmospheric vertical layers go out away from the center of the sphere instead of down towards the center as they do for ocean data It doesn t handle data in the rectangular domain This is not a parallel reader It expects one nc file of data It can display cell or vertex centered data but not edge data When converted to the dual grid cell centered data becomes vertex centered and vice versa NOTES When using this reader it is important that you remember to do the following 1 When changing a selected variable remember to select it also in the drop down box to color by It doesn t color by that variable automatically 2 When selecting multilayer sphere view start with layer thickness around 100 000 3 When selecting multilayer lat lon view start with layer thickness around 10 4 Always click the Z orientation after making a switch from lat lon to sphere from single to multilayer or changing thickness List of Readers 221 5 Be conservative on the number of changes you make before hitting Apply since there may be bugs in this reader
365. ill be created some blocks will have an X accepted dimension that is larger by 2 units Dimensions This property specifies the X Y Z cell dimensions of a block 10 The value must be greater than or Dimensions equal to 2 and less than or equal to 64 Fractal Value The value of this property will be mapped to 0 5 for use as a volume 9 5 The value must be greater than or FractalValue fraction equal to 0 Ghost Levels This property specifies whether ghost levels should be generated at 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are GhostLevels processor boundaries accepted Maximum Level This property specifies how many levels of refinement should be included 5 The value must be greater than or MaximumLevel in this hierarchical dataset equal to 1 and less than or equal to 10 Rectilinear Grids If this property is set to 1 the hierarchical dataset will contain rectilinear 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are RectilinearGrids grids otherwise it will contain uniform grids accepted Time Step This property specifies the timestep to use for this dataset 0 TimeStep Two Dimensional If this property is set to 1 the generated dataset will be 2D otherwise it will 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted List of Sources 283 Line This source creates a line between two points The resolution indicates how many segments are in the line The Line source can be used to interactively using a 3D widget or manually using the entries on the u
366. ilter Pipelines merge as well whenever they contain filters that take in more than one input to produce their own output or outputs There are in fact two different varieties of merging filters The Append Geometry and Group Data Sets filters are examples of the first kind These filters take in any number of fundamentally similar data sets Append for example takes in one or more polygonal datasets and combines them into a single large polygonal data set Group takes in a set of any type of datasets and produces a single composite dataset To use this type of merging filter select more than one filter within the Pipeline browser by left clicking to select the first input and then shift left clicking to select the rest Now create the merging filter from the Filters menu as usual The pipeline in this case will look like the one in the following figure The Pipeline 49 eoo ff Pipeline Browser g builtin gt HM Spherel eo AppendGeometry1 gt Disk1 AppendGeometryl AppendGeometry1 Figure 7 merging pipeline Other filters take in more than one fundamentally different data sets An example is the Resample with Dataset filter which takes in one data set the Input that represents a field in space to sample values from and another data set the Source to use as a set of locations in space to sample the values at Begin this type of merge by choosing either of the two inputs as the active filter a
367. ilter as displayed in the active view and the Information tab presents meta information about the data produced by the filter Filter Parameters 45 Properties From the Properties tab you modify the parameters of the filter fine tuning what it produces from its input if any A filter that extracts an isocontour will have a control with which to set the isovalue or isovalues to extract at for example The specific controls and information provided on the tab then are specific to the particular vtkAlgorithm you are working with but all filters have at least the Apply Reset Delete and help controls 2 Object Inspector _ Properties Display Information Ce Apply Delete Resolution 6 Radius 0 5 Height 1 Center 0 0 0 Direction 1 0 0 vi Capping Figure 1 Sample Properties tab for a Cone source The help button brings opens up the documentation for the filter in ParaView s help system in which the input restrictions to the filter output type generated by the filter and descriptions of each parameter are listed The same information is repeated in the Appendices 1 2 of this book The Delete button removes this filter from the pipeline The delete button is only enabled when there are no filters further down the pipeline that depend on this filter s output You have to either use the Pipeline Browser and Object inspector in conjunction to delete the dependent parts of the pipelin
368. in turn usually causes the upstream filters to run twice once for each time step The next time the interpolator requests the same two time steps they might force the upstream filters to re evaluate the same two time steps The Temporal Cache can keep copies of both of these time steps and provide the requested data without List of Filters 355 having to run upstream filters Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cache Size The cache size determines the number of time steps that can be cached 2 The value must be greater than or equal to 2 CacheSize at one time The maximum number is 10 The minimum is 2 since it and less than or equal to 10 makes little sense to cache less than that Input This property specifies the input of the Temporal Cache filter The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject Temporal Interpolator Interpolate between time steps The Temporal Interpolator converts data that is defined at discrete time steps to one that is defined over a continuum of time by linearly interpolating the data s field data between two adjacent time steps The interpolated values are a simple approximation and should not be interpreted as anything more The Temporal Interpolator assumes that the topology between adjac
369. incident vertices Output Dimension The value of this property sets the maximum dimensionality of 3 The value must be greater than or OutputDimension the output tessellation When the value of this property is 3 3D cells produce tetrahedra 2D cells produce triangles and 1D cells produce line segments When the value is 2 3D cells will have their boundaries tessellated with triangles When the value is 1 all cells except points produce line segments equal to 1 and less than or equal to 3 List of Filters 359 Tetrahedralize This filter converts 3 d cells to tetrahedrons and polygons to triangles The output is always of type unstructured grid The Tetrahedralize filter converts the 3D cells of any type of dataset to tetrahedrons and the 2D ones to triangles This filter always produces unstructured grid output one of them vtkDataSet Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Tetrahedralize filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of Texture Map to Cylinder Generate texture coordinates by mapping points to cylinder This is a filter that generates 2D texture coordinates by mapping input dataset points onto a cylinder The cylinder is generated automatically The cylin
370. ing a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is plt Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItTecplotReader Reads a subset of the ASCII Tecplot file format Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are tp and tec List of Readers 266 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Mate
371. ing on the header for the column Repeated clicking on the column header toggles the sorting order When running in parallel ParaView uses sophisticated parallel sorting algorithms to avoid memory and communication overheads to sort large distributed datasets e One can double click on a column header to toggle a mode in which only that column is visible This reduces clutter when one is interested in a single attribute array e One can click on rows to select the corresponding elements i e cells or points This is not available when in Show selected only mode explained later Also when one creates a selection in other views e g the 3D view the rows corresponding to the selected elements will be highlighted Header Unlike other views Spreadsheet View has a header This header provides quick access to some of the commonly used functionality in this view 9 mjeaejojo howing Mandelbrot1 s lAttribute Point Data Precision Iterations Point ID uctured Coordina 1 86486 0 e Since this view can only show one dataset at a time one can quickly choose the dataset to show using the Showing combo box e One can choose the attribute type i e point attributes cell attributes to display using the Attribute combo box e Precision controls the number of digits to show after decimal point for floating point numbers e The last push button allows the user to enter the view in a mode where it only shows the selected rows This is
372. ing the output i e remove empty blocks if node has only 1 MaintainStructure non null child block then that node is removed To preserve these parent nodes set this flag to true Prune Output When set the output mutliblock dataset will be pruned to remove 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted PruneOutput empty nodes On by default Extract CTH Parts Create a surface from a CTH volume fraction Extract CTH Parts is a specialized filter for visualizing the data from a CTH simulation It first converts the selected cell centered arrays to point centered ones It then contours each array at a value of 0 5 The user has the option of clipping the resulting surface s with a plane This filter only operates on unstructured data It produces polygonal output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Double Volume Arrays This property specifies the name s of the volume An array of scalars is required AddDoubleVolumeArrayName fraction array s for generating parts Float Volume Arrays This property specifies the name s of the volume An array of scalars is required AddFloatVolumeArrayName fraction array s for generating parts Unsigned Character Volume Arrays This property specifies the name s of the volume An array of scalars is required AddUnsignedCharVolumeArrayName fraction array s for generating parts Clip Type This property specifies whether to clip the The value must be set to
373. ings for the 3D view The check box beside the Orientation Axes label toggles the visibility of the orientation axes The Interactive check box controls whether the orientation axes can be repositioned and resized through mouse interaction similar to interacting with 3D widgets Left clicking and dragging the orientation axes repositions them in the 3D view When the orientation axes are in interactive mode a bounding rectangle outline is displayed around the axes when the mouse moves over them Left clicking and dragging on the edges of this outline resizes the orientation axes From the Set Outline Color button enabled when Interactive is checked you can change the color used for displaying the bounding rectangle This is useful for making the outline more visible if its current color is similar to the color of the background or any object behind the outline if the orientation axes are placed in front of a data set The orientation axes are always drawn in front of any data set occupying the same portion of the 3D view The Axis Label Color button allows you to change the color of the labels for the three axes The reasons for changing the color of the axis labels are similar to those for changing the outline color Annotation 100 Render View Options General en Lights Orientation Axes Annotation C Interactive Outline Color O Axis Label Color Center Of Rotation Show Axes Figure 6 User interface c
374. ins many functions to instantiate sources filters and other related objects You can get a list of object this module can create from ParaView s online help from help menu or here http paraview org OnlineHelpCurrent Let s start by creating a Cone object gt gt gt cone Cone You can get some documentation about the cone object using help gt gt Me oOni ome Help on Cone in module paraview servermanager object class Cone SourceProxy The Cone source can be used to add a polygonal cone to the 3D scene The output of the Cone source is polygonal data Method resolution order Cone sourceProxy Proxy owiltin coet Methods defined here Python Scripting 142 Initialize aInitialize self connection None Data descriptors defined here Capping If this property is set to 1 the base of the cone will be capped with a filled polygon Otherwise the base of the cone will be open Center This property specifies the center of the cone Direction Set the orientation vector of the cone The vector does not have to be normalized The cone will point in the direction specified Height This property specifies the height of the cone Radius This property specifies the radius of the base of the cone Resolution This property indicates the number of divisions around the cone The higher this number the closer the polygonal approximation wi
375. integer number by an element map face map edge map or node map respectively Usually only a single map of each type exists and is employed to assign a unique global ID to entities across multiple files which partition a large mesh for a distributed memory calculation However here may be multiply maps of each type and there are no constraints which force the integers to be unique The connectivity of elements is constant across all of the timesteps in any single Exodus II file However multiple files which specify a single time evolution of a mesh may be used to represent meshes which exhibit changes in connectivity infrequently Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name This property specifies the file name for the Exodus reader FileName Use Meta File This hidden property must always be set to 1 for this proxy to work 0 Only the values UseMetaFile 0 and are accepted Animate Vibrations If this flag is on and HasModeShapes is also on then this reader will report a 1 Only the values Animate Vibrations continuous time range 0 1 and animate the displacements in a periodic sinusoid 0 and 1 are If this flag is off and HasModeShapes is on this reader ignores time This flag has accepted no effect if HasModeShapes is off Apply Displacements Geometric locations can include displacements When this option is on the nodal 1 Only the values ApplyDisplacements positions are displaced by the standard
376. invoked from Tools gt Python Shell The Python shell supports interactive mode as well as loading of scripts from file e External Python interpreter Any Python capable application can load the paraview simple module if the right environment is configured For this to work you either have to install the paraview Python modules including the right shared libraries somewhere in sys path or you have to set PYTHONPATH to point to the right locations Overview The paraview simple module contains several Python classes designed to be Python friendly as well as all classes wrapped from the C Server Manager library The following sections cover the usage of this module and occasionally the paraview servermanager module which is lower level Connecting to a Server ParaView can run in two modes stand alone and client server where the server is usually a visualization cluster In this section we discuss how to establish a connection to a server when using ParaView in the client server mode If you are using the ParaView graphical interface you should use Connect from the File menu to connect to a server If you are using ParaView from a Python shell not the Python console that is part of the graphical interface you need to use servermanager Connect to connect a server Note you cannot connect to the ParaView application from a stand alone Python shell You can only connect to a server This method takes 4 arguments all of which have defa
377. ion Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the Facet reader List of Readers 217 Flash Reader Read multi block dataset from a Flash file This Flash reader loads data stored in Flash format The output of this reader is a multi block dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Block Output Type The property indicates the output type of each block either 0 The value must be one of the following BlockOutputType vtkImageData by default or vtkRectilinearGrid Image Data 0 Rectilinear Grid 1 File Name This property specifies the file name for the Flash reader FileName Load Morton Generate morton curve when on 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Curve LoadMortonCurve Load Particles Load particles when on 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted LoadParticles Gaussian Cube Reader Produce polygonal data by reading a Gaussian Cube file The Gaussian Cube reader produces polygonal data by reading data files produced by the Gaussian software package The expected file extension is cube Property Description Default Value s Restrictions B Scale A scaling factor to compute bonds between non hydrogen atoms 1 BScale File Name This property specifies the file name for the Gaussian Cube reader FileName H BScale A scaling factor to compute bonds with hyd
378. ion outInfo outputVector gt GetInformationObject 0 imes ubeti kor out Info gt Get T EXTENT vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline UPDAT subext read that part of the data in from the file and put it in the output data return 1 How to write parallel VTK readers 391 Unstructured In the unstructured case vtkPolyData or vtkUnstructuredGrid the MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_PIECES key should be set on the output information object in RequestInformation This specifies the maximum number of pieces that can be generated from the file If this reader can only read the entire data set then the maximum number of pieces should be set to 1 If the input file can be read into as many pieces as needed i e one per processor the maximum number of pieces should be set to 1 as shown below out Info gt Set vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_PIECES ale ey In the RequestData method the reader should first get the UPDATE_NUMBER_OF_PIECES and UPDATE_PIECE_NUMBER from the output information object The value returned from getting the UPDATE_NUMBER_OF_PIECES specifies the number of pieces into which the output data set will be broken Getting UPDATE_PIECE_NUMBER returns the piece number 0 to UPDATE_NUMBER_OF_PIECES 1 for which the current process is responsible The reader should use this information to determine which part of the data set the current process should read Ex
379. ios 1000 1 or greater In practice this means inserting points that are widely dispersed and enables smooth transition of triangle sizes throughout the mesh You may even want to add extra points to create a better point distribution If numerical problems are present you will see a warning message to this effect at the end of the triangulation process Warning Points arranged on a regular lattice termed degenerate cases can be triangulated in more than one way at least according to the Delaunay criterion The choice of triangulation as implemented by this algorithm depends on the order of the input points The first four points will form a tetrahedron other degenerate points relative to this initial tetrahedron will not break it Points that are coincident or nearly so may be discarded by the algorithm This is because the Delaunay triangulation requires unique input points You can control the definition of coincidence with the Tolerance instance variable The output of the Delaunay triangulation is supposedly a convex hull In certain cases this implementation may not generate the convex hull This behavior can be controlled by the Offset instance variable Offset is a multiplier used to control the size of the initial triangulation The larger the offset value the more likely you will generate a convex hull and the more likely you are to see numerical problems The implementation of this algorithm varies from the 2D
380. ipeline instantiated on the server which you can use introspection on to access and then arbitrarily control anything within At the core ParaView s is a visualization engine so we will demonstrate by simply generate and saving an image Make sure that the view in the state is the active one so we don t have to refer to it by name Batch Processing 164 gt gt gt SetActiveView GetRenderView Now render and save gt gt gt Render gt gt gt WriteImage Users berk image png parameter study Parameter studies are one example of how batch processing can be extremely useful In a parameter study one or more pipeline parameters a filename a timestep or a filter property for example are varied across some range but an otherwise identical script is replayed numerous times and results are saved After the suite of sessions complete the set of results are easy to compare For this type of work I recommend writing a higher level script that varies the parameter and for each value spawns off a pvbatch session where the parameter gets passed in as an argument to the ParaView python script The following is a slightly condensed version of a hierarchical set of scripts written during a benchmark study This benchmark is an example of a parameter study in which the number of triangles rendered in the scene is varied and afterward we examine the output to determine how the rendering rate differs as a function of t
381. irst execution Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Script This property is a python script that is RequestInformation executed during the RequestInformation InformationScript pipeline pass Use this to provide information such as WHOLE_EXTENT to the pipeline downstream Output Data Set Type The value of this property determines the 0 The value must be one of the following Same as Input 8 OutputDataSetType dataset type for the output of the vtkPolyData 0 vtkStructuredGrid 2 vtkRectilinearGrid programmable source 3 vtkUnstructuredGrid 4 vtkImageData 6 vtkMultiblockDataSet 13 vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet 15 vtkTable 19 Python Path A semi colon separated list of directories PythonPath to add to the python library search path Script This property contains the text of a python Script program that the programmable source runs Ruler This is a line source that can be used to measure distance between two points The ruler can be used to interactively using a 3D widget or manually using the entries on the user interface specify two points and then determine the distance between the two points To place points on the surface of any dataset one can use the p key shortcut List of Sources 287 Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Point1 This property controls the coordinates of the first endpoint of
382. is pvtu If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader XML PolyData Reader Read serial VTK XML polydata files The XML Polydata reader reads the VTK XML polydata file format The standard extension is vtp This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the VTK XML FileName polygonal dataset format The standard extension is vtp If more than file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide 1 file per time step Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader XML Rectilinear Grid Reader Read serial VTK XML rectilinear grid data files The XML Rectilinear Grid reader reads the VTK XML rectilinea
383. is described earlier in this section Time 0 000800 Figure 8 Using the Annotate Time filter to display the current time in a time varying data set Annotation 103 Other sources as Annotations Most of the other items in the Sources menu can also be used for annotation of the 3D scene Placement of these is similar to placement of the 3D Text source In particular the 2D Glyph Ruler and Outline sources are frequently used for annotation The ruler as the name applies allows for some quantitative measurement of the data The ruler produces a Line widget in the 3D scene It is most effective to use the P key to place the two ends of the line in the 3D scene in turn When placed the Properties tab for the ruler lists the length of the line you ve placed in space In Figure 9 A ruler is being used to measure the distance between the cows horns Cube Axes Finally in the Annotation area of the Display tab of any object shown in a 3D view you can toggle the display of a Cube Axes Display Like the ruler source the cube axes allows you to inspect to world space extent of objects in the scene When this display is enabled a gridded labelled bounding box is drawn around the object that lets you quickly determine the world space extent in each dimension of the object K gt DD DI S_ Time 5oo08 gZ m amp 2 SF oa Gi a R 5 2 Solid Color Representation HI ia BRR USK J Pipeline Browser oo F 3 ea
384. is filter here If you are not familiar with Python we recommend first taking a look at one of the introductory guides such as the official Python Tutorial i Also if you are going to do any programming beyond the very basic stuff we recommend reading up on the VTK API The VTK website 7 has links to VTK books and online documentation For reference you may need to look at the VTK class documentation P There is also more information about the Programmable Filter and some good recipes on the ParaView Wiki Python_Programmable_Filter Basic Use Requirements 1 You are applying Programmable Filter to a simple dataset and not a composite dataset such as multi block or AMR 2 You have NumPy installed The most basic reason to use the Programmable Filter is to add a new array by possible deriving it from arrays in the input This can be achieved by using the Python Calculator One reason to use the Programmable Filter instead may be that the calculation is more involved and trying to do it in one expression may be difficult Another reason may be that you need access to a program flow construct such as if or for In any case the Programmable Filter can be used to do everything the Calculator does and more Note Since what we describe here builds on some of the concepts introduced in the Python Calculator section please read it first if you are not familiar with the Calculator If you leave the Output Dataset Type parameter in the defa
385. is used to change the view settings per view General AQNO Hi View Settings Render View Lights Annotation O Solid Color oS e Choose Color 1 Restore Default Gradient Color nes i Choose Color2 _ Restore Default Background Image _ Use Parallel Projection This tab allows the user to choose the background color One can use a solid color or a gradient or even a background image By default the camera uses perspective projection To switch to parallel projection check the Use Parallel Projection checkbox in this panel Views Representations and Color Mapping Lights ANOO ME View Settings Render View General PE C Headlight Annotation Q 1 O SetLightColor M Light Kit Key Warm 0 60 gt Int 0 75 2 Ele so Azi 10 Fill Warm 0 40 gt K F 3 00 2 Ele 75 Azi 10 Back Warm 0 50 gt K B 3 50 2 Ele o 2 Azi 110 7 Head Warm 0 50 5 K H 3 00 B _ Maintain Luminance 6 ioht gt Reset Light The 3D View requires lights to illumniate the geometry being rendered in the scene Once can control these lights using this pane Annotation enpo HI View Settings Render View General Lights M Orientation Axes _ Interactive Outline Color O Axis Label Color Center Of Rotation m Show Axes The annotation pane enables controlling the visibility of the center axes and the orientation widget Users can also make the orient
386. isconnects the GUI Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to save the animation into FileName Frame Rate Get Set the frame rate to use for saving the animation This frame rate is the frame rate that 0 FrameRate gets saved in the movie file generated if applicable If does not affect the FrameRate set on the animation scene at all In other words this is the playback frame rate and not the animation generation frame rate Magnification The magnification factor to use for the saved animation 1 The value must be Magnification greater than or equal to 1 CSVWriter Writer to write CSV files from table In parallel it delivers the table to the root node and then saves the CSV For composite datasets it saves multiple csv files Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to The selected object must be the result of the Input the file following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkTable Write All Time When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Steps executed once for each timestep available from the reader WriteAllTimeSteps DataSetCSV Write
387. isplaying the title and labels on the scalar bar In the Title section the Text entry Annotation 98 box specifies the label that appears above the scalar bar It defaults to the name of the array used for coloring the data set If the current data set is being colored by a vector array the value of the second entry box defaults to specifying how the color is determined from the vector i e X Y Z or Magnitude The entry box labeled Labels contains formatting text specifying the form of the scalar bar labels numbers The format specification used is the same as that used by the printf function in C ANOO Ai Color Scale Editor Color Scale Color Legend Vi Show Color Legend Title Text Elevation Font Arial eq yeyits Size 12 Opacity 1 00 Color Labels Font Arial oy eiits Size 12 K Opacity 1 00 K O Color V Automatic Label Format Label Format 6 3g Max Number of Labels 5 f Aspect Ratio 27 00 8 Make Default Close Figure 5 The color legend tab of the Color Scale Editor dialog Below each of the Title and Labels entry boxes are controls for determining how the title and labels will be drawn in the display area The leftmost control is a menu for choosing the font the available fonts are Ariel the default Courier and Times Next are three formatting attribute buttons controlling whether the text is boldfaced italicized or shadowed respectively The next interface control is a
388. ist of Filters 351 Seed Type Source The value of this property determines how the seeds for the streamlines will be generated The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers The value must be set to one of the following PointSource HighResLineSource Terminal Speed TerminalSpeed This property specifies the terminal speed below which particle advection integration is terminated le 12 Stream Tracer With Custom Source Integrate streamlines in a vector field The Stream Tracer filter generates streamlines in a vector field from a collection of seed points Production of streamlines terminates if a streamline crosses the exterior boundary of the input dataset Other reasons for termination are listed for the MaximumNumberOfSteps TerminalSpeed and MaximumPropagation properties This filter operates on any type of dataset provided it has point centered vectors The output is polygonal data containing polylines This filter takes a Source input that provides the seed points Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Initial Step Length This property specifies the initial integration step size For non adaptive 0 2 InitialIntegrationStep integrators Runge Kutta 2 and Runge Kutta 4 it is fixed always equal to this initial value throughout the integration For an adaptive integrator Runge Kutta
389. istics of all the data creates an output table or tables Statistics of all the data 0 Model a subset of summarizing the entire input dataset the data 1 Assess the data with a model 2 2 Model a subset of the data creates an output table or Model and assess the same data 3 tables summarizing a randomly chosen subset of the input dataset 3 Assess the data with a model adds attributes to the first input dataset using a model provided on the second input port and 4 Model and assess the same data is really just operations 2 and 3 above applied to the same input dataset The model is first trained using a fraction of the input data and then the entire dataset is assessed using that model When the task includes creating a model i e tasks 2 and 4 you may adjust the fraction of the input dataset used for training You should avoid using a large fraction of the input data for training as you will then not be able to detect overfitting The Training fraction setting will be ignored for tasks 1 and 3 Training Fraction Specify the fraction of values from the input dataset to be used for 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 TrainingFraction model fitting The exact set of values is chosen at random from the dataset and less than or equal to 1 Normal Glyphs Filter computing surface normals Filter computing surface normals List of Filters 332
390. it to a colleague On that same dialog are controls for exporting and importing Custom Filters When you save a Custom Filter you are prompted for a location and filename to save the filter in The file format is a simple XML text file that you can simply email or otherwise deliver 58 Quantative Analysis Drilling Down ParaView 2 was almost entirely a qualitative analysis tool It was very good at drawing pictures of large scientific data sets so that you could view the data and tell if it looked right but it was not easy to use for finding hard quantitative information about the data and verifying that that was the case The recommended use was to use ParaView to visualize interact with and subset your data and then export the result into a format that could be imported by a different tool A major goal of ParaView 3 has been to add quantitative analysis capabilities to turn it into a convenient and comprehensive tool in which you can visualize interact with and drill all the way down into the data These capabilities vary from semi qualitative ones such as the Ruler source and Cube Axis representation see Users_Guide_Annotation to Selection which allows you to define and extract arbitrary subsets of the data based to the spreadsheet view which presents the data in textual form Taken together with features like the statistical analysis filters ParaView Users_Guide List_of_filters Descriptive_Statistics calculator filters 2D
391. ivision scheme This filter only operates on triangles so a data set that contains other types of polygons should be passed through the Triangulate filter before applying this filter to it This filter only operates on polygonal data specifically triangle meshes and it produces polygonal output List of Filters 326 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Loop The selected object must be the result of the Input Subdivision filter following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Number of Set the number of subdivision iterations to perform 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 1 and Subdivisions Each subdivision divides single triangles into four new less than or equal to 4 NumberOfSubdivisions triangles Mask Points Reduce the number of points This filter is often used before glyphing Generating vertices is an option The Mask Points filter reduces the number of points in the dataset It operates on any type of dataset but produces only points vertices as output This filter is often used before the Glyph filter but the basic point masking functionality is also available on the Properties page for the Glyph filter Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Generate Vertices Thi
392. jacent triangles is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or or equal to the FeatureAngle value then their boundary is considered a equal to 180 feature edge where the dataset can be split Input This property specifies the input to the Decimate filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Preserve Topology If this property is set to 1 decimation will not split the dataset or 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are PreserveTopology produce holes but it may keep the filter from reaching the reduction accepted target If it is set to 0 better reduction can occur reaching the reduction target but holes in the model may be produced Target Reduction This property specifies the desired reduction in the total number of 0 9 The value must be greater than TargetReduction polygons in the output dataset For example if the TargetReduction or equal to 0 and less than or value is 0 9 the Decimate filter will attempt to produce an output equal to 1 dataset that is 10 the size of the input Delaunay 2D Create 2D Delaunay triangulation of input points It expects a vtkPointSet as input and produces vtkPolyData as output The points are expected to be in a mostly planar distribution Delaunay2D is a filter that constructs a 2D Delaunay triangulation from a list of input points These points
393. ject each A B C D E tuple into the new space and that space will be of dimension 4 not 5 If the Fixed energy basis scheme is used and the Basis Energy property is set to 0 8 then only the first 3 eigenvector components will be used to project each A B C D E tuple into the new space which will be of dimension 3 The number 3 is chosen because 3 is the lowest N for which the sum of the first N eigenvalues divided by the sum of all eigenvalues is larger than the specified Basis Energy i e 5 2 1 5 10 0 85 gt 0 8 The maximum number of eigenvector components to use when projecting into the new space The value must be one of the following Full basis 0 Fixed size basis 1 Fixed energy basis 2 The value must be greater than or equal to l Input Input The input to the filter Arrays from this dataset will be used for computing statistics and or assessed by a statistical model The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData vtkStructuredGrid vtkPolyData vtkUnstructuredGrid vtkTable vtkGraph Model Input ModelInput A previously calculated model with which to assess a separate dataset This input is optional The selected object must be the result of the following so
394. k data file and the serial VTK XML data files to which it points The XML Multi Block Data reader reads the VTK XML multi block data file format XML multi block data files are meta files that point to a list of serial VTK XML files When reading in parallel this reader will distribute sub blocks among processors The expected file extensions are vtm and vtmb Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the VTK XML polygonal dataset FileName format The standard extension is vtp If more than file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide 1 file per time step List of Readers 273 XML Partitioned Image Data Reader Read the summary file and the associated VTK XML image data files The XML Partitioned Image Data reader reads the partitioned VTK image data file format It reads the partitioned format s summary file and then the associated VTK XML image data files The expected file extension is pvti This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the partitioned VTK FileName XML image data format The standard extension is pvti If more than 1 file is specified the r
395. kPolyData gt ret vtkSmartPointer lt vtkPolyData gt New ret gt DeepCopy this gt Elevation gt GetOutput return ret protected H int Index vtkSmartPointer lt vtkSphereSource gt Sphere vtkSmartPointer lt vtkElevationFilter gt Elevation IONE meta GiionEe arge Chars Euaepy sige euegie lt 3 printf Usage s lt cp python file gt lt number of steps gt n return 1 we assume that this is done in parallel MPI_Init amp argc amp argv std string cpPythonFile argv 1 int nSteps atoi argv 2 WERCE PROCESSION SKOCSSSOr EVE KCE Processors sINewW g processor gt Initialize vt kCPPythonScriptPipeline pipeline vt kCPPythonScriptPipeline New vead the coprocessing python file if pipeline gt Initialize cpPythonFile c_str 0 cout lt lt Problem reading the python script n return 1 processor gt AddPipeline pipeline pipeline gt Delete if nSteps 0 return 0 argv 0 C CoProcessing example 179 create a data source typically this will come from the adaptor but here we use generator to create it ourselves DataGenerator generator do coprocessing double tStart 0 0 double tEnd 1 0 double stepSize tEnd tStart nSteps vtkCPDataDescription dataDesc vtkCPDataDescription New dataDesc gt AddInput input
396. ke sure to set the output type to vtkImageData Here is the script pinput vtk vtkImageData jouliajomne Secaxcceme O 10 O 1G O 0 pimpi ee Orn O iL 10 PLVSwie SS Spacing 0 5 T 5 O 5 probe vtk vtkProbeFilter probe SetInput pinput input_copy inputs 0 NewInstance input_copy UnRegister None input_copy ShallowCopy inputs 0 VTKObject probe SetSource input_copy probe Update output ShallowCopy probe GetOutput Note See the next section for details about using a VTK filter within the Programmable Filter If you already applied you may notice that the output looks much bigger than it should be This is because we are missing an important piece We need to use the following as the RequestInformation script from paraview util import SetOutputWholeExtent SetOutputWholeExtent self 0 10 0 10 0 10 This requires a bit of explanation VTK expects that all data sources and filters that produce structured data rectilinear or curvilinear grids to provide meta data about the logical extents of the output dataset before full execution Thus the RequestInformation is called by the Programmable Filter before execution and is where you should provide this meta data This is not required if the filter is simply copying the mesh as the meta data would have been provided by another pipeline object upstream However if you are using the Programmable Filter to produce a structur
397. king with Point Coordinates You may have noticed that one point centered vector and its 3 components are always available in the Calculator This vector is called coords and represents the point coordinates You can use this array in your expression like any other array For example in our example above we could use mag coords RTData to scale RTData with the distance of the point to the origin It is also possible to change the coordinates of the mesh by checking the Coordinate Results box Note that this does not work for rectilinear grids uniform and non uniform since their point coordinates cannot be adjusted one by one Since our previous examples used a uniform rectilinear grid we cannot use them Instead start with the Sphere source then use this expression coords 2 iHat Make sure to check he Coordinate Results box The output of the Calculator should be a shifted version of the input sphere Dealing with Invalid Results Certain functions are not applicable to certain arguments For example sqrt works only on positive numbers since the calculator does not support complex numbers Unless the Replace invalid results option is turned on an expression that tries to evaluate the square root of a negative number will return an error such as this ERROR In Users berk Work ParaView git VTK Common vtkFunctionParser cxx line 697 vtkFunctionParser 0x128d97730 Trying to take a square root of a negative valu H
398. kitware com products html MultiResolutionStreamingIn VTKAndPara View html 3 http www vistrails org index php ParaView_Plugin Loading Plugins 191 Loading Plugins Loading Plugins There are three ways for loading plugins e Using the GUI Plugin Manager Plugins can be loaded into ParaView using the Plugin Manager accessible from Tools Manage Plugins Extensions menu The Plugin Manager has two sections for loading local plugins and remote plugins enabled only when connected to a server To load a plugin on the local as well as remote side simply browse to the plugin shared library If the loading is successful the plugin will appear in the list of loaded plugins The Plugin manager also lists the paths it searched to load plugins automatically The Plugin Manager remembers all loaded plugins so next time to load the plugin simply locate it in the list and click Load Selected button You can set up ParaView to automatically load the plugin at startup in case of client side plugins or on connecting to the server in case of server side plugins by checking the Auto Load checkbox on a loaded plugin m Plugin Manager x FT Plugin Manager E Local plugins are automatically searched as l f ear aeo m ram koaia i O home utkarsh Kitware ParaView3 ParaView3Bin bin plugins Local plugins are automatically searched for in home utkarshKitware ParaView3 ParaView3Bin bin plugins hom
399. l 2D graphs present some types of information much more readily than 3D renderings do they are usually the best choice for displaying one and two dimensional data The Bar Chart View is very useful for examining the relative quantities of different values within data for example The Bart Chart View is used most frequently to display the output of the Histogram filter This filter divides the range of a component of a specified array from the input data set into a specified number of bins producing a simple sequence of the number of values in the range of each bin A Bar Chart is the natural choice for displaying this type of data In fact the Bar Chart View is the preferred View type for the Histogram filter Filters that have a preferred View type will create a View of the preferred type whenever they are instantiated When the new View is created for the histogram filter the pre existing 3D view is made smaller to make space for the new Chart View The Chart View then becomes the Active View which is denoted with a red border around the View in the display area Clicking on any View window makes it the active View The contents of the Object Inspector and Pipeline Browser panels change and menu items are enabled or disabled whenever a different View becomes active to reflect the Active View s settings and available controls In this way you can independently control numerous Views Simply make a View active and then use the rest of the GUI to
400. l for the first time If you run a macro from the macro toolbar or menu before the python shell has been opened for the first time you will notice a slight delay as python initializes itself You should see a wait cursor while python is initializing CAUTION If this section is not relevant for your ParaView version please read the previous version of that page in history This is for ParaView 3 10 Trace Trace as been introduced in ParaView 3 6 2 as a new module It can be imported with from paraview import smtrace but normally the user never needs to directly use the trace module The trace menu items provides everything for controlling trace e Start trace starts trace If an active trace was previously started it will be stopped cleared and restarted e Stop trace stops trace The trace output generated so far will not be cleared until trace is started again or the python shell is reset Some internal trace data structures hold references to c objects so if you want to make sure everything is cleaned up try resetting the shell e Edit trace opens the built in editor creates a new document and fills it with the current trace output e Save trace opens a prompt for the user to specify a filename and saves trace to disk TIP It s a good idea to stop trace before executing a trace script you just recorded What I do is click the Disconnect server button in the paraview toolbar This will clear the current pipeline objects sto
401. l of the bounding box of or equal to 0 and less than or the input dataset If the maximum point motion during a smoothing iteration equal to 1 is less than the value of this property the smoothing operation terminates Input This property specifies the input to the Smooth filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Number of This property sets the maximum number of smoothing iterations to perform 20 The value must be greater than Iterations More iterations produce better smoothing or equal to 0 NumberOflterations Stream Tracer Integrate streamlines in a vector field The Stream Tracer filter generates streamlines in a vector field from a collection of seed points Production of streamlines terminates if a streamline crosses the exterior boundary of the input dataset Other reasons for termination are listed for the MaximumNumberOfSteps TerminalSpeed and MaximumPropagation properties This filter operates on any type of dataset provided it has point centered vectors The output is polygonal data containing polylines List of Filters 350 MinimumlntegrationStep minimum integration step size Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Initial Step Length This property sp
402. l of the values Bounds Bounds X range 1 22 to 1 17 delta 2 4 Y range 1 25 to 1 25 delta 2 5 Z range 0 to 0 9 delta 0 9 The Bounds section will display the spatial bounds of the dataset These are the coordinates of the smallest axis aligned hexahedron that contains the dataset as well as its dimensions Timesteps Time Index Value 0 0 1 0 000100074 2 0 000199905 3 0 000299964 4 0 000400087 5 0 000499919 6 0 000599935 7 0 000700049 8 0 000800035 9 0 000900061 The Time section shows the index and value of all time steps available in a file or produceable by a source Note that this section display values only when a reader or source is selected even though filters downstream of such sources also have time varying outputs Also note that usually only one time step is loaded at a time Extents Extents X Extent 0 to 46 dimension 47 Y Extent 0 to 32 dimension 33 Z Extent Oto 10 dimension 11 The Extents section is available only for structured datasets uniform rectilinear grid rectilinear grid and curvilinear grid It displays the extent of all three indices that define a structured datasets It also displays the dimensions the number of points in each direction Note that these refer to logical extents and the labels X Extent Y Extent and Z Extent can be somehow misleading for curvilinear grids Information Panel 21 Data Hierarchy AMR Data Hierarchy AMR Dataset Level 0
403. lation results can be computationally prohibitive try paraview simple except from paraview simple import cp_writers def RequestDataDescription datadescription Callback to populate the request for current timestep timestep datadescription GetTimeStep input_name input o if timestep 1 0 datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name AllFieldsoOn datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name GenerateMeshoOn else datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name All1FieldsOff datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name GenerateMeshOff def DoCoProcessing datadescription Callback to do co processing for current timestep global cp_writers cp_writers timestep datadescription GetTimeStep Spherel CreateProducer datadescription input ParallelPolyDataWriterl CreateWriter XMLPPolyDataWriter raone epel sic senvicjo il C CoProcessing example 181 for writer in cp_writers o if timestep writer cpFrequency 0 writer FileName writer cpFileName replace St str timestep writer UpdatePipeline explicitly delete the proxies we do it this way to avoid problems with prototypes tobedeleted GetProxiesToDelete while len tobedeleted gt 0 Delete tobedeleted 0 tobedeleted GetProxiesToDelete def GetProxiesToDelete iter servermanager vtkSMProxyIterator
404. lator will extract the first component of the BrownianVectors attribute All of the Calculator s functions are applicable to vectors Most of these functions treat the vector attributes same as scalars mainly apply the same functions to all components of all elements However the following functions work only on vectors e v1 v2 Dot product of two vectors Returns a scalar e norm Creates a new array which contains normalized versions of the input vectors e mag Returns the magnitude of input vectors You may have noticed that 4 calculator buttons on the Object Inspector are not actually functions Clear is straightforward It cleans the expression entry box iHat jHat and kHat on the other hand are not as clear These represent unit vectors in X Y and Z directions They can be used to construct vectors from scalars Let s consider a simple but common use case We want to set the Z component of BrownianVectors from the previous example to 0 The expression to do that is BrownianVectors_X iHat BrownianVectors_Y jHat 0 kHat This expression multiplies the X unit vector with the X component of the input vector the Y unit vector with the Y component and the Z unit vector with 0 and add them together You can use this sort of expression to create vectors from individual components of a vector if the reader loaded them separately for example Note We didn t really need the 0 kHat bit It was for demonstration Calculator 67 Wor
405. le ParaVlew_UG_Info_Amr png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Info_Multiblock png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Info_Multiblock png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UG_Statistics_inspector png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_Statistics_inspector png License unknown Contributors anonymous edits Image ParaViewDisplayingDataFigurel png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewDisplayingDataFigurel png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewDisplayingDataFigure2 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewDisplayingDataFigure2 png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ViewSettingsGeneral png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ViewSettingsGeneral png License unknown Contributors Utkars Image ViewSettingsLights png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ViewSettingsLights png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ViewSettingsAnnotation png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ViewSettingsAnnotation png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image 3DViewDisplayView png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File 3D ViewDisplay View png License unknown Contributors Utkars Image 3DViewDisplayColor png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File 3D ViewDisplayColor png License unknown Contributors Utkar
406. le format containing a vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet The expected file extensions is either vthb or vth Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the VTK XML polygonal dataset FileName format The standard extension is vtp If more than file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide 1 file per time step XML Image Data Reader Read serial VTK XML image data files The XML Image Data reader reads the VTK XML image data file format The standard extension is vti This reader also supports file series reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the VTK XML FileName image data format The standard extension is vti If more than file is specified the Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader XML MultiBlock Data Reader Read a VTK XML multi bloc
407. lected object must be the result Input dataset to which the glyphs will be applied of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Maximum Number of Points MaximumNumberOfPoints The value of this property specifies the maximum number of glyphs that should appear in the output dataset if the value of the UseMaskPoints property is 1 See the UseMaskPoints property The value must be greater than or equal to 0 Random Mode If the value of this property is 1 then the points to glyph are Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted RandomMode chosen randomly Otherwise the point ids chosen are evenly spaced Scalars This property indicates the name of the scalar array on which to An array of scalars is required SelectInputScalars operate The indicated array may be used for scaling the glyphs See the SetScaleMode property Vectors This property indicates the name of the vector array on which to An array of vectors is required SelectInputVectors operate The indicated array may be used for scaling and or orienting the glyphs See the SetScaleMode and SetOrient properties Orient SetOrient If this property is set to 1 the glyphs will be oriented based on the selected vector array Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted List of Filters 319
408. les PARAVIEW_GENERATE_PROXY_DOCUMENTATION ON To ensure that the html documentation for the sources filters readers writes is generated and packed into the application turn the following flag ON PARAVIEW_INSTALL_DEVELOPMENT OFF ON To package development files so that people can build plugins custom apps using the installation PARAVIEW_BUILD_QT_GUI ON OFF To enable building the Qt client PARAVIEW_EXTRA_INSTALL_RULES_FILE Adding custom install rules You can add additional install rules by writing a custom cmake file with install rules and then set PARAVIEW_EXTRA_INSTALL_RULES_FILE cmake variable to point to that file ParaView process all install rules that have the COMPONENT set to either Runtime for executables or RuntimeLibraries for shared libraries or BrandedRuntime for custom application specific libraries executables only and Development when PARAVIEW_INSTALL_DEVELOPMENT is TRUE So you want to add your install rules with appropriate COMPONENT values in this custom cmake file e g you want to include mpilibs in the installation in that case the custom install rules file could look something as follows lt font color 000 gt lt font color 000000 gt INSTALL FILES S MPI_LIBRARY MPI_EXTRA_LIBRARY DESTINATION PV_INSTALL_LIB_ DIR COMPONENT RuntimeLibraries lt 7 BOniee lt 7 rOn Generate Package Following the configuration simply run make to compile and build On Unix lik
409. lized positions Alternatively you may modify the scalar values of any node including the endpoints if Automatically Rescale to Fit Data Range is off by clicking a node to highlight it and typing a new value in the Scalar Value entry box By changing the minimum and maximum color map values it is possible to manually specify what range of data values the color map will cover Pressing the Rescale to Data Range button on the Color Scale tab of the Color Scale Editor sets the range to cover only the current data set If Use Discrete Colors is checked the Resolution slider at the bottom of the dialog specifies the number of colors to in the color map The scale ranges from 2 to 256 the default The fewer the number of colors the larger the range each color covers This is useful if the data attribute has a small number of distinct values or if larger ranges of the array values should be mapped to the same color Color Scale Editor Color Scale Color Legend Show Color Legend Title 2 Font Arial B JS opacty 1 00 Labels omat 885 Font Arial B S opacity 1 00 1 Number of Labels 5 a Figure 3 Scalar Bar controls 44 Modifying Data Rationale Manipulating Data In the course of either searching for information within data or in preparing images for publication that help to explain data it is often necessary to process the raw data in various ways Examples include slicing int
410. ll as it may install more files than required CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX is not applicable when using cpack and will have no effect Build trees of ParaView on non Windows systems always have RPATH information embedded in the binaries When a make install is performed or CPACK is used all RPATH information is stripped from the binaries in the install tree By default ParaView builds forwarding executables launchers that are installed in the bin directory These binaries properly setup the environment to launch the equivalent executable in the lib paraview x y directory If you are compiling a MESA version of the ParaView server start the server with the use offscreen memory flag Notes Compiling on the Mac To compile on the Mac follow the instructions for Unix The recommended configuration settings are BUILD_SHARED_LIBS 0N Environment Variables If you build with shared libraries you may have to add the Qt directory to you PATH environment variables to run paraview On windows one way to do so is to open up the environment variables dialog by clicking through Start gt Control Panel gt System gt Advanced gt Environment Variables From that dialog add a new user variable called PATH with a value of C Qt 4 6 3 bin For other operating systems add Qt 4 6 3 lib to your LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable How to build compile install 387 ParaView Welcome Site Map h References 1 http www cmake org
411. ll come to representing a cone and the more polygons it will conteniimi ERE This gives you a full list of properties Let s check what the resolution property is set to gt gt gt cone Resolution 6 You can increase the resolution as shown below gt gt gt cone Resolution 32 Alternatively we could have specified a value for resolution when creating the object gt gt gt cone Cone Resolution 32 You can assign values to any number of properties during construction using keyword arguments Let s also change the center Python Scripting 143 gt gt gt cone Center Oco Ol OF Oe 00 SSS Cone Cenmcer l 2 3 Vector properties such as this one support setting and getting of individual elements as well as slices ranges of elements gt gt gt Cones emtets Oli l an 2 Al gt gt gt cone Center 250 220 350 Next let s apply a shrink filter to the cone gt gt gt shrinkFilter Shrink cone gt gt gt shrinkFilter Input lt paraview servermanager Cone object at Oxaf701f 0 gt At this point if you are interested in getting some information about the output of the shrink filter you can force it to update which will also cause the execution of the cone source For details about VTK s demand driven pipeline model used by ParaView see one of the VTK books gt gt gt shrinkFilter UpdatePipeline gt gt gt shrinkFilter GetDataInformation GetNumberOfCe
412. llowing SetScaleMode should be scaled based on the point centered scalar 0 vector 1 vector_components scalars vectors in the input dataset 2 off 3 Glyph Type This property determines which type of glyph will be The selected object must be the result of the Source placed at the points in the input dataset following sources includes readers glyph_sources The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData The value must be set to one of the following ArrowSource ConeSource CubeSource CylinderSource LineSource SphereSource GlyphSource2D Mask Points If the value of this property is set to 1 limit the maximum 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted UseMaskPoints number of glyphs to the value indicated by MaximumNumberOfPoints See the MaximumNumberOfPoints property Glyph With Custom Source This filter generates a glyph at each point of the input data set The glyphs can be oriented and scaled by point attributes of the input dataset The Glyph filter generates a glyph at each point in the input dataset The glyphs can be oriented and scaled by the input point centered scalars and vectors The Glyph filter operates on any type of data set Its output is polygonal This filter is available on the Toolbar Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Glyph filter This is the The se
413. lls Sub gt gt gt shrinkFilter GetDataInformation GetNumberOfPoints 128L We will cover the DataInformation class in more detail later Rendering Now that we created a small pipeline let s render the result You will need two objects to render the output of an algorithm in a scene a representation and a view A representation is responsible for taking a data object and rendering it in a view A view is responsible for managing a render context and a collection of representations Simple creates a view by default The representation object is created automatically with Show gt gt gt Show shrinkFilter gt gt gt Render Et voila Python Scripting 144 Zag In the example above we assigned the value returned by Cone and Shrink to Python variables and used them to build our pipeline ParaView keeps track of the last pipeline object created by the user This allows us to accomplish everything we did above using the following code gt gt gt from paraview simple import Create a cone and assign it as the active object gt gt gt COMer lt paraview servermanager Cone object at 0x2910f0 gt Set a property of the active object gt gt gt SetProperties Resolution 32 Apply the shrink filter to the active object Shrink is now active SMr ink O lt paraview servermanager Shrink object at Oxaf64050 gt Show shrink gt gt gt Show lt paraview serverma
414. loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItPlainTextReader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are csv tsv and txt Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 261 VisItPoint3DReader Reads an ASCII file containing X Y Z and data value columns Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit Th
415. lowing Type vtkImageData by default or vtkRectilinearGrid Image Data 0 Rectilinear Grid 1 BlockOutputType File Name This property specifies the file name for the Enzo reader FileName Load Particles Load particles when on 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted LoadParticles Max Level Do not blocks above this level 100 MaxLevel List of Readers 213 ExodusII Reader Read an Exodus II file to produce an unstructured grid The Exodus reader loads Exodus II files and produces an unstructured grid output The default file extensions are g e eX2 ex2v2 exo gen exoll exii 0 00 000 and 0000 The file format is described fully at http endo sandia gov SEACAS Documentation exoduslI pdf Each Exodus file contains a single set of points with 2 D or 3 D coordinates plus one or more blocks sets and maps Block group elements or their bounding edges or faces of the same type together Sets select subsets across all the blocks in a file of elements sides of elements which may be of mixed dimensionality bounding faces of volumetric elements or bounding edges of volumetric or areal elements Each block or set may have multiple result variables each of which defines a value per element per timestep The elements cells faces of elements when enumerated in face blocks edges of elements when enumerated in edge blocks and nodes points in a file may be assigned an arbitrary
416. lowing sources includes readers dataset s arrays filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Replace Invalid This property determines whether invalid values in the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Results computation will be replaced with a specific value See the ReplaceInvalidValues ReplacementValue property Replacement Value If invalid values in the computation are to be replaced with 0 ReplacementValue another value this property contains that value Result Array Name This property contains the name for the output array containing Result ResultArrayName the result of this computation List of Filters 295 Cell Centers Create a point no geometry at the center of each input cell The Cell Centers filter places a point at the center of each cell in the input data set The center computed is the parametric center of the cell not necessarily the geometric or bounding box center The cell attributes of the input will be associated with these newly created points of the output You have the option of creating a vertex cell per point in the outpuut This is useful because vertex cells are rendered but points are not The points themselves could be used for placing glyphs using the Glyph filter The Cell Centers filter takes any type of data set as input and produces a polygonal data set as output Property Descripti
417. ls through the tile mullion x or tmx and tile mullion y or tmy command line arguments The IceT library which ParaView uses for its image compositing has custom compositing algorithms that work on tiled displays Although compositing images for large tiled displays is a compute intensive process IceT reduces the overall amount of work by employing custom compositing strategies and removing empty tiles from the computation as demonstrated in Figure 14 If the number of nodes is greater than the number of tiles then the image compositing work will be divided amongst all the processes in the render server In general rendering to a tiled display will perform significantly better if there are many more nodes in the cluster than tiles in the display it drives It also greatly helps if the geometry to be rendered is spatially distributed Spatially distributed data is broken into contiguous pieces that are contained in small regions of space and are therefore rendered to smaller areas of the screen IceT takes advantage of this property to reduce the amount of work required to composite the final images ParaView includes the D3 filter that redistributes data amongst the processors to ensure a spatially distributed geometry and thus improves tiled rendering performance Tile Display Walls 136 Unlike other parallel rendering modes composited images are not delivered to the client Instead image compositing is reserved for generatin
418. ls the maximum field error allowed at any FieldError2 edge midpoint in the output tessellation The field error is measured as the difference between a field value at the midpoint of an output edge and the value of the corresponding field in the original nonlinear geometry Input This property specifies the input to the Tessellate filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData vtkDataSet vtkUnstructuredGrid Maximum Number of This property specifies the maximum number of times an edge 3 The value must be greater than or Subdivisions may be subdivided Increasing this number allows further equal to 0 and less than or equal MaximumNumberOfSubdivisions refinement but can drastically increase the computational and to 8 storage requirements especially when the value of the OutputDimension property is 3 Merge Points If the value of this property is set to 1 coincident vertices will 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are MergePoints be merged after tessellation has occurred Only geometry is accepted considered during the merge and the first vertex encountered is the one whose point attributes will be used Any discontinuities in point fields will be lost On the other hand many operations such as streamline generation require coincident vertices to be merged Toggle whether to merge co
419. ly efficient by taking advantage of intimate knowledge of the simulation code and knowing that VTK filters will not modify input data Examples include e Only creating the VTK grid in the first call to the adaptor if the grid is not changing topologically or geometrically e Using the SetArray method to build vtkDataArray objects that use existing memory used by the simulation code instead of allocating and copying existing memory Finally we suggest looking at either the C coprocessing example and or the python coprocessing example to see how the entire cO processing flow works Additonally the code in Para View3 CoProcessing CoProcessor Testing Cxx PythonScriptCoProcessingExample cxx is also worth a look This is used to test the co processing library and can be run with the command ctest R CoProcessing CoProcessing 177 References 1 http paraview org Wiki Cross_compiling ParaView3_and_WTK 2 http paraview org Wiki ParaView 3 http www vtk org Wiki VTK 4 http www paraview org ParaView3 Doc Nightly html classes html 5 http www paraview org ParaView3 Doc Nightly html group__CoProcessing html C CoProcessing example This example is used to demonstrate how the co processing library can be used with a C based simulation code In the ParaView CoProcessing Adaptors FortranAdaptors directory there is code useful for integrating C or Fortran based simulation codes withthe co processing library Note
420. m vtkDataSet Ribbon This filter generates ribbon surface from lines It is useful for displaying streamlines The Ribbon filter creates ribbons from the lines in the input data set This filter is useful for visualizing streamlines Both the input and output of this filter are polygonal data The input data set must also have at least one point centered vector array Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Angle The value of this property specifies the offset angle in degrees of the ribbon from 0 The value must be greater Angle the line normal than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 360 Default Normal The value of this property specifies the normal to use when the UseDefaultNormal 00 1 DefaultNormal property is set to 1 or the input contains no vector array SelectInput Vectors property Input This property specifies the input to the Ribbon filter The selected object must Input be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData List of Filters 347 Scalars The value of this property indicates the name of the input scalar array used by this An array of scalars is SelectInputScalars filter The width of the ribbons will be varied based on the values in the specified required array if the value of the W
421. may be represented by any dataset of type vtkPointSet and subclasses The output of the filter is a polygonal dataset containing a triangle mesh The 2D Delaunay triangulation is defined as the triangulation that satisfies the Delaunay criterion for n dimensional simplexes in this case n 2 and the simplexes are triangles This criterion states that a circumsphere of each simplex in a triangulation contains only the n 1 defining points of the simplex In two dimensions this translates into an optimal triangulation That is the maximum interior angle of any triangle is less than or equal to that of any possible triangulation Delaunay triangulations are used to build topological structures from unorganized or unstructured points The input to this filter is a list of points specified in 3D even though the triangulation is 2D Thus the triangulation is constructed in the x y plane and the z coordinate is ignored although carried through to the output You can use the option ProjectionPlaneMode in order to compute the best fitting plane to the set of points project the points and that plane and then perform the triangulation using their projected positions and then use it as the plane in which the triangulation is performed List of Filters 304 The Delaunay triangulation can be numerically sensitive in some cases To prevent problems try to avoid injecting points that will result in triangles with bad aspect ratios 1000 1 or greater In
422. mes for the StartTheta track gt gt gt key 0 CompositeKeyFrame gt gt gt keyf 0 Interpolation Ramp At time 0 value 0 gt gt gt keyt0 ke eyTime 0 gt gt gt keyf0 KeyValues 0 gt gt keyi Composicekey rene At time 1 0 value 200 gt gt gt MeyEl Keytime L O gt gt gt keyf1 KeyValues 200 Add keyframes gt gt gt cue KeyFrames keyf0 keyf1 Python Scripting 159 gt gt gt scene Play Some properties you can change Number of frames used in Sequence mode scene NumberOfFrames 100 Or you can use real time mode scene PlayMode Real Time scene Duration 20 GetAnimationTrack Usages Typical usage gt gt gt track GetAnimationTrack Center 0 sphere or gt gt gt track GetAnimationTrack sphere GetProperty Radius or this returns the track to animate visibility of the active source in all views gt gt gt track GetAnimationTrack Visibility For animating properties on implicit planes etc use the following signatures gt gt gt track GetAnimationTrack slice SliceType GetProperty Origin 0 or gt gt gt track GetAnimationTrack Origin 0 slice SliceType Loading Data Files As seen throughout this document you can always load a data file by explicitly creating the reader that can read the data file as follows gt gt gt reader ExodusIIReader FileName
423. mputing resources Simulations save their states only very infrequently to minimize storage requirements This coarse temporal sampling makes it difficult to notice some complex behavior To get past this barrier ParaView can now be easily used to integrate post processing Vvisualization directly with simulation codes This feature is called co processing in ParaView and the difference between work flows when using co processing can be seen in the differences below D Pe pZ vpi uvi Simulain iin Work Flow Without CoProcessing De Simulation v Qo Code Pe PNY ParaView CoProcessing Work Flow With CoProcessing Technical Objectives The main objective of the co processing tool set is to integrate core data processing with the simulation to enable scalable data analysis while also being simple to use for the analyst The tool set has two main parts e An extensible and flexible co processing library The co processing library was designed to be flexible enough to be embedded in various simulation codes with relative ease This flexibility is critical as a library that requires a lot of effort to embed cannot be successfully deployed in a large number of simulations The co processing library also is easily extended so that users can easily deploy new analysis and visualization techniques to existing co processing installations e Configuration tools for co processing configuration It is important for the users to be able to confi
424. ms your data into the required format Since ParaView 3 10 you can also ask ParaView to try to do the conversion for you automatically by clicking Auto convert Properties in the application settings What does that filter do A description of what each filter does what input data types it accepts and what output data types it produces can be found in the ParaViewUsersGuide List_of_filterslAppendix and help menus For a more complete understanding remember that most ParaView filters are simply VTK algorithms each of which is documented online in the VTK http www vtk org doc release 5 6 html classes html and ParaView http www paraview org ParaView3 Doc Nightly html classes html Doxygen wiki pages When one is exploring a given data set one does not want to have to hunt through the detailed descriptions of all of the filters in order to find the one filter that is needed at any given moment It is useful then to be aware of the general high level taxonomy of the different operations that the filters can be logically grouped into These are e Attribute Manipulation which manipulate the field aligned point aligned and cell aligned data values and in general derive new aligned quantities Including Curvature Elevation Generate Ids Generate Surface Normals Gradient Mesh Quality Principal Component Analysis and Random Vectors e Geometric Manipulation which essentially operate on or manipulate the shape of
425. n one can simply replace cell with point in order to let the user choose from the available point centered arrays The StringVectorProperty named CellArrayStatus lets the ParaView client call the SetCellArrayStatus method on the server The SetCellArrayStatus method is how the reader is told what it should do with each of the arrays the data file contains It takes two parameters the first is the name of the array and the second is an integer indicating whether to read the array 1 or not 0 The StringVectorProperty named CellArrayInfo is an information property that is one through which the ParaView client gathers information from the server The ParaView client uses it to gather the names of the cell centered arrays from the reader See the nested Property sub element in CellArrayStatus s ArraySelectionDomain element In order for this collection to work two methods be implemented in the reader GetNumberOfCellArrays returns the number an int of cell centered arrays in the data file This method does not accept any parameters GetCellArrayName takes a single parameter the array s index starting from 0 This method returns the name of the array a const char with this index or NULL if the array has no name or if the index is larger than the number of arrays lt SourceProxy name XMLPolyDataReader class vtkXMLPolyDataReader label XML Polydata reader gt lt StringVectorProperty name FileName command
426. n tdy will default to 1 tile dimensions y tdy Specify the number of tiles in the vertical direction of the tiled display tile dimensions y number_of_tiles This value defaults to 0 To use this option you must be running in client server or client data server render server mode and this option must be specified on the client command line Setting this option to a value greater than 0 will enable the tiled display If this argument is set to a value greater than 0 and tdx see above is not set then tdx will default to 1 tile mullion x tmx Specify the spacing in pixels between columns in tiled display images tile mullion y tmy Specify the spacing in pixels between rows in tiled display images use offscreen rendering Use offscreen rendering on the satellite processes On unix platforms software rendering or mangled Mesa must be used with this option disable composite dc Use this command line option if the data server does not have rendering resources and you are not using a render server All the rendering will then be done on the client Environment Variables In addition to the command line options previously listed ParaView also recognizes the following environment variables PV_DISABLE_COMPOSITE_INTERRUPTS If this variable is set to 1 it is not possible to interrupt the compositing of images in parallel rendering Otherwise it is interruptible through mouse interaction PV_ICET_WINDOW_BORDERS Set
427. n field data over time This filter extracts the variables that reside in a dataset s field data and are defined over time The output is a 1D rectilinear grid where the x coordinates correspond to time the same array is also copied to a point array named Time or TimeData if Time exists in the input Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Input Input The input from which the selection is extracted The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Plot On Intersection Curves Extracts the edges in a 2D plane and plots them Extracts the surface intersect it with a 2D plane Plot the resulting polylines Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Extract Surface filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Slice Type This property sets the parameters of the slice The value must be set to one of the following Plane Box Sphere Slice function Type Plot On Sorted Lines Property Description Default Restrictions Value s List of Filters 338
428. n running in parallel It gathers all the geometry to first node and saves file Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input to written to the file includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData File Type The type for the data file i e ascii or binary 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii 1 Binary 2 FileType XMLDataSetWriterBase Base for all XML based file series writers List of Writers 370 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Write all timesteps as When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is executed 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are file series once for each timestep available from the reader accepted WriteAllTimeSteps Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the CompressorType appended mode only following None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the DataMode appended binary following Ascii 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode
429. n script for Trace that can be restored or modified and restored later This is very useful for batch processing 10 which is discussed in the Python Scripting chapter To save state means to save enough information about the ParaView session to restore it later and thus show exactly the same result ParaView does so by saving the current visualization pipeline and the parameters of the filters within it If you turn on a trace recording when you first start using ParaView saving a trace can be used for the same purpose as saving state However a trace records all of your actions including the ones that you later undo as you do them It is a more exact recording then of not only what you did but how you did it Traces are saved as python scripts which ParaView can play back in either batch mode or within an interactive GUI session You can use traces then to automate repetitive tasks by recording just that action It is also an ideal tool to learn ParaView s python scripting API Client Server Visualization With small datasets it is usually quite sufficient to run ParaView as a single process on a small laptop or desktop class machine For large data sets a single machine is not likely to have enough processing power and much more importantly memory to process the data In this situation one runs an MPI parallel ParaView Server process on a large machine to do computationally and memory expensive data processing and or rendering tasks an
430. n you should specify a scalar that represents the unique ID This is intended to handle the output of a filter such as the TemporalStreamTracer Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Id Channel Array Specify the name of a scalar array which will be used to fetch the index of each Global or An array of scalars is IdChannelArray point This is necessary only if the particles change position Id order on each time Local IDs required step The Id can be used to identify particles at each step and hence track them properly If this array is set to Global or Local IDs the global point ids are used if they exist or the point index is otherwise Input Input The input cells to create pathlines for The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPointSet List of Filters 335 Mask Points Set the number of particles to track as a ratio of the input Example setting 100 MaskPoints MaskPoints to 10 will track every 10th point Max Step If a particle disappears from one end of a simulation and reappears on the other side 1 1 1 Distance the track left will be unrepresentative Set a MaxStepDistance x y z which acts as a MaxStepDistance threshold above which if a step occurs larger than the value for t
431. nager UnstructuredGridRepresentation object at Oxaf57 90 gt Render the active view gt gt gt Render lt paraview servermanager RenderView object at Oxaf57ff0 gt This was a quick introduction to the paraview simple module In the following sections we will discuss the Python interface in more detail and introduce more advanced concepts paraview simple Module The simple module is a ParaView component written using Python on top of the Server Manager C library Its purpose is to make it easier to create ParaView data analysis and visualization pipelines using Python The simple module can be loaded from Python interpreters running in several applications e pvpython The pvpython application distributed with the ParaView application suite is a Python client to the ParaView servers It supports interactive execution as well as batch execution e pvbatch The pvbatch application also distributed with the ParaView application suite is a Python application designed to run batch scripts on distributed servers When ParaView is compiled with MPI pvbatch can be launched as an MPI program In this mode the first node will load a Python script specified as a command line argument and execute it using a special built in connection on all nodes This application does not support Python Scripting 145 interactive execution e paraview Python scripts can be run from the paraview client using the Python shell that is
432. nager and for the client The server side XML for ParaView s readers is located in the file Servers ServerManager Resources readers xml When ParaView is compiled the server manager XML code for a reader is used to create a proxy object for it The ParaView client accesses the VTK class for the reader on the server through the proxy Below is an excerpt from the server manager XML code for vtkXMLPolyDataReader A few parts of this XML code segment are particularly worth noting and more extensive information about server manager XML code can be found in section Error Reference source not found First notice the String VectorProperty element named FileName It has a command attribute called SetFileName ParaView uses this property to tell the reader what file it should examine This is done very early in the lifetime of a reader Typically ParaView code will give the reader a filename and then call the reader s CanReadFile method If CanReadFile succeeds ParaView will first call RequestInformation to get general information about the data within the file and then call RequestData to read the actual data and produce a vtkDataObject The second notable portion of the XML code below is two properties that let the user choose particular arrays to load from the data file When ParaView sees them it creates a section on the Properties tab for the reader that lets the user select from the available cell centered data arrays In the following discussio
433. names etc available for the chosen element type Next one chooses the operator and finally the value or values Based on the operator one or more values may be entered in the value entry box using comma as the separator In addition based on the data type and the nature of the current session there may additional rows that allow users to qualify the selection using optional parameters such as process number when running in parallel or block number for composite datasets Once you have defined your query hit Run Query button to execute the query If any elements get selected then they will be shown in the spreadsheet in this dialog Also is any of they views are showing the dataset that is selected then they will highlight the selected elements as well just like regular view based selection Querying for Data 84 Displaying the Selection Once a query is executed the selected elements will be highlighted in all views where the selected data is visible If the active view is a 3D view one can choose whether the show labels for selected elements as well as the color to use for showing the selected elements using the controls on the Find Data dialog itself a lt gt Selection Color Labels None B Label Color Extracting the Selection The results of a query are temporary They get replaced when a new query is executed or when the user creates a selection using any of the selection mechanisms Sometimes how
434. nd selecting the beginning and ending points of the line Note that the Show Line option must be selected to activate the line widget The resolution option is used to specify at how many evenly spaced points on the line to query the data set for information the point data to plot with respect to Plot on Sorted Lines The Plot on Sorted Lines filter is used when polydata with line cell types have been extracted from a data set and the user wants to see how point data varies over the line This filter orders the lines by their connectivity instead of their point index The output of the filter is a multiblock with a block for each contiguous line Plot on Intersection Curves The Plot on Intersection Curves filter is used to plot point data where the data set intersects the given polygonal slice object The results is a multiblock of polydatas where each block represents a contiguous set of cells Note that the polydatas will only have 1D cell types Thus if the slice type object intersection with the data set has 2D geometry the filter will take the boundary of the slice type object in order to reduce down to 1D geometry If the slice type is a sphere which is wholly contained in a volumetric data set then the filter parameters are invalid and no lines will be output Plot Selection Over Time The Plot Selection Over Time filter can be used to visualize the variation of point or cell data from a selection with respect to time The selection sh
435. nd that once you find a feature you should go back and visualize it with the full data set There are also several features that can pull out a subset of a volume Clip Threshold Extract Selection and Extract Subset can all extract cells based on some criterion Be aware however that the extracted cells are almost never well balanced expect some processes to have no cells removed Also all of these filters with the exception of Extract Subset will convert structured data types to unstructured grids Therefore they should not be used unless the extracted cells are of at least an order of magnitude less than the source data When possible replace the use of a filter that extracts 3D data with one that will extract 2D surfaces For example if you are interested in a plane through the data use the Slice filter rather than the Clip filter If you are interested in knowing the location of a region of cells containing a particular range of values consider using the Contour filter to generate surfaces at the ends of the range rather than extract all of the cells with the Threshold filter Be aware that substituting filters can have an effect on downstream filters For example running the Histogram filter after Threshold will have an entirely different effect then running it after the roughly equivalent Contour filter Custom Filters aka Macro Filters Macros aka Custom Filters It often happens that once you figure out how to do some specif
436. nd then creating the merging filter from the Filters menu A modified version of the Change Input dialog shown in Figure 5 results this one that lacks a Pipeline Preview pane Click on either of the ports listed in the Available Inputs pane and specify and input for it from the Select Input pane Then switch to the other input in the Available Inputs port and choose the other input on the Select Input pane When you are satisfied with your choices click OK on the dialog and then Apply on the Pipeline Browser to create the merging filter Filter Categories Available Filters There are a great many filters available in ParaView 1 and even more in VTK and because ParaView has a modular architecture it is routine for people to add additional ones 2 Some filters have obscure purposes and are rarely used but others are more general purpose and used very frequently These most common filters are found easily on the Common View gt Toolbars toolbar TAD A AAE Figure 10 Common Filters Toolbar These filters include e Calculator Evaluates a user defined expression on a per point or per cell basis 3 e Contour Extracts the points curves or surfaces where a scalar field is equal to a user defined value This surface is often also called an isosurface e Clip Intersects the geometry with a half space The effect is to remove all the geometry on one side of a user defined plane e Slice Intersects the geometry with a plane
437. nd y can be single values or arrays Same as x y det array Returns the determinant of an array of 2D square matrices determinant array Returns the determinant of an array of 2D square matrices diagonal dataset Returns the diagonal length of each cell in a dataset dot a1 a2 Returns the dot product of two scalars vectors of two array of scalars vectors eigenvalue array Returns the eigenvalue of an array of 2D square matrices eigenvector array Returns the eigenvector of an array of 2D square matrices exp x Returns power e x global_max array Returns the maximum value of an array of scalars vectors tensors among all process Not yet supported for multi block and AMR datasets global_mean array Returns the mean value of an array of scalars vectors tensors among all process Not yet supported for multi block and AMR datasets global_min array Returns the minimum value of an array of scalars vectors tensors among all process Not yet supported for multi block and AMR datasets gradient array Returns the gradient of an array of scalars vectors inv array Returns the inverse an array of 2D square matrices inverse array Returns the inverse of an array of 2D square matrices jacobian dataset Returns the jacobian of an array of 2D square matrices laplacian array Returns the jacobian of an array of scalars In array Returns the natural logarithm of an array of scalars vectors tenso
438. ndaries of blocks Multiprocess If this property is off each process 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Communication executes independantly MultiprocessCommunication Select Material Arrays This property specifies the cell arrays from An array of scalars is required SelectMaterialArrays which the clip filter will compute clipped cells Volume Fraction Value This property specifies the values at which 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 and less VolumeF ractionSurface Value to compute the isosurface than or equal to 1 Annotate Time Filter Shows input data time as text annnotation in the view The Annotate Time filter can be used to show the data time in a text annotation Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Format The value of this property is a format string used to display the Time f Format input time The format string is specified using printf style Input This property specifies the input dataset for which to display the The selected object must be the result of the Input time following sources includes readers filters Scale The factor by which the input time is scaled 1 Scale Shift The amount of time the input is shifted after scaling 0 Shift List of Filters 292 Append Attributes Copies geometry from first input Puts all of the arrays into the output The Append Attributes filter takes multiple inp
439. ndex php oldid 34257 Contributors Patmarion Sebastien jourdain Batch Processing Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37243 Contributors DaveDemarle CoProcessing Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37715 Contributors Andy bauer Matthew bowman Patmarion C CoProcessing example Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36287 Contributors Andy bauer Python CoProcessing Example Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36288 Contributors Andy bauer What are Plugins Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37753 Contributors DaveDemarle Rmaynard Robert Maynard 1 anonymous edits Included Plugins Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37785 Contributors DaveDemarle Robert Maynard Loading Plugins Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37757 Contributors DaveDemarle Command Line Arguments Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 38903 Contributors DaveDemarle Robert Maynard Sebastien jourdain Application Settings Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37532 Contributors DaveDemarle Utkarsh List of Readers Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37725 Contributors DaveDemarle Sebastien jourdain List of Sources Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37124 Contributors Sebastien jourdain List of Filters Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37617 Contributors DaveDemarle Sebastien jourdain Article Sources and Contributor
440. ndex php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_charts png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_renderview_general png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View_UsersGuide_settings_renderview_general png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_camera png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_camera png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image Brpv ccmake png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Brpv_ccmake png License unknown Contributors Andy Image Brpv cmakesetup png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Brpv_cmakesetup png License unknown Contributors Andy Image Brpv make png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Brpv_make png License unknown Contributors Andy Image Brpy visualstudio71 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Brpv_visualstudio71 png License unknown Contributors Andy License 400 License Attribution2 5 http creativecommons org licenses by 2 5
441. ne corresponds to the maximum Any interior nodes correspond to values between these two extremes New nodes may be added to the color editor by left clicking in the editor this determines the scalar value associated with the node but that value may be changed by typing a new value in the Scalar Value text box below the color map editor or by clicking and dragging a node The scalar value for a particular node may not be changed such that it is less than that for a node left of it or greater than that for a node right of it When volume rendering the vertical height of a node indicates its opacity For surface rendering opacity is determined for an entire data set not based on the underlying scalar values When a node in the color map editor is clicked it becomes highlighted i e drawn larger than the other spheres in the editor In the example above the second node from the left has been selected Clicking again on the selected node displays a color chooser from which you may select a new color for the node Pressing the d or Delete key while a node is selected removes that node from the editor Only the endpoint nodes may not be deleted Below the color map editor or transfer function editor for volume rendering is a set of three text boxes for changing the scalar value opacity and scale associated with a given node Only the scalar value is associated with surface rendering The scalar values at the endpoints may only be changed
442. ned to retrieve quantitative values from the data These filters compute data on the mesh extract elements from the mesh or plot data Statistics This contains filters that provide descriptive statistics of data primarily in tabular form Temporal Filters that analyze or modify data that changes over time All filters can work on data that changes over time because they are re executed at each time step Filters in this category have the additional capability to inspect and make use of or even modify the temporal dimension e Alphabetical Many filters do not fit into the above categories so all filters can be found here Filter Window Help Append Attributes Append Datasets Append Geometry Calculator Cell Centers Clean Clean to Grid Clip Connectivity Curvature Cut Decimate Delaunay2D Elevation Extract Edges Extract Surface Feature Edges Glyph Group Datasets Group Parts Integrate Attributes Linear Extrusion Loop Subdivision Mask Points Mesh Quality Normals generation Outline Outline Corners Warp vector Pick Point Data to Cell Data Probe Quadric Clustering Random Vectors Reflection Ribbon Rotational Extrusion Shrink Smooth Stream Tracer Subdivide Surface Flow Surface vectors Tessellate Tetrahedralize Transform Triangle Strips Triangulate Tube Figure 11 A portion of the Alphabetical submenu of the Filters menu Searching through these lists of filters
443. ng CompressorType appended mode only None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following DataMode appended binary Ascii 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected XMLPRectilinearGridWriter Writer to write rectilinear grid in a xml based vtk data file Can be used for parallel writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written The selected dataset must be one of the Input to the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkRectilinearGrid Write all timesteps as file series WriteAllTimeSteps When WriteAl TimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 executed once for each timestep available from the reader Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following None CompressorType appended mode only 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii DataMode append
444. ning e Client Server Attach the ParaView client to a server e Client Server reverse connection Connect a server to the ParaView client e Client Data Server Render Server Attach the ParaView client to separate data and render servers e Client Data Server Render Server reverse connection Attach both a data and a render server to the ParaView client In either of the client server modes you must specify the name or IP address of the host machine node 0 for the server You may also enter a port number to use or you may use the default 11111 If you are running in client data server render server mode you must specify one host machine for the data server and another for the render server You will also need two port numbers The default one for the data server is 11111 the default for the render server is 22221 When all of these values have been set click the Configure button at the bottom of the dialog This will cause the Configure Server dialog box shown below to appear You must first specify the startup type The options are Command and Manual Choose Manual to connect to a server that has been started or will be started externally on the command line for instance outside of the ParaView user interface After selecting Manual click the Save button at the bottom of the dialog Configure Server Configure localhost f cs flocalhost Please configure the startup procedure to be used when connecting to
445. nning with a remote server The dialog allows you to control the following e Image size e Aspect Ratio of the Image e Image Quality e Color Palette e Stereo Mode Saving Data 89 Select image quality if applicable 0 low quality 100 high quality Jo S Override Color Palette Stereo Mode if applicable La J Save Animation Once you have created an animation of your data you can save the animation to disk either as a series of images one per animation frame or as a movie file The animation will contain all the visible views To do this select Save Animation from the File menu The Animation Settings Dialog then appears which lets you set properties for the recorded animation Animation Duration sec 10 00 Frame Rate fps 1 00 Number Of Frames 10 i Resolution pixels 934 797 Stereo Mode if applicable _ Disconnect before saving animation Once you press the Save Animation button a save file dialog box will allow you to choose where to save your image or movie file s Enter a file name select an image file type jpg tif or png or a movie file type avi Saving Data 90 Once you choose a file name the animation will play from beginning to end and the animation frames generated will be used to create the selected type of image or movie file s While the image is playing the render window in ParaView will not update with the correct frame If you a
446. no B builtin B cow vtp L Ruler2 Object Inspector Sk x Properties Display Information Reset 3 Delete B Distance Distance 1 57765 M Show Line Pointl 5 0275490 2 6797412 0 781527 Point2 5 0518719 2 7230152 0 7953410 X Axis Y Axis C Z Axis 4 Note Move mouse and use P key to change point position Figure 9 Cube Axes and Rulers used to measure a cow and its horns Pressing the Edit button next to the enable checkbox brings up a dialog that lets you customize the presentation of the axes display You have one tab on this dialog for each of the three axes Use the Title entry to specify a label Use the Show Axes checkbox to enable or disable the given axes Show Ticks and Show Minor Ticks let you customize the division markers along the axis Show Grid Lines extends the major tick marks so that they completely surround the object The Custom Bounds entry allows you to specify your own extent for that axis label At the bottom of the dialog box are controls over all three axes The Fly Mode dropdown controls the way the axes are drawn on different axes dependent on the camera orientation Outer Edges draws opposing edges so as to space the annotation as widely as possible Closest Triad and Furthest Triad draw the nearest and furthest corners respectively The two static options lock the choice of edges to draw so that they do now change as the camera Annotation 104
447. not use registry when running ParaView for testing T OiT Exit application when testing is done Use for testing lnelijo VE Displays available command line arguments machines opt M OOE Specify the network configurations file for the render server TO CrpPE OpE Set a python script to be evaluated on startup SSS IE WS IE SOON s opt Set the name of the server resource to connect Wwaicle waca thas CLient STATES state opt Load the specified statefile pvsm stereo Tell the application to enable stereo rendering only when running on a single process stereo type opt Specify the stereo type This valid only when stereo is specified Possible values are Crystal Eyes Red Blue Interlaced Dresden Anaglyph Checkerboard test baseline opt Add test baseline Can be used multiple times to Command Line Arguments 196 specify multiple baselines for multiple tests in order test directory opt Set the temporary directory where test cas output will be stored test script opt Add test specify multiple tests test threshold opt Add test times to specify multiple image script Can be used multiple times to image threshold Can be used multiple thresholds for multiple tests in order version NW Give the version number and exit EON Tell the application to use VRPN for head tracking vrpn address opt Specify t
448. nput vector array to process An array of vectors is required Vectors SelectInputVectors Table To Points Converts table to set of points The TableToPolyData filter converts a vtkTable to a set of points in a vtkPolyData One must specifies the columns in the input table to use as the X Y and Z coordinates for the points in the output List of Filters 354 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input The selected object must be the result of the following Input sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a array with components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkTable X Column This property specifies which data array is going to be used as An array of scalars is required XColumn the X coordinate in the generated polydata dataset Y Column This property specifies which data array is going to be used as An array of scalars is required YColumn the Y coordinate in the generated polydata dataset Z Column This property specifies which data array is going to be used as An array of scalars is required ZColumn the Z coordinate in the generated polydata dataset Table To Structured Grid Converts to table to structured grid The TableToStructuredGrid filter converts a vtkTable to a vtkStructuredGrid One must specifies the columns in
449. ns Value s Array This property controls the association of the output array 0 The value must be one of the following Point Data Association as well as which arrays are defined as variables 0 Cell Data 1 ArrayAssociation Array Name The name of the output array result ArrayName Copy Arrays If this property is set to true all the cell and point arrays 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted CopyArrays from first input are copied to the output Expression The Python expression evaluated during execution Expression Input Input Set the input of the filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Quadric Clustering This filter is the same filter used to generate level of detail for ParaView It uses a structured grid of bins and merges all points contained in each bin The Quadric Clustering filter produces a reduced resolution polygonal approximation of the input polygonal dataset This filter is the one used by ParaView for computing LODs It uses spatial binning to reduce the number of points in the data set points that lie within the same spatial bin are collapsed into one representative point List of Filters 344 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Copy Cell Data
450. nstant over each cell Due to this property many filters in VTK cannot be directly applied to cell centered attributes It is normally required to apply a Cell Data to Point Data filter In ParaView this filter is applied automatically when necessary VTK Data Model Uniform Rectilinear Grid Image Data A uniform rectilinear grid aka image data defines its topology and point coordinates implicitly To fully define the mesh for an image data VTK uses the following e Extents these define the minimum and maximum indices in each direction For example an image data of extents 0 9 0 19 0 29 has 10 points in the x direction 20 points in the y direction and 30 points in the x direction The total number of points is 10 20 30 e Origin this is the position of a point defined with indices 0 0 0 VTK Data Model 12 e Spacing this is the distance between each point Spacing for each direction can defined independently The coordinate of each point is defined as follows coordinate origin index spacing where coordinate origin index and spacing are vectors of length 3 Note that the generic VTK interface for all datasets uses a flat index The i j k index can be converted to this flat index as follows idx_flat k npts_x npts_y j nptr_x i A uniform rectilinear grid consists of cells of the same type This type is determined by the dimensionality of the dataset based on the extents and c
451. nstants representing unit vectors in the X Y and Z directions respectively The scalars menu lists the names of the scalar arrays and the components of the vector arrays of either the point centered or cell centered data The vectors menu lists the names of the point centered or cell centered vector arrays The function will be computed for each point or cell using the scalar or vector value of the array at that point or cell The filter operates on any type of data set but the input data set must have at least one scalar or vector array The arrays can be either point centered or cell centered The Calculator filter s output is of the same data set type as the input Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Attribute Mode This property determines whether the computation is to be 0 The value must be one of the following AttributeMode performed on point centered or cell centered data point_data 1 cell_data 2 field_data 5 Coordinate Results The value of this property determines whether the results of 0 Only the values 0 and are accepted CoordinateResults this computation should be used as point coordinates or as a new array Function This property contains the equation for computing the new Function array Input This property specifies the input dataset to the Calculator filter The selected object must be the result of Input The scalar and vector variables may be chosen from this the fol
452. nt to plot as shown in Figure 6 Currently only one cell or point can be plotted at once in the same xy plot view One can create multiple plot views to show multiple plots simultaneously Querying for Data 82 Querying for Data As previously described Selection is a mechanism in ParaView for sub setting and focusing on a particular elements in the dataset Different views provides different mechanisms for selecting elements e g one can select visible cells or points using the 3D View Another mechanism for creating selections is by specifying a selection criteria For example support you want to select all cell where the pressure value is between a certain threshold In such cases one can use the Find Data dialog The Find Data dialog performs a dual role not only does it enable specifying the selection criteria but also show details of the selected elements in a spreadsheet This makes it easier to inspect the selected elements To open the Find Data dialog choose Find Data from the Edit menu 8 0 0 Mi Find Data Find Cell from can ex2 HJ Global ID FA is E 12 Run Selection Query Query Results EQPS Objectid GlobalElementid edigreeElementic 0 0 1 12 12 11 lt gt Selection Color Labels None H Label Color I SS Sy EE EEE 7 X AEE X Extract Selection Plot Selection Over Time Close When to use Find Data This feature is
453. ntData DISPL block PointData append displ 0 displ_x for block in output process_block block Alternatively you can use the MultiCompositeDatalterator to iterate over the input and output block simultaneously The following is equivalent to the previous example def process_block input_block output_block displ input_block PointData DISPL OQUiEPUEM ORO ck PomsntDaite ama ocinel CaesToum i 10 S from paraview vtk dataset_adapter import MultiCompositeDatalIterator iter MultiCompositeDatalIterator inputs 0 output for input_block output_block in iter process_block input_block output_block Advanced but read it anyway Changing Output Type So far all of the examples we discussed depended on that the output type being the same as input and that the Programmable Filter copied the input mesh to the output If we set the output type to something other than Same as Input we are on own the Programmable Filter will create an empty output of the type we specified but will not copy any information Even though it may be more work this gives us a lot of flexibility Since we are approaching the realm of full blown VTK filter authoring we will pick a very simple example here If you are already familiar with VTK API you will realize that this is a great way of prototyping VTK filters If you are not reading up on VTK is a good idea Create a Wavelet source apply a Programmable Filter set the output type t
454. o explore the raw data in a spreadsheet like display Users can inspect cells and points and data values associated with these using this view This makes it a very useful for drilling down into the data Spreadsheet View as the name suggests is a view i e users can create one by splitting the main view frame in the application client area Refer to the chapter on Views for details on views Spreadsheet View can only show one dataset at a time However users can use ParaView s multi view capabilities to create multiple spreadsheet views for inspecting different datasets D amp goag E a EPET D Di R Timen a wes Solid Color Representation T E as fx as xt zt EVSCTHEY OE Ses Pipeline Browser 60 builtin disk_out_ref ex2 Object Inspector oo Properties Display Information EF Apply Reset Reset X Delete 5 gt lejoje V Variables S 7 g Object Ids Showing disk_out_ref ex2_ ejAttribute Point Data _j JPrecision 6 gt x Global Element Ids i M Global Node Ids _ m 2 Temp 403 602 3 04367 0 0225269 0 155207 _ 0 00513436 Mtv 3s Pres 293 15 02 0 0228326 0 183455 0 00628242 AsH3 408 484 3 27034 0 0200325 0 152604 0 00486084 m GaMe3 ce je M CH4 15 293 15 0 0 0201155 0 18188 0 00602587 0 001024 2 M2 CE 16 403 6 2 79554 0 0225275 0 155207 0 00
455. o it is discussed here The first filter output is a multiblock dataset consisting of 2 tables 1 Raw covariance data 2 Covariance matrix and its Cholesky decomposition The raw covariance table has 3 meaningful columns 2 titled Column1 and Column2 whose entries generally refer to the N arrays you selected when preparing the filter and 1 column titled Entries that contains numeric values The first row will always contain the number of observations in the statistical analysis The next N rows contain the mean for each of the N arrays you selected The remaining rows contain covariances of pairs of arrays The second table covariance matrix and Cholesky decomposition contains information derived from the raw covariance data of the first table The first N rows of the first column contain the name of one array you selected for analysis These rows are followed by a single entry labeled Cholesky for a total of N 1 rows The second column Mean contains the mean of each variable in the first N entries and the number of observations processed in the final N 1 row The remaining columns there are N one for each array contain 2 matrices in triangular format The upper right triangle contains the covariance matrix which is symmetric so its lower triangle may be inferred The lower left triangle contains the Cholesky decomposition of the covariance matrix which is triangular so its upper triangle is zero Because the diagonal must be
456. o select which view is rendered Python Scripting 153 gt gt gt Show elev GetRenderViews 1 lt paraview servermanager GeometryRepresentation object at Oxaf64e30 gt gt gt gt Render GetRenderViews 1 Notice that Show returns a representation object aka DisplayProperties in the simple module This object can be used to manipulate how the pipeline object is displayed in the view You can also access the display properties of an object using GetDisplayProperties gt gt gt dp GetDisplayProperties elev gt gt gt cle lt paraview servermanager GeometryRepresentation object at Oxaf649d0 gt Display properties and views have a large number of documented properties some of which are poorly documented We will cover some them here gt gt gt from paraview simple import Create a simple pipeline gt gt gt sph Sphere gt gt gt elev Elevation sph gt gt gt Show elev gt gt gt Render Set the representation type of elev gt gt gt dp GetDisplayProperties elev gt gt gt dp Representation Points Here is how you get the list of representation types gt gt gt dp GetProperty Representation Available Outline Points Wireframe Surface Surface With Edges gt gt gt Render Change the representation to wireframe gt gt gt clo Representacion VWaieeivicenas gt gt gt Render Let s get
457. o the data to make the interior visible extracting regions that have particular qualities and computing statistical measurements from the data All of these operations involving taking in some original data and using it to compute some derived quantities This chapter explains how one controls the data processing portion of ParaView s visualization pipeline to go about doing such analyses A filter is the basic tool that one uses to manipulate data If data is a noun then a filter is the verb that operates on the data Filters operate by ingesting some data processing it and producing some other data In the abstract sense a data reader is a filter too because it ingests data from the file system ParaView creates filters then when you open data files and when you instantiate new filters form the Filters menu The set of filters you create becomes your visualization pipeline and that pipeline is shown in ParaView s Pipeline Browser Filter Parameters Filter Parameters Each time a data set is opened from a file a source is selected a filter is applied or an existing reader source or filter hereafter simply referred to as filter is selected in the Pipeline Browser ParaView updates the Object Inspector for the corresponding output data set The Object Inspector has three tabs In this chapter we are primarily concerned with the Properties tab The Display tab gives you control over the visual characteristics of the data produced by the f
458. o vtkTable and use the following script rtdata inputs 0 PointData RTData output RowData append min rtdata min output RowData append max rtdata max Here we added two columns to the output table First one has one value minimum of RTData and the second one has the maximum of RTData When you apply this filter the output should automatically be shown in a Spreadsheet view We could also use this sort of script to chart part of our input data For example the output of the following script can be display as a line chart rtdata inputs 0 PointData RTData output RowData append rtdata rtdata Changing the output type is also often necessary when using VTK filters within the script We will demonstrate how to do that in the following section Python Programmable Filter 63 Dealing with Structured Data Output Let s say that we have a curvilinear grid A good example is bluntfin vts from the ParaView testing data We would like to volume render a subset of this grid As of 3 10 ParaView does not support volume rendering of curvilinear grids so we have two choices e Resample to an image data e Convert to unstructured grid Here we will demonstrate how to resample to an image data using the Programmable Filter Of course this can be accomplished using the Resample with Dataset filter but it is a good example nevertheless Start with loading bluntfin vts then apply the Programmable Filter Ma
459. odus II file may define subsets of all the edges across all edge blocks in a file as sets in their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per edge This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the EdgeSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to The list of array names is provided by the reader appear Edge Variables Use this property to select which variables defined over edges should be loaded The list of array EdgeVariables Edges are oriented boundaries of one or more higher dimensional cells also names is present in the mesh Edge variables specify a single value per entry in some edge provided by the block reader Element Blocks Use this property to select which blocks of elements cells should be loaded All ElementBlocks elements cells in the same block will have the same interpolant tetrahedral triangular trilinear hexahedral etc and have the same variables defined over them Element Map Array Status ElementMapArrayStatus Specify which maps defined over elements cells in the mesh should be loaded An element map is a renumbering of all the elements across all the element blocks of a file from their offset in the file to some arbitrary integers usually specifying a unique global ID across a set of files These are sometimes called new styl
460. oes not make sense to iterate over the time steps because they are 0 and 1 are not meant to be played in order Rather each represents the vibration at a different accepted mode Setting the value of this property to 1 changes the semantics of the reader to not report the time steps to downstream filters Mode Shape Specify which mode shape to animate when HasModeShapes is on 1 ModeShape Node Map Array Status Specify which maps defined over nodes points in the mesh should be loaded A The list of array NodeMapArrayStatus node map is a renumbering of all the points in a file from their offset in the file to names is some arbitrary integers usually specifying a unique global ID across a set of files provided by the These are sometimes called new style maps because they are specified differently reader than in older Exodus files which only allowed a single node map Node Set Array Status An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the nodes points in a file as sets in The list of array NodeSetArrayStatus their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per node This property specifies which of those sets should be loaded The accompanying NodeSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded names is provided by the reader List of Readers 216 Node Set Result Array Statu
461. of Readers 274 XML Partitioned Rectilinear Grid Reader Read the summary file and the associated VTK XML rectilinear grid data files The XML Partitioned Rectilinear Grid reader reads the partitioned VTK rectilinear grid file format It reads the partitioned format s summary file and then the associated VTK XML rectilinear grid files The expected file extension is pvtr This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the partitioned VTK FileName XML rectilinear grid data format The standard extension is pvtr If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader XML Partitioned Structured Grid Reader Read the summary file and the associated VTK XML structured grid data files The XML Partitioned Structured Grid reader reads the partitioned VTK structured grid data file format It reads the partitioned format s summary file and then the associated VTK XML structured grid data files The expected fil
462. of animating your visualization If you have a time aware reader you can animate it with AnimateReader gt gt gt reader ExodusIIReader FileName can ex2 gt gt gt Show reader gt gt gt Render gt gt gt c GetActiveCamera gt gt gt c Elevation 95 Animate over all time steps Note that we are not passing the optional 3rd argument here If you pass a filename as the 3rd argument AnimateReader will create a movie gt gt gt AnimateReader reader Save the animation to an avi file gt gt gt AnimateReader reader filename movie avi To animate properties other than time you can use regular keyframes ParaView 3 8 0 and earlier Although the following script will work with 3 8 1 and later it s not the recommended way since the changes done so will not be reflected in the GUI Refer to the following sub section for the recommended style for 3 8 1 and later versions gt gt gt Sphere gt gt gt Show gt gt gt Render Create an animation scene gt gt gt scene servermanager animation AnimationScene Add one view gt gt gt scene ViewModules GetActiveView Create a cue to animate the StartTheta property gt gt gt cue servermanager animation KeyFrameAnimationCue gt gt gt cue AnimatedProxy GetActiveSource gt gt gt cue AnimatedPropertyName StartTheta Add it to the scene s cues gt gt
463. of passes in the rendering algorithm Higher produces quality images but increases rendering time The Coincident Topology Resolution settings control the method that ParaView uses to draw co planar polygons in a non conflicting way to avoid z tearing in graphics terminology Changes to these parameters do not take effect until ParaView is restarted Application Settings 207 The pull down menu allows you to choose between various algorithms that deal with z tearing e Do Nothing does not attempt to resolve overlapping geometry e Use Z Buffer Shift adjusts OpenGL s Z direction scaling to draw one object slightly in front of the other The Z Shift property controls the amount of offset e Use Polygon Offset adjusts polygon locations by calling glPolygonOffset for the same purpose For an explanation of the Factor and Units parameters see http www opengl org resources faq technical polygonoffset htm The Offset Faces parameters controls whether filled polygons are moved rather than the points and edges e Use Offscreen Rendering for Screenshots This checkbox is enabled only when offscreen rendering is available It tells ParaView to generate images that are being captured as screenshots in offscreen contexts On some platforms this is necessary to avoid accidentally capturing overlapping pixels such as a mouse pointer from the operating system Render View Camera General Colors Animation Char
464. of the logical components Client The client is responsible for the user interface of the application ParaView s general purpose client was written to make powerful visualization and analysis capabilities available from an easy to use interface The client component is a serial program that controls the server components through the Server Manager API Data Server The data server is primarily constructed from VTK readers sources and filters It is responsible for reading and or generating data processing it and producing geometric models that the render server and client will display The data server exploits data parallelism by partitioning the data adding ghost levels around the partitions as needed and running synchronous parallel filters Each data server process has an identical VTK pipeline and each process is told which partition of the data it should load and process By splitting the data ParaView is able to use the entire aggregate system memory and thus make large data processing possible Render Server The render server is responsible for rendering the geometry Like the data server the render server can be run in parallel and has identical visualization pipelines only the rendering portion of the pipeline in all of its processes Having the ability to run the render server separately from the data server allows for an optimal division of labor between computing platforms Most large computing clusters are primarily used f
465. of the methods described earlier to create a selection It will still be shown in the selection inspector When you select cells or points on the surface or using the spreadsheet view the selection type is set to IDs Creating a frustum selection results in a selection with the selection type set to Frustum while selecting a block in a composite dataset creates a Block selection Field Type indicates whether cells or points are to be selected In the active selection group Selection Type indicates the type of the active selection One can change the type by choosing one of the available options As shown in Figure 1 for IDs selection the inspector lists all the selected cell or point indices You can edit the list of ids to add or remove values When connected to a parallel server cell or point ids are not unique Hence one has to additionally specify the process number for each cell or point id Process number 1 implies that the cell or point at the given index is selected on all processes For multi block datasets we also need to indicate the block to which Selection 79 the cell or point belongs while for AMR datasets we need to specify the AMR level index pair As shown in Figure 2 for Frustum selection currently only the Show Frustum option is available When this option is turned on ParaView shows the selection frustum in the 3D view In the future we will implement a 3D widget to modify the frustum
466. of the next section That file is read only by the client the file discussed here will be given to the client and both servers In the machines file above the render node port entry in the render server s XML element tells the render server the port number on which it should listen for a connection from the data server and it tells the data server what port number it should attempt to contact This entry is optional and if it does not appear in the file the port number will be chosen automatically Note that it is not possible to assign port numbers to individual machines within the server all will be given the same port number or use the automatically chosen one Note also that each render server machine is given a display environment variable in this file This is not required to establish the connections but it is helpful if you need to assign particular X11 display names to the various render server nodes The initial connection between the nodes of the two servers is made from the data server to the render server You can reverse this such that the render server nodes connect to the corresponding nodes of the data server instead as shown in Figure 9 Clien DSM Figure 9 Reversing the connection between the servers and client and connecting the render server to the data server Typically when the server connection is reversed the direction of the connection between the client and the servers is also reversed e g if the
467. of views The default view that shows up is a 3D View which shows rendering of the geometry extracted from the data or volumes or slices in a 3D scene You can change the default view Settings dialog Edit Settings in case of Mac OS X ParaView Preferences epee SB oea Gg he lt 2 o Pedigreenodeid F HOS SBS E Pipeline Browser builtin disk_out_ref ex2 j oo roperties Display Information ves 0 visible C ZoomToData M Selectable Color interpolate Scalars v Map Scalars Apply Texture None There maybe parameters that are available to the user that control how the data is displayed e g in case of 3D View the data can be displayed as wireframes or surfaces you choose to change the color of the surface or use a scalar for coloring etc All these options are known as Display properties and are accessible from the Display tab in the Object Inspector Since there can be multiple datasets shown in a view as well as multiple views the Display tabs shows the properties for the active pipeline object changed by using the Pipeline browser for example in the active view Views Representations and Color Mapping 24 Multiple Views ParaView supports showing multiple views side by side To create multiple views simply use the controls on the top right corner of the view to split the frame vertically or horizontally You can even maximize a particular view to temporarily hide other
468. ogrammable Filter 60 Intermediate Use Mixing VTK and NumPy APIs The examples above demonstrate how the Programmable Filter can be used as an advanced Python Calculator However the full power of the Programmable Filter can only be harnessed by using the VTK API Let s start with a simple example Create a Sphere source and apply the Programmable Filter with the following script input inputs 0 newPoints vtk vtkPoints numPoints input GetNumberOfPoints for i in range numPoints e ee SD Oe Ole Emerton 1 IMEVMEOILINES aseneclwouiae GL Wy i a ZO 3 output SetPoints newPoints This requires some explanation We start with creating a new instance of vtkPoints newPoints vtk vtkPoints vtkPoints is a data structure that VTK uses to store the coordinates of points Next we loop over all points of the input and insert a new point in the output with coordinates x y 1 z 0 3 for i in range numPoints See apie Gee Oneness MeWPOMMic Siemluins eaate Eoi me 1s amesap univ a Ons Finally we replace the output points with the new points we created using the following output SetPoints newPoints Note Python is an interpreted language and Python scripts do not execute as efficiently as compiled C code Therefore using a for loop that iterates over all points or cells may be a significant bottleneck when processing large datasets The NumPy and VTK APIs can be mixed to achieve good
469. olor Preferences When setting up visualizations most datasets in the visualization are typically colored using scalar colors However there may be items in the setup that are simply colored using a solid color including text and other annotations Also by default ParaView uses a grey background so the default colors chosen for objects tends to be setup so that it looks appropriate on the gray background However when saving a screenshot for printing one would prefer to white background for example In that case it can be tedious to go to every object and change its color to work with the new background color To make it easier to change colors on the fly ParaView defines color categories Users can choose to assign a color category to any object when specifying a color using the category menu on most color chooser buttons as shown below Application Settings 203 Map Scalars Apply Texture None Color by Solid Color O Set Solid Color Background Edges Foreground Color Category Menu on the Display Tab Following associations are setup by default Foreground color outlines and wireframes Background color background color in render views Surface color solid color to surfaces Text color color to 2D text Selection color color used to show highlighted selected elements in render view Egde color used for edges in Surface With Edges mode Application Settings 204 Animati
470. ometry output The obb representation output is used for validation and debugging puproses and is turned off by default To measure the size of craters the filter can invert a volume fraction and clip the volume fraction with a sphere and or a plane Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Clip Type This property sets the type of clip geometry and associated The value must be set to one of the ClipFunction parameters following None Plane Sphere Compute OBB Compute Object Oriented Bounding boxes OBB When 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ComputeOBB active the result of this computation is coppied into the statistics output In the case that the filter is built in its validation mode the OBB s are rendered Input Input to the filter can be a hierarchical box data set containing The selected object must be the result Input image data or a multi block of rectilinear grids of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet Invert Volume Fraction Inverting the volume fraction generates the negative of the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted InvertVolumeF raction material It is useful for analyzing craters Material Fraction Threshold Material fraction is defined as normalized amount of material 0 5 The value must be greater than or
471. on Cache Geometry When checked this allows ParaView to save and later reuse rather than regenerate visible General Colors Animation Charts Render View Mi Settings vi Cache Geometry Cache Limit in KBs 102400 Figure 3 Animation Preferences geometry during animation play back to speed up replay Cache Limit This is the maximum size of the animation playback geometry cache on each node when in parallel gt Application Settings 205 Charts Mf Settings General Colors Hidden Series Animation SS Charts tak New qi aa 4 gt Render View Points Delete vtkValidPointMask Pedigree Objectid Fileld d vtkOriginalRowlds vtkOriginallndices Reset to Default Figure 4 Chart Preferences e Hidden Series Allows you to specify a set of regular expressions that are compared against array names so that various bookkeeping arrays are not drawn in 2D charts and thus distract from the meaningful ones Application Settings 206 Render View General General Colors Animation Charts Render View General Camera Server Mf Settings _ Use Immediate Mode Rendering LOD Parameters LOD Threshold V O 5 00 MBytes LOD Resolution Q 50x50x50 Outline Threshold Q 0 5 MCells Lock Interactive Render Q 2 __ Allow Rendering Interrupts Depth Peeling v Enable Depth Peeling Number of Peels 4 Coincident Topology Resolution Use Z Buffer Shift Z Shift
472. on Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Cell Centers filter The selected object must be the result of the following Input sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Vertex Cells VertexCells If set to 1 a vertex cell will be generated per point in the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted output Otherwise only points will be generated Cell Data to Point Data Create point attributes by averaging cell attributes The Cell Data to Point Data filter averages the values of the cell attributes of the cells surrounding a point to compute point attributes The Cell Data to Point Data filter operates on any type of data set and the output data set is of the same type as the input PieceInvariant the values at boundary points match across processes NOTE Enabling this option might cause multiple executions of the data source because more information is needed to remove internal surfaces Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Cell Data to Point Data filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them
473. one block at a time Users can choose the block to inspect by using the display tab Selection Selection is the mechanism for identifying a subset of a dataset by using user specified criteria This subset can be a set of point or cells or a block of composite dataset This functionality allows users to focus on a smaller subset that is important For example the elements of a finite element mesh that have pressure above a certain threshold can be identified very easily using the threshold selection Furthermore this selection can be converted to a set of global element ids in order to plot the attribute values of those elements over time In this chapter we discuss the mechanism for creating selections using Views and Selection Inspector In the following chapter we detail another powerful and flexible mechanism of creating selection using queries ParaView supports a single active selection This selection is associated with a data source here data source refers to any reader source or filter and is shown in every view that displays the data source s output This article uses a use case driven approach to demonstrate how this selection can be described and used In the next section we introduce the main GUI components that are used in the article The subsequent sections address different use cases Selection Inspector ParaView provides a selection inspector referred to simply as the inspector in this article to inspect and edit
474. one of the ClipPlane dataset and if so it also specifies the parameters following None Plane Box Sphere of the plane with which to clip Input This property specifies the input to the Extract The selected object must be the result of Input CTH Parts filter the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a cell array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Volume Fraction Value The value of this property is the volume fraction 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal VolumeF ractionSurface Value value for the surface to 0 and less than or equal to 1 List of Filters 310 Extract Cells By Region This filter extracts cells that are inside outside a region or at a region boundary This filter extracts from its input dataset all cells that are either completely inside or outside of a specified region implicit function On output the filter generates an unstructured grid To use this filter you must specify a region implicit function You must also specify whethter to extract cells lying inside or outside of the region An option exists to extract cells that are neither inside or outside i e boundary Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Extract intersected This parameter controls whether to extract cells that are on the boundary 0 Only the values 0 and
475. onfiguration which can be very effective when you are working on computationally bound intensive processing tasks Otherwise and when you need to run ParaView on an actual distributed memory cluster you need to start up the various components and establish connections between them as is described in the next section Starting the Server s Client Server Mode Client Server Mode refers to a parallel ParaView session in which data server and render server components reside within the same set of processes and the client is completely separate The pvserver executable combines the two server components into one process You can run pvserver as a serial process on a single machine If ParaView was compiled with parallel support you can also run it as an MPI parallel program on a group of machines Instructions for starting a program with MPI are implementation and system dependent so contact your system administrator for information about starting an application with MPI With the MPICH implementation of MPI the command to start the server in parallel usually follows the format shown here mpirun np number_of_processes path_to pvserver arguments for pvserver By default pvserver will start and then wait for the client to connect to it See the next section for a full description Briefly to make the connection select Connection from the File menu select or make and then select a configuration for the server and click Connec
476. ong a circular path The Rotational Extrusion filter forms a surface by rotating the input about the Z axis This filter is intended to operate on 2D polygonal data It produces polygonal output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Angle This property specifies the angle of rotation in degrees The surface is swept from 0 to the 360 Angle value of this property Capping If this property is set to 1 the open ends of the swept surface will be capped with a copy of 1 Only the values 0 and 1 Capping the input dataset This works property if the input is a 2D surface composed of filled are accepted polygons If the input dataset is a closed solid e g a sphere then either two copies of the dataset will be drawn or no surface will be drawn No surface is drawn if either this property is set to 0 or if the two surfaces would occupy exactly the same 3D space i e the Angle property s value is a multiple of 360 and the values of the Translation and DeltaRadius properties are 0 Delta Radius The value of this property specifies the change in radius during the sweep process 0 DeltaRadius Input This property specifies the input to the Rotational Extrusion filter The selected object must Input be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Resolution The value of this prope
477. ongest edge of the opposing triangle across all vertex triangle pairs Triangle Quality This property indicates which quality measure will be 2 The value must be one of the following Area 28 Measure used to evaluate triangle quality The radius ratio is the Aspect Ratio 1 Aspect Frobenius 3 Condition TriangleQualityMeasure size of a circle circumscribed by a triangle s 3 vertices 9 Distortion 15 Edge Ratio 0 Maximum divided by the size of a circle tangent to a triangle s 3 Angle 8 Minimum Angle 6 Scaled Jacobian edges The edge ratio is the ratio of the longest edge 10 Radius Ratio 2 Relative Size Squared 12 length to the shortest edge length Shape 13 Shape and Size 14 Multicorrelative Statistics Compute a statistical model of a dataset and or assess the dataset with a statistical model This filter either computes a statistical model of a dataset or takes such a model as its second input Then the model however it is obtained may optionally be used to assess the input dataset This filter computes the covariance matrix for all the arrays you select plus the mean of each array The model is thus a multivariate Gaussian distribution with the mean vector and variances provided Data is assessed using this model by computing the Mahalanobis distance for each input point This distance will always be positive The learned model output format is rather dense and can be confusing s
478. only passes those point and cell data arrays that are available in all the blocks i e partial array are removed When PassPartialArrays is turned on this behavior is changed to take a union of all arrays present thus partial arrays are passed as well However for composite dataset input this filter still produces a non composite output For all those locations in a block of where a particular data array is missing this filter uses vtkMath Nan for double and float arrays while 0 for all other types of arrays i e int char etc Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Probe Type Source This property specifies the dataset whose geometry will be used in determining positions to probe The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers The value must be set to one of the following HighResLineSource Plot Selection Over Time Extracts selection over time and then plots it This filter extracts the selection over time i e cell and or point variables at a cells point selected are extracted over time The output multi block consists of 1D rectilinear grids where the x coordinate corresponds to time the same array is also copied to a point array named Time or TimeData if Time exists in the input List of Filters 339 If selection input is a Location based selection then the point values are interpolated from the nearby cells ie those of the cell
479. onnectivity Parallel fragments extraction and attributes integration on rectilinear grids Extracts material fragments from multi block vtkRectilinearGrid datasets based on the selected volume fraction array s and a fraction isovalue and integrates the associated attributes Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Double Volume Arrays This property specifies the name s An array of scalars is required AddDoubleVolumeArrayName of the volume fraction array s for generating parts Float Volume Arrays This property specifies the name s An array of scalars is required AddFloatVolumeArrayName of the volume fraction array s for generating parts Unsigned Character Volume Arrays This property specifies the name s An array of scalars is required AddUnsignedCharVolumeArrayName of the volume fraction array s for generating parts Input This property specifies the input of The selected object must be the result of the following Input the filter sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a cell array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkRectilinearGrid vtkCompositeDataSet Volume Fraction Value The value of this property is the 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 and less VolumeF ractionSurface Value volume fraction value for the than or equal to 1 surface
480. ontrols for orientation axes in 3D view s view settings dialog Center of Rotation On the same dialog box you also have control over whether or not the center of rotation should be annotated This annotation demarcates the location in space about which the camera rotates ParaView uses the center of the initial data set loaded into the pipeline as the default value You can control this placement and display of the center of rotation display via the Center Axes Control toolbar View menu Toolbars Center Axes Control If you need to specify an exact coordinate you may do so via the Adjust Camera dialog exposed by the righmost button on the left set of buttons above the 3D view Text Display Often users want to display additional text in the 3D view e g when generating a still image or an animation In ParaView there are a variety of ways to do this all through the use of sources and filters The Text source displays 2D text in the 3D scene the 3D Text source does the same for 3D text and the Annotate Time filter shows the current time using a text annotation in the 3D view Text Source The Text source allows you display arbitrary 2D text on top of a 3D view It is available from the Sources menu On its Properties tab enter whatever text you wish to be displayed in the Text entry area and press the Apply button Once the text has been added to the 3D view you can reposition it within the view by left clicking and dragging the
481. operty lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItPLOT3DReader Reads structured simulation data from Plot3D Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are q x and vp3d Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists
482. or batch simulations and do not have hardware rendering resources Since it is not desirable to move large data files to a separate visualization system the data server can run on the same cluster that ran the original simulation The render server can be run on a separate visualization cluster that has hardware rendering resources It is possible to run the render server with fewer processes than the data server but never more Visualization clusters typically have fewer nodes than batch simulation clusters and processed geometry is usually significantly smaller Parallel ParaView 121 than the original simulation dump ParaView repartitions the geometric models on the data server before they are sent to the render server MPI Availability Until recently in order to use ParaView s parallel processing features one needed to build ParaView from the source code as described in the Appendix This was because there are many different versions of MPI the library ParaView s servers use internally for parallel communication and for high performance computer users it is extremely important to use the version that is delivered with your networking hardware As of ParaView 3 10 however we have begun to package MPI with our binary releases If you have a multi core workstation you can now simply turn on the Use Multi Core setting under ParaView s Settings to make use of all of them This option makes parallel data server mode the default c
483. or x Properties Display Information View Visible Zoom To Data Selectable Color Interpolate Scalars Fears Map Scalars Apply Texture None Color by Solid Color bd O Set Solid Color F 3e 06 2e 00 ACCL Magnitude 6 34 1561049 86 Slice Direction Interaction Line chart view supports the following interaction modes e Right click and drag to pan Left click and drag to select e Middle click and drag to zoom to region drawn e Hover over any line in the plot to see the details for the data at that location To reset the view use the Reset Camera button in the Camera Toolbar Views Representations and Color Mapping 35 View Settings The View Settings for Line Chart enable the user to control the appearance of the chart including titles axes positions etc There are several pages available in this dialog The General page controls the overall appearance of the chart while the other pages controls the appearance of each of the axes General Settings Page Mi View Settings x General E Left Axis Layout Title Bottom Axis Right Axis Font Arial 14 Set Font Top Axis Use TIME to display current time Alignment Center v ct Chart Legend Show the Chart Legend When Available Location Left Flow Left to Right This page allows users to change the title and legend One can change the title text To show the current animation time in the titl
484. ore than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file FileNames series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step List of Readers 220 MFIXReader Reads a dataset in MFIX file format vtkMFIXReader creates an unstructured grid dataset It reads a restart file and a set of sp files The restart file contains the mesh information MFIX meshes are either cylindrical or rectilinear but this reader will convert them to an unstructured grid The sp files contain transient data for the cells Each sp file has one or more variables stored inside it Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Cell Arrays Select which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the reader CellArrayStatus File Name Set the file name for the MFIX reader FileName Meta File Series Reader Read a series of meta images Read a series of meta images The file extension is mhd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Names The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the meta format The standard FileNames extension is mhd If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide 1 file per time step NetCDF MPAS reader Read unstructured grid MPAS data from a f
485. ormation to update any information properties e UpdatePipeline This method calls Update on the VTK algorithm causing a pipeline execution if the pipeline changed Another way of causing pipeline updates is to render The render view updates all connected pipelines e GetDataInformation This method is used to obtain meta data about one output It is discussed further below e PointData and CellData properties discussed below There are two common ways of getting meta data information from a proxy information properties and DataInformation Information properties are updated automatically every time UpdatePropertyInformation and Python Scripting 151 UpdatePipelineInformation are called All you have to do is read the data from the property as usual To get a DataInformation object from a source proxy use GetDataInformation port 0 By default this method returns data information for the first output You can pass an optional port number to get information for another output You can get detailed documentation on Datalnformation by using help and by reading online documentation for vtkPVDataInformation http www paraview org doc nightly html classvtkPV Datalnformation html Here are the use of some common methods gt gt gt di glyph GetDataInformation 0 gt gt gt ell lt paraview servermanager DataInformation object at 0x2d0920d0 gt gt gt gt glyph UpdatePipeline Get the data type gt gt
486. ory parallel architecture in which many processors operate synchronously on different portions of the data ParaView s scalable architecture allows you to run ParaView directly on anything from a small netbook class machine up to the world largest supercomputer The size of the data sets ParaView can handle in practice though varies widely depending on the size of the machine that ParaView s server components are run Thus people frequently do both taking advantage of ParaView s client server architecture to connect to and control the supercomputer from the netbook ParaView is meant to be easily extended and customized into new applications and be used by or make use of other tools Correspondingly there are a number of different interfaces to ParaView s data processing and visualization engine for example ParaViewWeb 1 A web based one This book will not cover any of those or describe in great detail the programmers interface to the ParaView engine We will instead focus our attention on undertstanding the standard ParaView GUI based application About Paraview User Interface The different sections of ParaView s Graphical User Interface GUI are shown below Of particular importance in the following discussion are the File and Filter menus which allow one to open files and manipulate data the Pipeline Browser which displays the Visualization Pipeline the Object Inspector with its Properties Display and Information tabs where one can
487. ose polyhedra Decompose polyhedra into tetrahedra and 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted DecomposePolyhedra pyramids File Name This property specifies the file name for the FileName reader Lagrangian Arrays The list of array names is provided by the LagrangianArrays reader List timesteps according to List time directories listed according to the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted controlDict settings in controlDict ListTimeStepsByControlDict Mesh Regions The list of array names is provided by the MeshRegions reader Point Arrays The list of array names is provided by the PointArrays reader Lagrangian positions are in OF 1 3 Set if Lagrangian positions files are in 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted binary format OpenFOAM 1 3 binary format PositionsIsIn13Format Read zones Read point face cell Zones 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ReadZones PDB Reader Read PDB molecule files The PDB reader reads files in the format used by the Protein Data Bank an archive of experimentally determined three dimensional structures of biological macromolecules The expected file extension is pdb The output datasets are polygonal Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the PDB reader List of Readers 225 PLOT3D Reader Read ASCII or binary PLOTSD files PLOT3D is a plotting package
488. oss compiling Uy ParaView 7 and VTK wikis We won t go into those details here though but refer interested people to the The additional flags that should be turned on for coprocessing include e BUILD_SHARED_LIBS Should normally be set to ON unless you re compiling on a machine that doesn t support shared libs e g IBM BG L e PARAVIEW_ENABLE_PYTHON Set to ON in order to use the scripts created from the coprocessing plugin Note that of the 3 10 release that this is not required to be on though e PARAVIEW_USE_MPI Set the ParaView server to use MPI to run in parallel Also check that the proper version of MPI is getting used e CMAKE _BUILD_TYPE Should be set to Release in order to optimize the ParaView code e PARAVIEW_ENABLE_COPROCESSING The CMake option to build the coprocessing libraries e BUILD_COPROCESSING_ADAPTORS The CMake option to turn on code that may be useful for creating the simulation code adaptor BUILD_FORTRAN_COPROCESSING_ADAPTORS The CMake option to turn on code that may be useful for creating an adaptor for a simulation code written in Fortran or C e PYTHON_ENABLE_MODULE_vtkCoProcessorPython On by default e BUILD_PYTHON_COPROCESSING_ADAPTOR Experimental code If ParaView was build with python enabled the co processing library can be tested on the installed system with the CTest command ctest R CoProcessing The CoProcessingTestPythonScript test does an actual coprocessing run and the CoProcessingPython
489. ossibly to globally change the color by changing the color palette e g for printing or for display on screen etc Edit Color One can edit the color map or lookup table by clicking the Edit Color Map button It s only shown when an array is chosen in the Map Color By combo box Slice Slice Slice Direction XY Plane B Slice QO 0 Views Representations and Color Mapping 28 The slice controls are available only for Image dataset Uniform Rectilinear Grids when the representation type is Slice The representation type is controlled using the Style group on the Display tab These allow the user to pick the slice direction as well as the slice offset Annotation Annotation C Show cube axes Edit Cube axes is a annotation box that can be used so show a scale around the dataset Use the Show cube axes checkbox to toggle its visibility You can further control the apperance of the cube axes by clicking Edit once the cube axes is visible tittle T AX i Views Representations and Color Mapping 29 Style Style Representation Surface S Interpolation Gouraud z Material None 4 Point size 2 00 Line width 1 00 Opacity Subdivision 0 Volume 8 8 100 8 b mapper Fixed point 4 Edge Style Set Edge Color Name Usage Representation Use this to change how the dat
490. ot data with respect to time location or grid object Id Probe Filter The probe filter can be used to query a data set for point or cell data Options for the probe filter are e Show point button is used to show where the center of the sphere is for generating the probe points e Center on bounds will place the sphere center at the center of the data set s bounds e The sphere center can either be set in the properties tab of the object inspector or in the 3d view with the mouse cursor To choose a new point in the 3d view window press P and then click on the desired point Note that the Show Point option must be selected in order to activate the point widget The output for this filter is a single cell comprised of a set of points in a vtkPolyData Line Plots The line plots have similar control functionality for displaying the results These options are in the Display tab of the Object Inspector and include selecting which point and or cell data to include in the plot what should be used as the x axis values e g point cell index or a specified point or cell data array and plot preferences such as line thickness and marker style See the line chart view section for more information on setting the display properties for these filters An example line plot is shown below File Edit View Sources Filters Tools Macros Help o egoa AA A K Ma ke K Wd D D DI g te 6 D Qe lt 2 O soid Color z 7
491. ou to specify the transform The selected object must be the result of the Transform translation rotation and scaling to apply to the input dataset following transforms The value must be set to one of the following Transform3 Triangle Strips This filter uses a greedy algorithm to convert triangles into triangle strips The Triangle Strips filter converts triangles into triangle strips and lines into polylines This filter operates on polygonal data sets and produces polygonal output List of Filters 362 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Triangle Strips The selected object must be the result of the Input filter following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Maximum This property specifies the maximum number of 1000 The value must be greater than or equal to 4 and less Length triangles lines to include in a triangle strip or polyline than or equal to 100000 MaximumLength Triangulate This filter converts polygons and triangle strips to basic triangles The Triangulate filter decomposes polygonal data into only triangles points and lines It separates triangle strips and polylines into individual triangles and lines respectively The output is polygonal data Some filters that take polygonal data as input requir
492. ould be made on the data set of the filter that precedes the Plot Selection Over Time filter in the pipeline in order to ensure that the proper points or cells are selected Note that information for only a single point or cell can be plotted at a time Plot Global Variables Over Time The Plot Global Variables Over Time filter plots field data that is defined over time Filters must be set up explicitly to provide the proper information as this will not work for field data in general As an example see the Exodus reader in ParaView 88 Saving Data Saving Data Saving Data Once you have created a visualization of your data in ParaView you can save the resulting work as raw data image movie and geometry Save raw data Any object in the ParaView pipeline browser can be saved to a data file by selecting Save Data from the File menu The available file types will change based on the data set type of the current data set The file formats in which ParaView can save data are listed on List of Writers C Users robert maynard Desktop 106006 B My Documen Filename B Desktop B Favorites B Desktop B Data J netcdf_test_d B ParaView d ExRestarts File name Files of type VTK Multi Block Files vtm Save screenshots ParaView allows the user to save either the active view or all the views The resulting image will be saved on the client machine even when ru
493. ource http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ColorScaleEditor2 png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_PresetColorScalesDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View_UsersGuide_PresetColorScalesDialog png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_ColorScaleEditorColorLegend png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ColorScaleEditorColorLegend png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_PropertiesTabExample png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_PropertiesTabExample png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Sebastien jourdain Image Sources Licenses and Contributors 397 File ParaView_UsersGuide_LinearPipeline png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_LinearPipeline png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_branchingPipeline2 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_branchingPipeline2 png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_PipelineBrowserContextMenu png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View_UsersGuide_PipelineBrowserContextMenu png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_ChangeInputDialog png Source
494. ources type LegacyVIKFileReader id 160 servers 1 gt lt Property name FileNameInfo id 160 FileNameInfo number_of_elements 1 gt lt Element index 0 value Data molar vtk gt lt Property gt lt Property name FileNames id 160 FileNames number_of_elements 1 gt lt Element index 0 value Data molar vtk gt lt Domain name files id 160 FileNames files gt lt Property gt lt Property name TimestepValues id 160 TimestepValues gt lt SubProxy name Reader servers 1 gt lt Proxy gt The second way is to set up the pipeline and then use introspection to find and then change the filename This approach is easier to parameterize but somewhat more fragile since not all readers respond well to having their names changed once established You should at least use caution and try to change the filename before the pipeline first runs Otherwise more readers will be confused and you will also waste time processing the smaller file When loading state files the proper place to do this is immediately after the LoadState command For python scripts the place to do this is as near to the creation of the reader as possible and certainly before any Update or Render commands An example of how to do this follows gt gt gt from paraview simple import Load the state gt gt gt servermanager LoadState Users berk myteststate pvsm Batch Processing 167 Now the
495. ow Multilayer This property indicates whether to show multiple layers in one view with each vertical 0 Only the values 0 View level having the same thickness specified by the layer thickness slider For ocean data and 1 are accepted ShowMultilayerView the layers correspond to data at vertical level whose number increases towards the center of the sphere For atmospheric data the layers correspond to data at vertical levels increasing away from the center Vertical Level This property specifies which vertical level is viewed if not in multilayer view Only the 0 VerticalLevel data for that vertical level will be viewed The grid is essentially the same for each vertical level however at some ocean levels especially the lower ones due to the topography the grid becomes more sparse where there is land NetCDF POP reader Read raw regular rectilinear grid data from a file The dimensions and type of the data must be specified The Image reader reads raw regular rectilinear grid image volume data from a file Because no metadata is provided the user must specify information about the size spacing dimensionality etc about the dataset List of Readers 222 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name This property specifies the file name to read FileName Stride This property indicate the number of indices per dimension i j k to 111 The value must be greater than or
496. owever if you turn on the Replace invalid results option the calculator will silently replace the result of the invalid expression with the value specified in Replacement value Note that this will happen only when the expression result in an invalid result so some of the output points or cells may have the Replacement Value whereas others may have valid results Python Calculator Introduction Expression inputs 0 PointData RTData inputs 1 Point Array Association Point Data 84 Array Name result _ Copy Arrays The Python Calculator is a ParaView filter that processes one or more input arrays based on an expression provided by the user to produce a new output array The parameters of the filter include the expression the association of the output array Point or Cell Data the name of output array and a toggle that controls whether the input arrays are copied to the output In this document we introduce the use of the Python Calculator and provide a list of functions available to the user Note that the Python Calculator depends on Python and NumPy All ParaView binaries distributed by Kitware are built with these to enable the calculator If you have built ParaView yourself you have to make sure that NumPy is installed and that PARAVIEW_ENABLE_PYTHON is turned on when configuring the ParaView build Python Calculator 68 Basic Tutorial Start by creating a Sphere source and applying the Python Calculato
497. ox can be rotated by clicking and dragging with the left mouse button on a face not at the handle of the box Clicking and dragging inside the box with the right mouse button uniformly scales the box Dragging upward increases the box s size downward motion decreases it Traditional user interface controls shown below are also provided if more precise control over the parameters of the box is needed These controls provide the user with entry boxes and thumb wheels or sliders to specify translation scaling and orientation in three dimensions Translate gt ooo ro plo gt Scale i tts LD CD gt Orientation bo e ro gt V Visibility Figure 12 Box widget user interface Sphere Widget The sphere widget is used in clipping and cutting The sphere can be moved by left clicking on any point on the sphere and dragging The radius of the sphere is manipulated by right clicking on any point on the sphere and dragging Upward mouse motion increases the sphere s radius downward motion decreases it As shown below the center and radius can also be set manually from the entry boxes on the user interface There is also a button to position the sphere at the center of the bounding box of the current data set x y z Center 4 8784 4 7546 Lo 020147 Radius fio Set Sphere Center to Center of Bounds V visibility Figure 13 Sphere widget user interface Manipulating data in the 3D view 95
498. p trace and reset the python interpreter TIP Trace only records property values as they are modified If you have initialized a render view or a color lookup table prior to starting trace then the generated trace script may not perfectly reflect the state of the view or lookup table For best results start trace before performing any other actions Also see the CaptureAlIProperties flag in the Trace Verbosity section below Trace verbosity Because of the way the GUI initializes certain proxies some parts of the trace will be more verbose than others For example every time a data representation is created seven or eight properties related to selection are modified It might be a nice feature to provide the user with a way to specify property suppressions Trace can run with different verbose levels In full property verbose mode trace records all properties of a proxy when the proxy is registered Normally trace only records properties when they are modified from their default values Control over the verbosity level is not currently available in the gui but you can start trace manually in verbose mode using the python shell from paraview import smtrace smtrace start_trace CaptureAllProperties True actions in the gui smtrace stop_trace Tools for Python Scripting 162 Known issues with trace It is possible to perform actions in the GUI that do not translate properly to trace Here is a list of things that
499. per entry in some element block names is provided by the reader Exodus Model Metadata Should metadata for the mesh be stored in the field data of the reader s output Only the values ExodusModelMetadata 0 and 1 are accepted Face Blocks FaceBlocks Use this property to select which blocks of faces should be loaded All faces in the same block will have the same interpolant triangular bilinear quadrilateral etc and have the same variables defined over them The list of array names is provided by the reader Face Map Array Status FaceMapArrayStatus Specify which maps defined over faces in the mesh should be loaded A face map is a renumbering of all the faces across all the face blocks of a file from their offset in the file to some arbitrary integers usually specifying a unique global ID across a set of files The list of array names is provided by the reader Face Set Array Status FaceSetArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the faces across all face blocks in a file as sets in their own right This property specifies which of those sets should be loaded Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per face The accompanying FaceSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded The list of array names is provided by the reader List o
500. perty from that bject to expose Give Be input port a name and add R to toe ist BB SireamTnenri Object Property Name A beret StreamTrace Input Input Step 2 configure one or more outputs of your new filter ES enn Select an object fromthe pipine yout on the lek Gve the output port a name and add t tothe sranta Object Name Barter TubeFitel Output Step 3 identify and name the controls you want to expose of your new filter Mec i eaan Select an object from the ppsine yout on the it Then select the property from that bject to expose Give the property a name and add R to the ist BB Sreamtrscart Object Property Name a TubeFiter Number of Sides Number of S Figure 9 Creating a Custom Filter Once you create a Custom Filter it is added to the Alphabetical sub menu of the Filters menu It is automatically saved in ParaView s settings so the next time you start ParaView on the same machine you can use it just like any of Custom Filters aka Macro Filters 57 the other filters that came with your copy of ParaView Custom Filters are treated no differently than other filters in ParaView and are saveable and restorable in state files and python scripts If you find that you no longer need some Custom Filter and want to get rid of it use the Manage Custom Filters dialog box under the Tools menu to remove it If on the other hand you find that a Custom Filter is very useful you may instead want to give
501. png License unknown Contributors Berk Image ParaView_UsersGuide_parallel_architecture png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_parallel_architecture png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image ParaView_UsersGuide_common_configurations png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_common_configurations png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_RenderServerConnections png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_RenderServerConnections png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_RenderServerConnectionsStartNormal png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew_UsersGuide_RenderServerConnectionsStartNormal png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_RenderServerConnectionsStartReverse png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew_UsersGuide_RenderServerConnectionsStartReverse png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_RenderDataServerConnectionsStartNormal png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew_UsersGuide_RenderDataServerConnectionsStartNormal png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_RenderDataServerConnectionsStartReverse png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew_UsersGuide_RenderDataServerConnections
502. point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 251 VisItNek5000Reader Reads simulation results from Nek5000 which is a DNS LES computational fluid dynamics solver Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nek3 nek2d nek5d nek5000 nek Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItNetCDFADAPTReader Reads NetCDF ADAPT files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd
503. pose anywhere from zero to eighty parameters in your Custom Filter s Properties tab Custom Filters aka Macro Filters 56 Reader 1 Reader 3 Filter A Setting A1 Setting A2 My Filter My Filter Setting A1 Setting A1 Setting B2 Setting B2 Filter B Setting B1 Setting B2 Figure 13 Custom Filter concept Once you have set up some pipeline that performs the data processing that you want to reuse the process of creating a Custom Filter consists of three steps First select one or more filters from the Pipeline Browser using the mouse Next from the Tools menu select Create Custom Filter From that dialog choose the filter in your chosen sub pipeline who s input is representative of where you want data to enter into your Custom Filter This is usually the topmost filter If you are creating a multi input filter click the button to add additional inputs and configure them in the same way Clicking Next brings you to a similar dialog in which you choose the outputs of your Custom Filter Click Next again to get to the last dialog On this one you specify which parameters of the internal filters that you want to expose to the eventual user of the custom filter You can optionally give each parameter a descriptive label here as well The three dialogs are shown below Step 1 configure one or more inputs to your new filter ese somite MT Select an object from the ppsine layout on the left Then sec the put pro
504. print than the volumes that they are derived from it is best to convert to a surface soon Once you do that you can apply other filters in relative safety A very common visualization operation is to extract isosurfaces from a volume using the contour filter The Contour filter usually outputs geometry much smaller than its input Thus the Contour filter should be applied early if it is to Best Practices 55 be used at all Be careful when setting up the parameters to the Contour filter because it still is possible for it to generate a lot of data This obviously can happen if you specify many isosurface values High frequencies such as noise around an isosurface value can also cause a large irregular surface to form Another way to peer inside of a volume is to perform a Slice on it The Slice filter will intersect a volume with a plane and allow you to see the data in the volume where the plane intersects If you know the relative location of an interesting feature in your large data set slicing is a good way to view it If you have little a priori knowledge of your data and would like to explore the data without paying the memory and processing time for the full data set you can use the Extract Subset filter to subsample the data The subsampled data can be dramatically smaller than the original data and should still be well load balanced Of course be aware that you may miss small features if the subsampling steps over them a
505. produced by the formerly active filter and perform some processing on that data The new filter then becomes the active one Filters then are created differently from but operate in the same manner as readers At all points you use the Pipeline Inspector to choose the active filter and then the Object Inspector to configure it The Pipeline Browser is where the overall Visualization Pipeline is displayed and controllable from The Object Inspector is where the specific parameters of one particular module within the Pipeline are displayed and controllable from The Object inspector has three tabs one presents the parameters of the processing done within that module another presents the parameters of how the output of that module will be displayed in a View the last presents the meta information about the data produced by the module as described above The following figure demonstrates a three element visualization pipeline where the output of each module in the the pipeline is displayed in its own view Here a reader takes in a vector field defined on a curvilinear grid which comes from a simulation study of a wind turbine Next a slice filter produces slices of the field on five equally spaced planes along the X axis Finally a warp filter warps those planes along the direction of the vector field which primarily moves the planes downwind but also shows some complexity at the location of the wind turbine About Paraview a e Pipeline
506. property specifies the datasets to be merged into a The selected object must be the result of the following Input single dataset by the Append Datasets filter sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Append Geometry Takes an input of multiple poly data parts and output has only one part The Append Geometry filter operates on multiple polygonal data sets It merges their geometry into a single data set Only the point and cell attributes that all of the input data sets have in common will appear in the output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input Set the input to the Append The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes Input Geometry filter readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData List of Filters 293 Block Scalars The Level Scalars filter uses colors to show levels of a multiblock dataset The Level Scalars filter uses colors to show levels of a multiblock dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes Input Level Scalars filter readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a s
507. pted file series executed once for each timestep available from the reader WriteAllTimeSteps Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following CompressorType appended mode only None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following DataMode appended binary Ascii 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses O Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected List of Writers 373 XMLPPolyDataWriter Writer to write polydata in a xml based vtk data file Can be used for parallel writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to The selected dataset must be one of the Input the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkPolyData Write all timesteps as file series When WriteAl TimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 executed once for each timestep available from the reader Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted WriteAllTimeSteps Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the followi
508. put Thus another was to make a branching pipeline is simply to open a reader for instance that produces multiple distinct data sets An example of this is the SLAC reader that produces both a polygonal output and a structured data field output Whenever you have a branching pipeline keep in mind that it is important to select the proper branch on which to extend the pipeline For example if you want to apply a filter like the Extract Subset filter which operates only on structured data while SLAC reader s polygonal output is the currently active filter until you click on the readers structured data output and make that the currently active one Some filters that produce multiple data sets do so in a different way Instead of producing several fundamentally distinct data sets they produce a single composite data set which contains many sub data sets See the Understanding Data chapter for an explanation of composite data sets With composite data it is usually best to treat the entire group as one entity and you do not need to do anything in particular to do so Sometimes though you want to operate on a particular set of sub data sets To do that apply the Extract Block filter This filter allows you to pick the desired sub data set s Next apply the filter you are actually interested in to the extract filters output An alternative is to hit B to use ParaView Users Guide Selection Block Selection in a 3D View and then use the Extract Selection f
509. r Writer to write CSV files from any dataset Set FieldAssociation to choose whether cell data point data needs to be saved In parallel it delivers the table to the root node and then saves the CSV For composite datasets it saves multiple csv files List of Writers 366 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to The selected object must be the result of the Input the file following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Write All Time When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Steps executed once for each timestep available from the reader WriteAllTimeSteps Field Association Select the attribute data to pass 0 The value must be one of the following Points FieldAssociation 0 Cells 1 Field Data 2 DataSetWriter Writer to write any type of data object in a legacy vtk data file Cannot be used for parallel writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to The selected object must be the result of the Input written to the file following sources includes readers filte
510. r Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItPFLOTRANReader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is h5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 258 VisItPLOT2DReader Reads structured simulation data from Plot2D Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is p2d Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This pr
511. r a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Contingency Statistics Compute a statistical model of a dataset and or assess the dataset with a statistical model This filter either computes a statistical model of a dataset or takes such a model as its second input Then the model however it is obtained may optionally be used to assess the input dataset This filter computes contingency tables between pairs of attributes This result is a tabular bivariate probability distribution which serves as a Bayesian style prior model Data is assessed by computing e the probability of observing both variables simultaneously e the probability of each variable conditioned on the other the two values need not be identical and List of Filters 300 e the pointwise mutual information PMI Finally the summary statistics include the information entropy of the observations TrainingFraction model fitting The exact set of values is chosen at random from the dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Attribute Mode Specify which type of field data the arrays will be drawn from 0 Valud array names will be chosen from point AttributeMode and cell data Input The input to the filter Arrays from this dataset will be used for The selected object must be the result of the Input computing statistics and or assessed by a statistical model following sources includes readers
512. r example to compare the temperature of 2 datasets you can select both inputs apply the Python Calculator and then use the following expression inputs 0 PointData temperature inputs 1 PointData temperature Basic Operations The Python calculator supports all of the basic arithmetic operations using the and operators These are always applied element by element to point and cell data including scalars vectors and tensors These operations also work with single values For example the following adds 5 to all components of all Normals Normals 5 The following adds 1 to the first component 2 to the second component and 3 to the third component Nowmels lt gt il 2 3 This is specially useful when mixing functions that return single values For example the following normalizes the Normals array Normals min Normals max Normals min Normals A common use case in a calculator is to work on one component of an array This can be accomplished with the following NowmMels 2 The expression above extracts the first component of the Normals vector Here is a placeholder for all elements One element can be extracted by replacing with an index For example the following creates an constant array from the first component of the normal of the first point Normals 0 0 Whereas the following assigns the normal of the first point to all points NeoramaslesatO mma It is
513. r grid data file format The standard extension is vtr This reader also supports file series List of Readers 276 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the VTK XML FileName rectilinear grid data format The standard extension is vtr If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide 1 file per time step Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array CellArrayStatus names is provided by the reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array PointArrayStatus names is provided by the reader XML Structured Grid Reader Read serial VTK XML structured grid data files The XML Structured Grid reader reads the VTK XML structured grid data file format The standard extension is vts This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be in the VTK XML FileName structured grid data format The standard extension is vts If more than 1 file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide 1 file per time step Cell Arrays T
514. r to it As the first expression use the following and apply 5 This should create an array name result in the output point data Note that this is an array that has a value of 5 for each point When the expression results in a single value the calculator will automatically make an constant array Next try the following Normals Now the result array should be the same as the input array Normals As described in detail later various functions are available through the calculator For example the following is a valid expression sin Normals 5 It is very important to note that the Python Calculator has to produce one value per point or cell depending on the Array Association parameter Most of the functions described here apply individually to all point or cell values and produce an array as the same dimensions as the input However some of them such as min and max produce single values Accessing Data There are several ways of accessing input arrays within expressions The simplest way is to access it by name ein Normale i 5 This is equivalent to sin inpucs lO 20lme Deta Normale 5 The example above requires some explanation Here inputs 0 refer to the first input dataset to the filter Python Calculator can accept multiple inputs Each input can be accessed as inputs 0 inputs 1 You can access the point or cell data of an input using the PointData or CellData qualifiers You can then
515. r truly full resolution results only once when you are satisfied with the preview e Compositing Threshold This threshold allows you to get faster rendering times in the circumstance that you are visualizing relatively small data sets on large tiled displays When the geometry size is below the threshold the geometry is broadcast to all nodes in the render server After this broadcast the relatively slow tiled image compositing algorithm is entirely omitted List of Readers AVS UCD Reader Read binary or ASCII files stored in AVS UCD format The AVS UCD reader reads binary or ASCII files stored in AVS UCD format The default file extension is inp The output of this reader is unstructured grid This supports reading a file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Names The list of files to be read by the reader If more than file is specified the reader FileNames will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Cell Arrays This property contains a list of the cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is CellArrayStatus provided by the reader Point Arrays This property contains a list of the point centered arrays to read The list of array names is PointArrayStatus provided by the reader List of Readers 210 BYU Reader Read Movie BYU files to produce polygonal data The BYU read
516. rained using a fraction of the input data and then the entire dataset is assessed using that model When the task includes creating a model i e tasks 2 and 4 you may adjust the fraction of the input dataset used for training You should avoid using a large fraction of the input data for training as you will then not be able to detect overfitting The Training fraction setting will be ignored for tasks 1 and 3 Training Fraction Specify the fraction of values from the input dataset to be used for 0 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1 List of Filters 301 Contour Generate isolines or isosurfaces using point scalars The Contour filter computes isolines or isosurfaces using a selected point centered scalar array The Contour filter operates on any type of data set but the input is required to have at least one point centered scalar single component array The output of this filter is polygonal Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Compute Gradients ComputeGradients If this property is set to 1 a scalar array containing a gradient value at each point in the isosurface or isoline will be created by this filter otherwise an array of gradients will not be computed This operation is fairly expensive both in terms of computation time and memory required so if the output dataset produced by the contour filter will be processed by filters t
517. ranceIsAbsolute property See the ToleranceIsAbsolute property If this property is set to 0 points will not be merged Tolerance If merging nearby points see PointMerging property and not using absolute 0 The value must be Tolerance tolerance see TolerancelIsAbsolute property this property specifies the tolerance greater than or equal to 0 for performing merging as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the bounding and less than or equal to box of the input data set 1 Tolerance Is Absolute This property determines whether to use absolute or relative a percentage of the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 TolerancelsAbsolute bounding box tolerance when performing point merging are accepted List of Filters 297 Clean to Grid This filter merges points and converts the data set to unstructured grid The Clean to Grid filter merges points that are exactly coincident It also converts the data set to an unstructured grid You may wish to do this if you want to apply a filter to your data set that is available for unstructured grids but not for the initial type of your data set e g applying warp vector to volumetric data The Clean to Grid filter operates on any type of data set Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Clean The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes Input to Grid filter reader
518. ray names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 254 VisItNetCDFFVCOM_MTSDReader Reads FVCOM primitive equations ocean models Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are nc cdf elev and ncd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItNetCDFFVCOM_STSDReader Reads FVCOM primitive equations ocean models Note this read
519. rays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 246 VisItHSNimrodReader NIMROD HDFS data model reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is hSnimrod Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered a
520. re connected to a remote server then the Disconnect before saving animation checkbox will be enabled If you select this before saving the animation then the ParaView client will disconnect from the server immediately and the server will continue generating and saving images until the animation completes When it is finished recording the animation the server will shut down Save geometries In addition to saving images of each time step in your animation you may also wish to save the geometry itself Select Save Geometry from the File menu to do this This will cause a file navigation dialog box to be displayed Navigate to the location where you wish to save the geometry and enter a file name You must save your data using ParaView s pvd file format Unlike an animation save geometry will only save the visible geometry of the active view for each time step The resulting pvd file will contain a pointer to each of these files which are saved in a folder with the same as the pvd file You can later reload the pvd file into ParaView as a time varying data set If multiple data sets were displayed while the animation was running they will be grouped together as a multi block data set for each time step If you then want to operate on the parts individually run the Extract Blocks filter to select the appropriate block s Exporting Scenes 91 Exporting Scenes ParaView provides functionality to export any scene set up with
521. reader reads a comma separated values file into a 1D rectilinear grid If the file was saved using the CS VWriter then the rectilinear grid s points and point data can be restored as well as the cell data Otherwise all the data in the CSV file is treated as cell data The default file extension is csv This can read file series as well List of Readers 211 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The list of files to be read by the reader Each file is expected to be a csv file If FileName more than file is specified the reader will switch to file series mode in which it will pretend that it can support time and provide file per time step Detect Numeric Columns When set to true the reader will detect numeric columns and create 1 Only the values 0 DetectNumericColumns vtkDoubleArray or vtkIntArray for those instead of vtkStringArray and are accepted Field Delimiter Characters This property lists the characters that may be used to separate fields For example FieldDelimiterCharacters a value of indicates a comma separated value file A value of indicates that columns may be separated by a period colon or semicolon The order of the characters in the text string does not matter Have Headers If the value of this property is 1 treat the first line of the file as headers 1 Only the values 0 HaveHeaders and 1 are accepted Merge Consecutive Whether to merge
522. render server is behind a firewall In this case the render server must have the machine names and a connection port number to connect to the data server The same XML file is used for this arrangement as with the standard connection The only difference in this case is that the render node port entry if it is used must appear in the data server s XML element instead of the render server s element Example command line arguments to initiate this type of network are given here paraview m machines pvx mpirun np M pvdataserver m machines pvx rc ch client mpirun np N pvrenderserver m machines pvx rc ch client Connecting to the Server 126 Connecting to the Server Connecting the Client You establish connections between the independent programs that make up parallel ParaView from within the client s user interface The user interface even allows you to spawn the external programs and then automatically connect to them Once you specify the information that ParaView needs to connect to or spawn and connect to the server components ParaView saves it to make it easy to reuse the same server configuration at a later time Some visualization centers in fact provide predefined configurations which makes it trivial to connect to a server that is tailored to that center by simply choosing one from a list in ParaView s GUI The Choose Server dialog shown below is the starting point for making and using server configuration
523. rge points on the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted MergePoints boundaries of blocks Multiprocess If this property is off each process executes 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Communication independantly MultiprocessCommunication Contour By This property specifies the name of the cell scalar An array of scalars is required SelectInputScalars array from which the contour filter will compute isolines and or isosurfaces Skip Ghost Copy A simple test to see if ghost values are already set 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted SkipGhostCopy properly List of Filters 291 Triangulate Use triangles instead of quads on capping 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Triangulate surfaces AMR Dual Clip Clip with scalars Tetrahedra Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Degenerate Cells If this property is on a transition mesh 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted DegenerateCells between levels is created Input This property specifies the input of the The selected object must be the result of the following Input filter sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a cell array with components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkCompositeDataSet Merge Points Use more memory to merge points on the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted MergePoints bou
524. rials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItTetradReader Reads tetrahedral meshes and variables stored in HDF5 file format The default file extensions are hdf5 and h5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItUNIC Reader Reads UNIC neutronics code result files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is h
525. ributors Robert Maynard Sebastien jourdain Image ParaView_UG_ScreenshotDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_ScreenshotDialog png License unknown Contributors Robert Maynard Image ParaView_UG_SaveAnimation png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_SaveAnimation png License unknown Contributors Robert Maynard Image Export png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Export png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File Paraview_UsersGuide_PVLineWidget png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Paraview_UsersGuide_PVLineWidget png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_LineWidgetUI png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_LineWidgetUI png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle File ParaView_UsersGuide_planeWidget png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_planeWidget png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_planeWidgetUI png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_planeWidgetUI png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_boxWidget png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew_UsersGuide_boxWidget png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_boxWidgetUl png Source http paraview org Wiki
526. riodic function OS M G XM sin XF x YM sin YF y ZM cos ZF z OS is the output scalar M represents the maximum value G represents the Gaussian XM YM and ZM are the X Y and Z magnitude values and XF YF and ZF are the X Y and Z frequency values If a two dimensional extent is specified the resulting image will be displayed If a three dimensional extent is used then the bounding box of the volume will be displayed Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Center This property specifies the 3D coordinates of the center of the dataset 000 Center Maximum This parameter specifies the maximum value M of the function 255 Maximum Standard This property specifies the standard deviation of the Gaussian used in computing this 0 5 Deviation function StandardDeviation Subsample Rate This property specifies the rate at which to subsample the volume The extent of the 1 The value must be SubsampleRate dataset in each dimension will be divided by this value See the Whole Extent greater than or equal property to l List of Sources 290 Whole Extent The six values in this property indicate the X Y and Z extent of the output data The 10 10 10 WholeExtent first two values represent the minimum and maximum X indices the next two are the 10 10 10 minimum and maximum Y indices and the last two are the minimum and maximum Z indi
527. ription Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to The selected dataset must be one of the Input the file following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData Write all timesteps as When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted file series executed once for each timestep available from the reader WriteAllTimeSteps Compressor Type The compression algorithm used to compress binary data 0 The value must be one of the following CompressorType appended mode only None 0 ZLib 1 Data Mode The mode uses for writing the file s data i e ascii binary 2 The value must be one of the following DataMode appended binary Ascii 0 Binary 1 Appended 2 Encode Appended Data When EncodeAppendedData is turned ON the writer uses O Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted EncodeAppendedData base64 encoding when writing binary data only if appended mode is selected List of Writers 372 XMLMultiBlockDataWriter Writer to write a multiblock dataset in a xml based vtk data file Can be used for parallel writing as well as serial writing Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to The selected dataset must be one of the
528. rogen atoms 1 HBScale Image Reader Read raw regular rectilinear grid data from a file The dimensions and type of the data must be specified The Image reader reads raw regular rectilinear grid image volume data from a file Because no metadata is provided the user must specify information about the size spacing dimensionality etc about the dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Data Byte Order This property indicates the byte order of the binary file s 0 The value must be one of the DataByteOrder following BigEndian 0 LittleEndian 1 Data Extent This property specifies the minimum and maximum index 000000 DataExtent values of the data in each dimension xmin xmax ymin ymax zmin zmax Data Origin The coordinate contained in this property specifies the 000 DataOrigin position of the point with index 0 0 0 List of Readers 218 Data Scalar Type The value of this property indicates the scalar type of the 4 The value must be one of the DataScalarType pixels voxels in the file s short int float following char 2 unsigned char 3 short 4 unsigned short 5 int 6 unsigned int 7 long 8 unsigned long 9 float 10 double 11 Data Spacing This property specifies the size of a voxel in each 111 DataSpacing dimension File Dimensionality This property indicates whether the file s in
529. rrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 249 VisItM3DReader M3D fusion code reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is m3d Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read
530. rrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItImageReader Multiple Image format reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are pnm ppm sdt spr and imgvol Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 247 VisItLAMMPSDumpReader LAMMPS Molecular Dynamics Simulator dump reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is dump Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays
531. rs log array Returns the natural logarithm of an array of scalars vectors tensors log10 array Returns the base 10 logarithm of an array of scalars vectors tensors max array Returns the maximum value of the array as a single value Note that this function returns the maximum within a block for AMR and multi block datasets not across blocks grids Also this returns the maximum within each process when running in parallel max_angle dataset Returns the maximum angle of each cell in a dataset mag a Returns the magnigude of an array of scalars vectors Python Calculator 71 mean array Returns the mean value of an array of scalars vectors tensors min array Returns the minimum value of the array as a single value Note that this function returns the minimum within a block for AMR and multi block datasets not across blocks grids Also this returns the minimum within each process when running in parallel min_angle dataset Returns the minimum angle of each cell in a dataset mod x y Same as remainder x y multiply x y Returns the product of x and y x and y can be single values or arrays Note that this is an element by element operation when x and y are both arrays Same as x y negative x Same as x norm a Returns the normalized values of an array of scalars vectors power x a Exponentiation of x with a Here both x and a can either be a single value or an array If x and y
532. rs The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject Write all timesteps as When WriteAl TimeSteps is turned ON the writer is 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted file series executed once for each timestep available from the WriteAllTimeSteps reader File Type The type for the data file i e ascii or binary 2 The value must be one of the following Ascii FileType 1 Binary 2 EnSightWriter Writer to write unstructured grid data as an EnSight file Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems Be sure to specify the endian ness of the file when reading it into EnSight List of Writers 367 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Name The name of the file to be written FileName Ghost Level The number of ghost levels to include in the output file s Note 0 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 GhostLevel that some writers such as ExodusIIWriter may not support writing ghost levels Input The input filter source whose output dataset is to written to the The selected object must be the result of the Input file following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkUnstructuredGrid ExodusII Writer Writer to write Exodus II files Refere
533. rse connection rc Cause the data and render servers to connect to the client When using this option the client data server and render server if used must be started with this command line argument and you should start the client before starting either server connect id Using a connect ID is a security feature in client server mode To use this feature pass this command line argument with the same ID number to the client and server s If you do not pass the same ID number the server s will be shut down machines m Use this command line argument to pass in the network configuration file for the render server See section Error Reference source not found for a description of this file Command Line Arguments 194 Rendering Options stereo Enable stereo rendering in ParaView stereo type Set the stereo rendering type Options are e Crystal Eyes e Red Blue e Interlaced Default e Dresden e Anaglyph e Checkerboard tile dimensions x tdx Specify the number of tiles in the horizontal direction of the tiled display tile dimensions x number_of_tiles This value defaults to 0 To use this option you must be running in client server or client data server render server mode and this option must be specified on the client command line Setting this option to a value greater than O will enable the tiled display If this argument is set to a value greater than 0 and tdy see below is not set the
534. rty controls the number of intermediate node points used in 12 The value must be greater Resolution performing the sweep rotating from 0 degrees to the value specified by the Angle property than or equal to 1 Translation The value of this property specifies the total amount of translation along the Z axis during 0 Translation the sweep process Specifying a non zero value for this property allows you to create a corkscrew value of DeltaRadius gt 0 or spring effect List of Filters 348 Scatter Plot Creates a scatter plot from a dataset This filter creates a scatter plot from a dataset In point data mode it uses the X point coordinates as the default X array All other arrays are passed to the output and can be used in the scatter plot In cell data mode the first single component array is used as the default X array Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Input This property specifies the input to Input the filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Shrink This filter shrinks each input cell so they pull away from their neighbors The Shrink filter causes the individual cells of a dataset to break apart from each other by moving each cell s points toward the centroid of th
535. rty specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItX YZ Reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is xyz List of Readers 270 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItXmdvReader Reads XmdvTool ASCII files
536. ry Use Multi Core Figure 1 General Preferences e Default View choose the View window type that ParaView initially shows when it starts up and connects to any server e On File Open Control the timestep shown by default when ParaView opens a file with multiple time steps e Rescale Data Range Mode Controls how color lookup tables are adjusted when data ranges change e Heart Beat Interval Sets the length of time between keepalive messages that the client sends to the remote server which prevents the TCP connection between the two machines from shutting down e Auto Accept Makes every change take effect immediately rather than requiring you to click the Apply button e Auto Convert Properties Tells ParaView to do some data conversions automatically so that more filters are immediately applicable to the data you have at hand e Crash Recovery Tells ParaView to save a record of each action you take so that you can easily recover your work if ParaView crashes mid session e Use Multi Core Tells ParaView to spawn an MPI parallel server on the same machine that is running the GUI so as to better take advantage of multi core machines on processing bound problems Application Settings 202 Colors Mf Settings General Colors Animation Charts Render View CO Foreground Color Background Color O Surface Color O Text Color Selection Color Edge Color Choose Palette Reset to Default gt Figure 2 C
537. s NodeSetResultArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the nodes points in a file as sets in their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per node This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the NodeSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to appear The list of array names is provided by the reader Point Variables Use this property to select which nodal i e per point variables should be The list of array faces and 12 edges Any of these sides may be individually called out in a set and assigned a result value The accompanying SideSetResultArrayStatus property specifies which variables defined over those sets should be loaded PointVariables loaded names is provided by the reader Side Set Array Status An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the of all the elements in a file as sets The list of array SideSetArrayStatus in their own right This property specifies which of those sets should be loaded names is Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by provided by the specifying a single number per side For example a hexahedron has 18 sides 6 reader Side Set Result Array Status SideSetResultArrayStatus An Exodus II file may define subsets of all the of all the elements in a file as set
538. s filters one of them vtkDataSet The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of Clip Clip with an implicit plane Clipping does not reduce the dimensionality of the data set The output data type of this filter is always an unstructured grid The Clip filter cuts away a portion of the input data set using an implicit plane This filter operates on all types of data sets and it returns unstructured grid data on output Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Clip Type This property specifies the parameters of the clip function an implicit plane used The value must be set to one ClipFunction to clip the dataset of the following Plane Box Sphere Scalar Input This property specifies the dataset on which the Clip filter will operate The selected object must be Input the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Inside Out If this property is set to 0 the clip filter will return that portion of the dataset that 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are InsideOut lies within the clip function If set to 1 the portions of the dataset that lie outside accepted the clip function will be returned instead Scalars If clipping with scalars this property specifies the name of the scalar array on An array of scalars is SelectInputScalars
539. s One can also toggle when path should be closed or not It the path is setup to orbit around th 06 8 8 5c PF A eR Rs 6 aw gt DS med o E TE EE EEEF SG g aoo for details If you do not Y Vareabies cast Y f Object ids V A Global Element ids Editin 4 eas Position Control Points Camera Focus V 3 Clobal Node Ids hee aces Animasoa view 15 Up Direction FA Show Widget Z SS osL 7 f x Y 2 4 3 va Mode Snap To TimeSteps 1 Time Start Time CAJM 2 0 0 217060 52 294247 15 7175 x L 28 924647 42 098590 18 118 J NSTEPS 46 666912 17 350567 15 5515 7 mse ame 46 666912 12 49691 8 99637 f z 28 924647 36 04314 0 95705 L CA i g oS Hemekeaper 00 2170600 44 29424 5 495625 I Y Apply Displacements 1 98 camera 28 49052 34 09859 7 896953 li 46 23279 9 350567 5 329705 4 4p f Check Selected Blocks X Uncheck Selected Bio qp Camera 72 Follow Path z 246 23279 20496918 1 225517 J F L Blocks Assemblies Materials Faces Ec tos Cote Lem nea wan o poses a a v Socks ay Une EAA Lon Choke remorse o point V ff Unnamed block ID 1 Type HEX Siz Closed Spline pee T i JE LL a 112 Comparative Visualization Comparative Views Introduction m ParaView 3 7 0 File Edit View Sources Filters Tools Macros Help pgg BAL T s E h Osice ir Magrit Bepeenaion or MB BRR BAK FO Ga gt Oh DM
540. s Some types of annotation are discussed in other parts of this book See the section on Selection for information about labeling selected points or cells in a data set Scalar Bar The most straightforward way to display a scalar bar or color legend in the active 3D view is to use the color legend visibility button W on the Active Variables Control toolbar When the data set selected in the Pipeline Browser is being colored by a variable i e something other than Solid Color is selected in the Color by menu on the Display tab this button is active Clicking it toggles the visibility in the selected 3D view of a scalar bar showing the mapping from data values to colors for that variable Norman X 200 005 one Figure 4 Scalar Bar displaying X component of Normals Clicking the Edit Color Map button to the right of the a Color Legend button brings up the Color Scale Editor 1 dialog As described in the Displaying Data chapter you have precise control over the mapping between data values and visible colors on the Color Scale tab of that dialog On the Color Legend tab there are several different parameters that allow you to contol the appearance of the color legend itself First is the Show Color Legend check box which toggles the visibility of the scalar bar color legend in the 3D view This has the same effect as using the color legend visibility button Below the Show Color Legend check button are the controls for d
541. s The Connect entry on the ParaView client s File menu brings it up The dialog shows the servers that you have previously configured To connect to a server click its name to select it then click the Connect button at the bottom of the dialog box To make changes to settings for a server select it and click Edit Server To remove a server from the list select it and click Delete Server Choose Server Choose a server localhost localhost autostart Add Server Edit Server Delete Server Figure 1 The Choose Server dialog establishes connections to configured servers To configure a new server connection click the Add Server button to add it to the list The dialog box shown below will appear Enter a name in the first text entry box this is the name that will appear in the Choose Server dialog shown above Configure New Server Name magratheal Server Type Client Server Host localhost Port 11111 4 Figure 2 Configuring a new server Connecting to the Server 127 Next select the type of connection you wish to establish from the Server Type menu The possibilities are as follows The reverse connection entries mean that the server connects to the client instead of the client connecting to the server This may be necessary when the server is behind a firewall Servers are usually run with multiple processes and on a machine other than where the client is run
542. s in their own right Variables such as boundary conditions may then be defined over these sets by specifying a single number per side For example a hexahedron has 18 sides 6 faces and 12 edges Any of these sides may be individually called out in a set and assigned a result value This property specifies which of those variables should be loaded The corresponding set must also be loaded using the SideSetArrayStatus property in order for the variable to appear The list of array names is provided by the reader XML File Name XMLFileName This property specifies the name of an XML file containing part and material descriptions and a mapping to element blocks FLUENTReader Reads a dataset in Fluent file format FLUENTReader creates an unstructured grid dataset It reads cas and dat files stored in FLUENT native format Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Cell Arrays CellArrayStatus Select which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the reader File Name FileName Set the file name for the FLUENT reader Facet Reader Read ASCII files stored in Facet format The Facet Reader reads files in Facet format a simple ASCII file format listing point coordinates and connectivity between these points The default file extension is facet The output of the Facet Reader is polygonal Property Descript
543. s materials and properties Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Comment Character CommentCharacter This property lists the characters that is used as the first character on comment lines Delimeter Delimeter Character that is used as the delimeter File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the VRML reader Spy Plot Reader Read files in the SPCTH Spy Plot file format The Spy Plot reader loads an ASCII meta file called the case file extension spcth The binary files containing the dataset This reader produces hierarchical datasets case file lists all the Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is CellArrayStatus provided by the reader Distribute Files In parallel mode if this property is set to 1 the reader will distribute 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are DistributeFiles files or blocks accepted Down Convert Volume If this property is set to 0 the type of the volume fraction is float is 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Fraction set to 1 the type is unsigned char accepted DownConvertVolumeF raction File Name This property specifies the file name for the Spy Plot reader FileName Generate Active Block Array _ If this property is set to 1 a cell array will be generated that stores the 0
544. s 395 List of Writers Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37473 Contributors DaveDemarle Sebastien jourdain How to build compile install Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37735 Contributors Amy Andy Berk Brad king DaveDemarle Erdwolf Jrcho Partyd RicardoReis Sly Thunderrabbit Tiffiw Utkarsh Wascott How to write parallel VTK readers Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37369 Contributors DaveDemarle Image Sources Licenses and Contributors 396 Image Sources Licenses and Contributors File ParaView_UsersGuide_ParaViewLogo png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_ParaViewLogo png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain File ParaView_UsersGuide_ParaViewGUIOverview png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaV iew_UsersGuide_ParaViewGUIOverview png License unknown Contributors Sebastien jourdain Image ParaView_UsersGuide_PipelineExample png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_PipelineExample png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image ParaView_UG_FileSeries png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_FileSeries png License unknown Contributors Robert Maynard Image ParaView_UG_MultipleFileOpen png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UG_MultipleFileOpen png License unknown Contributors Robert Maynard Image ParaView_
545. s and Color Mapping 31 View Settings The view settings dialog accessible through the Edit View Settings menu or the tool button on the left corner of the view is used to change the view settings per view 8 0 0 Mf 2D View Options Background Color Choose Color Restore Default C Show axes Apply Reset 0k The user can change the background color and toggle the visibility of the axes box Display Properties Display tab for this view is exactly same as the 3D View except that some options may be unavailable such as changing of representation type Spreadsheet View Spreadsheet View is used to inspect the raw data in a spreadsheet When running in client server mode to avoid delivering the entire dataset to the client for displaying the spreadsheet since the data can be very large this view streams only visible chunks of the data to the client As the user scrolls around the spreadsheet new data chunks are fetched Unlike some other views this view can only show one dataset at a time For composite datasets it shows only one block at a time One can pick the block to show using the Display tab Views Representations and Color Mapping 32 Interaction As far as the usability is concerned this view behaves exactly like typical spreadsheets shown in applications like Microsoft s Excel or Apple s Pages e One can scroll up and down to inspect new rows e One can sort any column by click
546. s function are not required to be enclosed in parentheses sin Compute the sine of a scalar cos Compute the cosine of a scalar tan Compute the tangent of a scalar asin Compute the arcsine of a scalar acos Compute the arccosine of a scalar atan Compute the arctangent of a scalar sinh Compute the hyperbolic sine of a scalar cosh Compute the hyperbolic cosine of a scalar tanh Compute the hyperbolic tangent of a scalar min Compute minimum of two scalars max Compute maximum of two scalars xy Raise one scalar to the power of another scalar The operands for this function are not required to be enclosed in parentheses sqrt Compute the square root of a scalar e x Raise e to the power of a scalar log Compute the logarithm of a scalar deprecated same as log10 log10 Compute the logarithm of a scalar to the base 10 In Compute the logarithm of a scalar to the base e List of Filters 294 ceil Compute the ceiling of a scalar floor Compute the floor of a scalar abs Compute the absolute value of a scalar vl v2 Compute the dot product of two vectors The operands for this function are not required to be enclosed in parentheses cross Compute cross product of two vectors mag Compute the magnitude of a vector norm Normalize a vector The operands are described below The digits 0 9 and the decimal point are used to enter constant scalar values iHat jHat and kHat are vector co
547. s in files and processes the data through the pipeline The render server takes the processed data and renders it to present the results to you Render Server Data Server Control Display and Rendering of Small Data Depth Composite rotenone T Parallelism for X GByte b gt Tile Display Reader Reader White Box White Box Contour Contour Figure 1 Parallel Architecture The three logical components can be combined in various different configurations When ParaView is started the client is connected to what is called the builtin server in this case all three components exist within the same process Alternatively you can run the server as an independent program and connect a remote client to it or run the server as a standalone parallel batch program without a GUI In this case the server process contains both the data and render server components The server can also be started as two separate programs one for the data server and one for the render server The server programs are data parallel programs that can be run as a set of independent processes running on different CPUs The processes use MPI to coordinate their activities as each works on different pieces of the data Parallel ParaView 120 serial combined server Data amp Render amp Client Data amp Render Server split data server render server iE a Data Server Server Figure 2 Common Configurations
548. s property specifies whether to generate vertex cells as the 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are GenerateVertices topography of the output If set to 1 the geometry vertices will be accepted displayed in the rendering window otherwise no geometry will be displayed Input This property specifies the input to the Mask Points filter The selected object must be Input the result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Maximum Number of The value of this property indicates the maximum number of points in 5000 The value must be greater Points the output dataset than or equal to 0 MaximumNumberOfPoints Offset The value of this property indicates the point in the input dataset from 0 The value must be greater Offset which to start masking than or equal to 0 On Ratio The value of this property specifies the ratio of points to retain in the 2 The value must be greater OnRatio output For example if the on ratio is 3 then the output will contain 1 3 than or equal to 1 as many points up to the value of the MaximumNumberOfPoints property as the input Random If the value of this property is set to 0 then the points in the output will 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are RandomMode be randomly selected from the input otherwise this filter will subsample accepted regularly Selecting points at random is helpful to avoid striping wh
549. s than this threshold List of Filters 352 Maximum Step Length When using the Runge Kutta 4 5 ingrator this property specifies the 0 5 MaximumIntegrationStep maximum integration step size Maximum Steps This property specifies the maximum number of steps beyond which 2000 MaximumNumberOfSteps streamline integration is terminated Maximum Streamline This property specifies the maximum streamline length i e physical arc 1 The value must be less than Length length beyond which line integration is terminated the largest dimension of the MaximumPropagation dataset multiplied by a scale factor of 1 Minimum Step Length When using the Runge Kutta 4 5 ingrator this property specifies the 0 01 MinimumIntegrationStep minimum integration step size Vectors This property contains the name of the vector array from which to generate An array of vectors is SelectInputVectors streamlines required Source This property specifies the input used to obtain the seed points The selected object must be Source the result of the following sources includes readers Terminal Speed This property specifies the terminal speed below which particle le 12 TerminalSpeed advection integration is terminated Subdivide This filter iteratively divide triangles into four smaller triangles New points are placed linearly so the output surface matches the input surface The
550. s whether the SQUIRT compression algorithm is used at all References 1 http mesa3d org Tile Display Walls 135 Tile Display Walls Tiled Display ParaView s parallel architecture makes it possible to visualize massive amounts of data interactively When the data is of sufficient resolution that parallel processing is necessary for interactive display it is often the case that high resolution images are needed to inspect the data in adequate detail If you have a 2D grid of display devices you can run ParaView in tiled display mode to take advantage of it To put ParaView in tiled display mode give pvserver or pvrenderserver the X and Y dimensions of the 2D grid with the tile dimensions x or tdx and tile dimensions y or tdy arguments The X and Y dimensions default to 0 which disables tiled display mode If you set only one of them to a positive value on the command line the other will be set to 1 In tiled display mode there must be at least as many server in client server mode or render server in client data server render server mode nodes as tiles The example below will create a 3 x 2 tiled display pvserver tdx 3 tdy 2 Unless you have a high end display wall it is likely that each monitor s bezel creates a gap between the images shown in your tiled display You can compensate for the bezel width by considering them to be like mullions on a window To do that specify the size of the gap in pixe
551. se import OptionParser import paraview benchmark import math import sys import time parser OptionParser joeuesienearclel_cjcnom U7 Yoigtinic accaom Vsitoce dest runid type int default 1 help an identifier for this run parser add_option nt triangles action store dest triangles type int default 1 help millions of triangles to render options args parser parse_args print HHH AEAEE AE AE E AE EET EET EET AE E AE AE PETE TEESE print E RUNG ee Opon rruna print STARTS TIME a cimenslocalieamer print ARGS sys argv print Olt LON sy OpELons print i AAE AEAEE AE AE E AE AE E AE AE E AE AE E AE AE AE TPE AE AE E AE AE E AE AE TE EEE E paraview benchmark maximize_logs TS Sphere side math sqrt options triangles 1000000 2 TS PhiResolution side TS ThetaResolution side dr Show view UseImmediateMode 0 view Render cam GetActiveCamera for i in range 0 50 cam Azimuth 3 Render o writeImage tmp bench_ d_image_ d jpg options runid i sehns YVcocal Peliycemse 4 Batch Processing 166 str dr SMProxy GetRepresentedDataInformation 0 GetPolygonCount print view ViewSize str view ViewSize paraview benchmark get_logs logname tmp bench_ str options runid _rawlog txt paraview benchmark dump_logs logname print tttHtH print END_TIME time localtime
552. ser interface add a line to the 3D scene The output of the Line source is polygonal data Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Pointl This property controls the coordinates of the first endpoint of the line 0 5 0 0 Point Point2 This property controls the coordinates of the second endpoint of the 0 500 Point2 line Resolution This property specifies the number of pieces into which to divide the 6 The value must be greater than or equal to Resolution line 1 Mandelbrot Representation unsigned char of the Mandlebrot set in up to 3 dimensions The Mandelbrot source can be used to add a uniform rectilinear grid with scalar values derived from the Mandelbrot set to the 3D scene The equation used is z z42 C where z and C are complex and C is a constant The scalar values in the grid are the number of iterations of the equation it takes for the magnitude of the value to become greater than 2 In the equation the initial value of z is 0 By default the real component of C is mapped onto the X axis the imaginary component of C is mapped onto the Y axis and the imaginary component of the initial value is mapped onto the Z axis If a two dimensional extent is specified the resulting image will be displayed If a three dimensional extent is used then the bounding box of the volume will be displayed The output of the Mandelbrot source is image uniform rectilinear data
553. sh Image 3DViewDisplaySlice png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File 3D ViewDisplaySlice png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image 3DViewDisplayCubeAxes png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File 3D ViewDisplayCubeAxes png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewDisplayingDataCubeAxes png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewDisplayingDataCubeAxes png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image 3DViewDisplayStyle png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File 3D ViewDisplayStyle png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image 3DViewDisplayBackface png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File 3D ViewDisplayBackface png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image 3DViewDisplayTransform png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File 3D ViewDisplayTransform png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File ParaViewUsersGuide2DViewSettings png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuide2D ViewSettings png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File ParaViewUsersGuide2DViewAxes png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewUsersGuide2DViewAxes png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File ParaViewUsersGuideSpreadsheet ViewHeader png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideSpreadsheet ViewHeader png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh File ParaViewUsersGuideSpreadsheet
554. some information about the output of the elevation 7 Minibore Wa temne co Color the reoresamcetlom ay One oF 1e 3 arrays Second array Elevation Interesting Let s use this one gt gt gt ai elev PointData 1 gt gt gt ai GetName Elevation What is its range gt gt gt ai GetRange CORIO 05 To color the representation by an array we need to first create a lookup table We use the range of the Elevation array gt gt gt dp LookupTable MakeBlueToRedLT 0 0 5 gt gt gt dp ColorAttributeType POINT_DATA gt gt gt dp ColorArrayName Elevation color by Elevation gt gt gt Render Here is the result Python Scripting 154 Once you create a scene you will probably want to interact with the camera and ResetCamera is likely to be insufficient In this case you can directly get the camera from the view and manipulate it GetActiveCamera returns a VTK object not a proxy with which you can interact gt gt gt camera GetActiveCamera gt gt gt camera lt libvtkCommonPython vtkCamera vtkobject at 0xe290 gt gt gt gt camera Elevation 45 gt gt gt Render Another common thing to do is to save the view as an image For this purpose you can use the WriteImage method provided by the view gt gt WriteImage Users berk image png The resulting image png looks like this See the documentation for Writelmage for
555. spin box for controlling the text s opacity It ranges from 0 transparent to 1 opaque At the bottom of this tab is a Number of Labels spin box This determines how many scalar value labels will be shown alongside the scalar bar To the right of that is an Aspect Ratio spin box which allows you to make the scalar bar relatively thinner or thicker When the scalar bar is displayed in the 3D scene it can be positioned and resized interactively similar to interacting with 3D widgets Clicking and dragging the scalar bar with the left mouse button repositions it in the display area If the scalar bar begins to move beyond the left or right side of the display area it is reoriented vertically It is reoriented in a horizontal direction if it is moving off screen at the top or bottom of the display area The scalar bar can be resized by left clicking and dragging any of its sides or corners Annotation 99 Orientation Axes When interacting with data in ParaView it can be difficult to determine how the data set is oriented in 3D To remedy this problem a marker showing labeled 3D axes i e orientation axes can be displayed The orientation of the axes matches that of the data and the axes reorient themselves as the camera is rotated about the 3D scene Figure 5 3D Orientation Axes The user interface controls for the orientation axes are located in the Annotation section of the View Settings dialog Edit menu View Sett
556. splayed for the duration of the animation Finally you can select the Variable Time radio button to have full control over data time and control it as you do any other animatible property in the visualization pipeline In the example shown in Figure below time is made to progress forward for the first 15 frames of the animation then backward for the next 30 and finally forward for the final 15 Animation View 108 2 Animation Keyframes x Animation Time Constant Time 0 0 00105 0 001 Animation Settings m x Colors Cache Geometry Animation Charts Cache Limit in KBs 102400 Render View 4 gt Additional animation properties can be changed using the Animation page in the Edit Settings dialog Using these settings one can control whether geometry must be cached to improve playback performance during looping as well as the maximum size of geometry to cache to avoid memory overflows Animation View 109 Playing an Animation Once you have designed you animation you can play through it with the VCR controls toolbar gt Animating the Camera PMI VW Mode Snap To TimeSteps H Time StartTime End Tir Time V TimeKeeper Time dh Camera By Orbit 3 Follow Path ed Blo s interpolate camera locations bp Eq a re Just like one can change parameters on sources and filters in an animation one can also change the camera parameters One can add anim
557. st files to be read 1 1 FileRange Generate Global Element Id Should the reader retrieve the first new style element map or if that is not present 1 Only the values Array the solitary old style element map which always exists but may be procedurally 0 and are GenerateGlobalElementldArray generated if it is not stored with the file accepted Generate Global Node Id Array Should the reader retrieve the first new style node map or if that is not present 1 Only the values GenerateGlobalNodeldArray the solitary old style node map which always exists but may be procedurally O and 1 are generated if it is not stored with the file accepted Generate Object Id Cell Array Specifies whether a variable named ObjectId should be created for each entry of 1 Only the values GenerateObjectldCellArray each block and set being loaded and assigned the identifying number of the block 0 and 1 are or set so that given a cell one can readily identify the block or set it came from accepted This is useful for coloring a mesh by block ID or set ID Global Variables Use this property to select which global i e per mesh variables should be The list of array GlobalVariables loaded Global variables are stored as arrays in the field data of the reader s names is output provided by the reader Has Mode Shapes Some simulations overload the Exodus time steps to represent mode shapes In 0 Only the values HasModeShapes this case it d
558. still preserving the cells or points that were selected if possible For example if one create a frustum based selection and then changes the selection type to IDs ParaView will determine the indices for all the cells or points that lie with the frustum and initialize the new index based selection with those indices Note that the number of cells or points that get selected in frustum selection mode can potentially be very large hence this conversion can be slow and memory expensive Similarly if the dataset provides global ids then it is possible to convert between IDs selection and global id based selection It is not possible to convert between all types of selections due to obvious reasons Conversions between id based and global id based selections conversions from frustum to id based selections and conversions from frustum to global id based selections are supported by the selection inspector Label Selected Cell Points Once an active selection is created we can label the cells or points or their associated values in a 3D view This can be done using the selection inspector At the bottom of the selection inspector panel there are two tabs Cell Label and Point Label which can be used to change the cell or point label visibility and other label attributes such color font etc These tabs are enabled only if the active view is a 3D view Any changes done in the Display Style group including the labels only affect the active 3D vi
559. stored for both matrices an additional row is required V A i hence the N 1 rows and the final entry of the column named Column List of Filters 331 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Attribute Mode Specify which type of field data the arrays will be drawn from 0 Valud array names will be chosen from point AttributeMode and cell data Input The input to the filter Arrays from this dataset will be used for The selected object must be the result of the Input computing statistics and or assessed by a statistical model following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData vtkStructuredGrid vtkPolyData vtkUnstructuredGrid vtkTable vtkGraph Model Input A previously calculated model with which to assess a separate The selected object must be the result of the ModelInput dataset This input is optional following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkTable vtkMultiBlockDataSet Variables of Choose arrays whose entries will be used to form observations for An array of scalars is required Interest statistical analysis SelectArrays Task Specify the task to be performed modeling and or assessment 3 The value must be one of the following Task 1 Stat
560. successive delimiters Use this if for example your fields are 0 Only the values 0 Delimiters separated by spaces but you don t know exactly how many and 1 are MergeConsecutiveDelimiters accepted Use String Delimiter This property indicates whether to use the string delimiter 1 Only the values 0 UseString Delimiter and 1 are accepted DEM Reader Read a DEM Digital Elevation Model file The DEM reader reads Digital Elevation Model files containing elevation values derived from the U S Geologic Survey The default file extension is dem This reader produces uniform rectilinear image volume data output Property Description Default Value s Restrictions File Name FileName This property specifies the file name for the DEM Digital Elevation Map reader EnSight Master Server Reader Read files in EnSight s Master Server format The EnSight Master Server reader reads EnSight s parallel files The master file ususally has a sos extension and may point to multiple case files The output is a multi block dataset List of Readers 212 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Byte Order This property indicates the byte order of the binary file s 0 The value must be one of the following ByteOrder BigEndian 0 LittleEndian 1 Case File Name This property specifies the name of the sos file for the CaseFileName EnSight Master Serv
561. sult of the following sources includes Input Extract Edges filter readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet List of Filters 311 Extract Level This filter extracts a range of groups from a hierarchical dataset This filter extracts a range of levels from a hierarchical dataset Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes Input Extract Group filter readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet Levels This property lists the levels to extract from Levels the input hierarchical dataset Extract Selection Extract different type of selections This filter extracts a set of cells points given a selection The selection can be obtained from a rubber band selection either cell visible or in a frustum or threshold selection and passed to the filter or specified by providing an ID list frustum Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input from which the selection is extracted The selected object must be the result Input of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of
562. surfaces Kitware Source Article H Moments Contains a set of filters that helps analysis of flux and circulation fields Flux fields are defined on 2D cells and describe flows through the area of the cell Circulation fields are defined on 1D cells and describes flows in the direction of the cell PointSprite Adds a renderer for point geometry in particular particle based datasets though any point based data may be rendered using the provided painter The plugin permits 3 modes of rendering which are in increasing order Included Plugins 190 of complexity Simple points texture mapped sprites and GPU raytraced spheres The simple point mode allows the user to select a scalar array for the opacity on a per point basis The texture mode adds support for opacity and radius per point particle which is drawn using a user supplied texture a sphere is provided by default The GPU mode differs by evaluating a quadric ray sphere intersection that allow objects to intersect correctly rather than popping in and out of view as sprites do Transfer function editors can be used to map radius opacity values if simple non linear lookups are required e SierraPlotTools Adds toolbar buttons to carry out convenience macros such as toggling the background color between white and black switching between surface and surface with edges display mode and opening a wizard for generating plots of global nodal or element variables over time
563. t CAVE Displays 138 each one identifying the configuration for a process All attributes are optional name hostname Environment LowerLeft LowerRight UpperRight gt lt Machine gt lt Process gt lt pvx gt Example Config e The following example is for a six sided cave with origin at 0 0 0 lt xml version 1 0 gt lt pvx gt lt Process Type client gt lt Process Type server gt lt Machine lt Machine lt Machine lt Machine lt Machine lt Machine Name Front Environment DISPLAY LowerLeft 1 1 1 LowenRught 1 iad UpperRight 1 1 1 Name Right Environment DISPLAY LowerLeft 1 1 1 LowerRight 1 1 1 UpperRight 1 1 1 Name Lefe Environment DISPLAY Lowverkert E it Ll owen gine eae UpperRight 1 1 1 Name Top Environment DISPLAY LowerLeft 1 1 1 LowerRight 1 1 1 UpperRight 1 1 1 Name Bottom Environment DISPLAY LowerLeft 1 1 1 LowerRight 1 1 1 UjsjeucuLeines Il il ilW Name Back Environment DISPLAY LowerLeft 1 1 1 LowerRight 1 1 1 UpPeaRatc hte ieee la lt Process gt the environment for the process om gt Ow gt Ow gt Om gt On gt oy gt CAVE Displays 139 lt pvx gt e A sample PVX is provided in ParaView Documentation cave pvx This can be used to pl
564. t Note that you must start the server before the client attempts to connect to it If the computer running the server is behind a firewall it is useful to have the server initiate the connection instead of the client The reverse connection or rc command line option tells the server to do this The server must know the name of the machine to which it should connect this is specified with the client host or ch argument Note that when the connection is reversed you must start the client and instruct it to wait for a connection before the server attempts to connect to it The client to server connection is made over TCP using a default port of 11111 If your firewall puts restrictions on TCP ports you may want to choose a different port number In the client dialog simply choose a port number in the Port entry of the Configure New Server dialog Meanwhile give pvserver the same port number by including Server port or sp in its command line argument list An example command line to start the server and have it initiate the connection to a particular client on a particular port number is given below pvserver rc ch magrathea sp 26623 Starting the Server s 122 Render Server Mode The render server allows you to designate a separate group of machines i e apart from the data server and the client to perform rendering This parallel mode lets you use dedicated rendering machines for parallel rendering
565. t of Filters 336 Initial Integration Step InitialIntegrationStep Specify the Initial step size used for line integration expressed in LENGTH_UNIT 1 CELL_LENGTH_UNIT 2 either the starting size for an adaptive integrator e g RK45 or the constant fixed size for non adaptive ones i e RK2 and RK4 0 25 Input Input Specify which is the Input of the StreamTracer filter The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 3 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject Particle File Name Provide a name for the particle file generated if project csvis biddisco ptracer run 1 ParticleFileName writing is enabled Select Input Vectors Specify which vector array should be used for the An array of vectors SelectInputVectors integration through that filter is required Source Specify the seed dataset Typically fron where the The selected object Source vector field integration should begin Usually a must be the result of point radius or a line with a given resolution the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Static Mesh Force the use of static mesh optimizations 0 Only the values 0 StaticM
566. t to execute Python scripts You do not have to set PYTHONPATH when using these In this tutorial I will be using the python integrated development environment IDLE My PYTHONPATH is set to the following Users berk work paraview3 build bin Users berk work paraview3 build Utilities VIKPythonWrapping site packages Note This for older versions of ParaView this was Users berk work paraview3 build bin Users berk work paraview3 build Utilities VTKP ythonWrapping Andy bauer 23 July 2010 You may also need to set your path variable for searching for shared libraries i e PATH on Windows and LD_LIBRARY_PATH on Unix Linux Mac The corresponding LD_LIBRARY_PATH would be Users berk work paraview3 build bin Under WindowsXP for a debug build of paraview I set BOTH my PATH and PYTHONPATH environment variables to include BUILD bin Debug and BUILD Utilities VTKPythonWrapping to make it work DaveDemarle 21 09 29 June 2009 UTC This is on my Mac and using the build tree In IDLE let s start by loading the servermanager module gt gt gt from paraview simple import Note Importing the paraview module directly is deprecated although still possible for backwards compatibility This document refers to the simple module alone In this example we will use ParaView in the stand alone mode Connecting to a ParaView server running on a cluster is covered later in this document Creating a Pipeline The simple module conta
567. t tricky to locate the selected rows In that case the Show only selected elements on the display tab can be used to hide all the rows that were not selected Selection 76 When selecting cells or points on the surface ParaView determines the cell or point ids for each of the cell or point rendered within the selection box The selection is simply the ids for cells or points thus determined Select cells points using a Frustum Kitware ParaView 3 3 0 development File Edit View Sources Filters Animation Tools Help Aa Oi Wd DP D di g lief CETELEM OE memx Select cells that indude the selected points E Invert selection 7 Show Frustum This is similar to selecting on the surface except that instead of selecting the cells or points on the surface of the dataset it selects all cells or points that lie within the frustum formed by extruding the rectangular rubber band drawn on the view into 3D space To perform a frustum selection we use Select Cells or Points Through in the Selection Controls toolbar or under the Edit menu As with surface selection the selected cells points are shown in all the views in which the data is shown including the spreadsheet view Unlike surface selection the indices of the cells or points are not computed after a frustum selection Instead ParaView performs intersections to identify the cells or points that lie within the frustum
568. tVectorType vorticity of the computed vector gradient tensor By default the filter will Gradient 1 Vorticity 2 take the gradient of the input scalar data Scalars This property indicates the name of the scalar array to differentiate An array of scalars is required SelectInputScalars Vectors This property indicates the name of the vector array to differentiate 1 An array of vectors is required SelectInputVectors Connectivity Mark connected components with integer point attribute array The Connectivity filter assigns a region id to connected components of the input data set The region id is assigned as a point scalar value This filter takes any data set type as input and produces unstructured grid output filter Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Color Regions Controls the coloring of the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ColorRegions connected regions Extraction Controls the extraction of 5 The value must be one of the following Extract Point Seeded Regions 1 Extract Mode connected surfaces Cell Seeded Regions 2 Extract Specified Regions 3 Extract Largest Region 4 ExtractionMode Extract All Regions 5 Extract Closes Point Region 6 Input This property specifies the The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes readers Input input to the Connectivity filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types o
569. talking about the Python Calculator we did not have to differentiate between simple and composite datasets This is because the calculator loops over all of the leaf blocks of composite datasets and applies the expression to each one Therefore inputs in an expression are guaranteed to be simple datasets On the other hand the Programmable Filter does not perform this iteration and passes the input composite or simple as it is to the script Even though this makes basic scripting harder for composite datasets it provides enormous flexibility The only thing that you have to know to work with composite datasets is how to iterate over them to access the leaf nodes Let s start with a simple example for block in inputs 0 print block Here we iterate over all of the non NULL leaf nodes i e simple datasets of the input and print them to the Output Messages console Note that this will work only if the input is multi block or AMR Note that when Output Dataset Type is set to Same as Input the Programmable Filter will copy composite dataset to the output it will copy only the mesh unless Copy Arrays is on Therefore you can also iterate over the output A simple trick is to turn on Copy Arrays and then use the arrays from the output when generating new ones Below is Python Programmable Filter 62 an example We use the can ex2 file from the ParaView testing dataset collection def process_block block displ block Poi
570. taset to provide smooth shading of the dataset The resulting dataset is also polygonal The filter works by calculating a normal vector for each polygon in the dataset and then averaging the normals at the shared points Traversal NonManifoldTraversal non manifold edges will prevent problems where the consistency of polygonal ordering is corrupted due to topological loops Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Compute Cell Normals This filter computes the normals at the points in the data set In the process of 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are ComputeCellNormals doing this it computes polygon normals too If you want these normals to be accepted passed to the output of this filter set the value of this property to 1 Consistency The value of this property controls whether consistent polygon ordering is 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Consistency enforced Generally the normals for a data set should either all point inward accepted or all point outward If the value of this property is 1 then this filter will reorder the points of cells that whose normal vectors are oriented the opposite direction from the rest of those in the data set Feature Angle The value of this property defines a feature edge If the surface normal 30 The value must be greater FeatureAngle between two adjacent triangles is at least as large as this Feature Angle a than or equal to 0 and less feature edge exists
571. te that ParaView attempts to provide reasonable default settings for the parameter settings and to some extent guards against invalid entries A numeric entry box will not let you type in non numerical values for example Filter Parameters 46 Sliders and spin boxes typically have minimum and maximum limits built in In some cases though you may want to ignore these default limits Whenever there is a numeric entry beside the widget you are able to manually type in any number you need to Some filter parameters are best manipulated directly in the 3D View window with the mouse Take the Slice filter for example Slice extracts slices from the data that lie on a set of parallel planes oriented in space This type of world space interactive control is what 3D Widgets are for The textual controls in the Properties Tab and the displayed state of the 3D widgets are always linked so that changing either updates the other You can of course use the Reset button to revert changes you make from either place The Pipeline Managing the Pipeline Data manipulation in ParaView is fairly unique because of the underlying pipeline architecture that it inherits from VTK Each filter takes in some data and produces something new from it Filters do not directly modify the data that is given to them and instead copy unmodified data through via reference so as to conserve memory and augment that with newly generated or changed data The fact that input
572. text A bounding box will be displayed around the text By default the text is displayed in the lower left corner of the 3D view The Display tab in the Object Inspector for the Text source is different than for most other sources and filters displayed in the 3D view Specific controls are given for positioning the text and setting various font properties Annotation 101 Object Inspector ax Properties Display Information Show Text Interactive Text Property Font Size 24 F Font Arial E s Align Left v Opacity 1 00 Text Position Lower Left Corner 0 53 lt gt 0 16 lt gt _ Use Window Location Figure 7 Display tab for the Text source The first check box Show Text toggles the visibility of the text in the 3D view This corresponds to the eye icon in the Pipeline Browser for this source The Interactive check box below it determines whether the text may be interactively repositioned by clicking and dragging in the 3D view The Text Property section of the Display tab allows you to specify various parameters relating to the font used for displaying the text The Font Size spin box determines how large the letters in the text will be The Font menu determines which font type will be used Ariel Courier or Times The three buttons beside this menu indicate whether the text will be drawn boldfaced italicized and or using shadows The Align m
573. th 0 EB AMR Dataset 103512 o 138999 0 114 0 071 3 5 1 0 5 01e 07 The Statistics Inspector View gt Statistics Inspector can be used to obtain high level information about the data produced by all sources readers and filters in the ParaView pipeline Some of this information and more is also available through Object Inspector s Information panel The information presented in the Statistics Inspector include the name of the pipeline object that produced the data the data type the number of cells and points memory used by the dataset memory used by the visual representation of the dataset usually polygonal data the spatial bounds of the dataset and the spatial bounds of the dataset the minimum and maximum time values for all available time steps Note that the selection in the Statistics Inspector is linked with the Pipeline Browser Selecting an entry in the Selection Inspector will update the Pipeline Browser and vice versa 23 Displaying Data Views Representations and Color Mapping The goal of visualization is to generate representations of the data in a visual form In this chapter we will see different mechanisms available in ParaView to look at the data to gain insight into it Understanding Views Views When the ParaView application starts up one sees a 3D viewport with an axes at the center This is a View In ParaView Views are frames in which the data can be seen There are different types
574. th visualization using this mode Orbit This mode makes it possible to quickly create a camera animation in which the camera revolves around an object or objects of interest Before adding the Camera track select the object or objects in the pipeline browser that you want to revolve around Then choose Orbit from the Camera combo box in the Animation View and hit This will popup a dialog where one can edit the orbit parameters such as the center of revolution normal for the plane of revolution and the origin i e a point on the plane of revolution where the revolution begins By default the Center is the center of the bounds of the selected objects Normal is the current up direction used by the camera while the origin is the current camera position Animation View 111 Orbit Parameters Center 0 21706 4 5 11095 Normal 0 0967818 0 225432 0 96944 Origin 4 03545 54 3175 16 3871 C ERD Follow Path In this mode the user gets the opportunity to specify the path taken by the camera position and camera focal point By default the path is setup to orbit around the selected objects User can then edit the keyframe to change the paths Figure shows the dialog for editing these paths for a keyframe When Camera Position or Camera Focus is selected a widget is shown in the 3D view that can be used to set the path Use Ctrl Left Click to insert new control points and Shift Left Click to remove control point
575. than or Radius equal to 0 Resolution This property indicates the number of divisions around the cone The higher this 6 The value must be greater than or Resolution number the closer the polygonal approximation will come to representing a cone equal to 0 and less than or equal to and the more polygons it will contain 512 Cylinder Create a 3D cylinder of a given radius and height The Cylinder source can be used to add a polygonal cylinder to the 3D scene The output of the Cylinder source is polygonal data containing both normals and texture coordinates List of Sources 281 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Capping If this property is set to 1 the ends of the cylinder will each be capped with a 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are Capping closed polygon Otherwise the ends of the cylinder will be open accepted Center This property specifies the coordinate value at the center of the cylinder 000 Center Height This property specifies the height of the cylinder along the y axis 1 The value must be greater than or Height equal to 0 Radius This property specifies the radius of the cylinder 0 5 The value must be greater than or Radius equal to 0 Resolution This property indicates the number of divisions around the cylinder The higher this 6 The value must be greater than or Resolution number the closer the polygonal approximation will com
576. than or equal to 11 Maximum Number of The value of this property specifies the limit on computational iterations 100 The value must be Iterations i e the maximum number of iterations to perform to determine if the greater than or equal to MaximumNumberOflterations value will go above 2 Values less than 2 0 after the specified number of 1 and less than or equal iterations are considered in the fractal set to 5000 Minimum Level This property specifies the minimum refinement level for the grid 3 The value must be MinimumLevel greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 10 Origin CX This property specifies the imaginary and real values for C constant and 1 75 OriginCXx X initial value See Mandelbrot source for a description of the C and X 1 2500 variables Projection Axes This property indicates which axes of the dataset to display See 012 ProjectionAxes Mandelbrot source for a description of the possible axes Size CX The four values of this property indicate the length of the output in each of 2 5 2 5 2 SizeCX the four dimensions the real and imaginary components of C and the real 1 5 and imaginary components of X The three dimensions specified in the Projection Axes property will determine which of these values specify the length of the axes in the output Threshold This property specifies a threshold value that determines when to 2 Threshold subdivide a leaf node List of Sources 28
577. the camera in one 3D sub view will cause the camera on all other sub views to change Note Not all features of the single views are supported in their comparative siblings For example it is not possible to perform surface selection on a Comparative 3D View Comparative View Inspector The Comparative View Inspector View gt Comparative View Inspector is where you can configure all of the parameters of Comparative Views Note that if you have more than one Comparative View the Inspector will change the setting of the active one Below we describe various parts of the Comparative View Inspector Layout Layout 2 x 2 The layout widget allows you to configure the number of sub views within a Comparative View The first value controls how many cells there are in the horizontal direction whereas the second value controls how many cells there are in the vertical direction Note that if you already setup one or more parameters to vary in the view the Inspector will try to maintain your values when you adjust the size as much as possible If you manually entered any individual values they will not change when you add more rows or columns On the other hand all values that have been automatically computed based on a range will be updated as the number of cells change Parameter Selection Parameter gt a Contourl lsosurfaces Cr Contourl i lsosurfaces B This widget allows you to add new parameters to vary and also to
578. the co processing run will be at a much higher resolution In the picture below a pipeline is shown for a result from a PHASTA A CFD code led by Ken Jansen at the University of Colorado simulation of incompressible flow through an aortic aneurysm The simulation results include the velocity and pressure fields and was done on a grid with 235 282 cells and 45 175 points It is important to use the same names for the field arrays as will be used in the grids the coprocessing library will be working with The filters specify which fields to use by their name and problems will occur if the filters cannot find the correct array The pipeline computes the vorticity takes 20 slices through the domain and extracts the surface of the grid Ble Edt View Sources fiters Tools Macros CoProcessing Wraers Help EebSRESoece MANS R HGP PHS me Les DQ 2 epresure os Sore HPRekusewuse Eee BESOUSTOSIAD Ox Laem Pipeline Browser JEJ builtin grids otu BD Gradiemotunstructuredoaaseed BSlice2 D W Piece Invariant SSS Once the pipeline is set up the writers must be added to use for the filters that results are desired from This is done by selecting the appropriate writer to output the results from each desired filter In this example a ParallelPolyDataWriter is created for the Slice filter and the ExtractSurface filter For the writer for the Slice filter we set the name of the file to be sl
579. the data is colored by a single vector component X Y or Z or by the vector s Magnitude the default If the data is colored by a single component scalar array then the Component menu is disabled If Use Logarithmic Scale is checked then instead of the scalar values in the data array being used directly to determine the colors the base 10 logarithm of the data array values is computed and the resulting value is used for extracting a color from the color map If the data array contains values for which a logarithm would produce invalid results i e any values less than or equal to 0 the range for the color map is changed to 0 10 so that the logarithm produces valid results Views Representations and Color Mapping 43 By default any data attribute that has been used to color a data set currently loaded in ParaView whose name and number of components match that of the array selected in the Color by menu contributes to the range of the color map To change this behavior first uncheck the Automatically Rescale to Fit Data Range check box This ensures that the range of the color map is not reset when the range of the data attribute changes The minimum and maximum values of the color map can be overridden by pressing the Rescale Range button entering different Minimum and Maximum values in the dialog that appears and pressing Rescale this rescales all the nodes in the color map so that the scalar values lie at the same norma
580. the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItVASPOUTCARReader Reads VASP simulation result files VAMP VASP is a package for performing ab initio quantum mechanical molecular dynamics MD using pseudopotentials and a plane wave basis set Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is out List of Readers 268 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the Point
581. the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet vtkTable Preserve Topology If this property is set to 1 the output preserves the topology of its input 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted PreserveTopology and adds an insidedness array to mark which cells are inside or out If 0 then the output is an unstructured grid which contains only the subset of cells that are inside Selection The input that provides the selection object The selected object must be the result Selection of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkSelection Show Bounds For frustum selection if this property is set to 1 the output is the outline 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ShowBounds of the frustum instead of the contents of the input that lie within the List of Filters 312 Extract Subset Extract a subgrid from a structured grid with the option of setting subsample strides The Extract Grid filter returns a subgrid of a structured input data set uniform rectilinear curvilinear or nonuniform rectilinear The output data set type of this filter is the same as the input type Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Include If the value of this property is 1 then if the sample rate in any 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Boundary dimension is greater than 1
582. the input table to use as the X Y and Z coordinates for the points in the output and the whole extent Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a array with 1 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkTable Whole 000000 Extent WholeExtent X Column This property specifies which data array is going to be used An array of scalars is required XColumn as the X coordinate in the generated polydata dataset Y Column This property specifies which data array is going to be used An array of scalars is required YColumn as the Y coordinate in the generated polydata dataset Z Column This property specifies which data array is going to be used An array of scalars is required ZColumn as the Z coordinate in the generated polydata dataset Temporal Cache Saves a copy of the data set for a fixed number of time steps The Temporal Cache can be used to save multiple copies of a data set at different time steps to prevent thrashing in the pipeline caused by downstream filters that adjust the requested time step For example assume that there is a downstream Temporal Interpolator filter This filter will usually request two time steps from the upstream filters which
583. the line 0 500 Pointl Point2 This property controls the coordinates of the second endpoint of the line 0 5 0 0 Point2 Sphere Create a 3D sphere given a center and radius The Sphere source can be used to add a polygonal sphere to the 3D scene The output of the Sphere source is polygonal data with point normals defined Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Center This property specifies the 3D coordinates for the center of the sphere 000 Center End Phi The value of this property can be adjusted to form only a portion of a sphere The value 180 The value must be greater EndPhi is measured in degrees than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 180 End Theta The value of this property can be adjusted to form only a portion of a sphere This 360 The value must be greater EndTheta value is measured in degrees than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 360 Phi Resolution The value of this property represents the number of divisions between Start Phi and 8 The value must be greater PhiResolution End Phi on the sphere See the Start Phi and End Phi properties The phi divisions are than or equal to 3 similar to latitude lines on the earth Radius This property specifies the radius of the sphere 0 5 The value must be greater Radius than or equal to 0 Start Phi To form a complete sphere the value of this property should be 0 degrees and the 0 The value must b
584. the range into which O 1 ScalarRange scalars will be mapped Extract AMR Blocks This filter extracts a list of datasets from hierarchical datasets This filter extracts a list of datasets from hierarchical datasets Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to The selected object must be the result of the following sources includes Input the Extract Datasets filter readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet Selected Data This property provides a list of Sets datasets to extract SelectedDataSets Extract Block This filter extracts a range of blocks from a multiblock dataset This filter extracts a range of groups from a multiblock dataset List of Filters 309 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Block Indices This property lists the ids of the blocks to extract from the input BlockIndices multiblock dataset Input This property specifies the input to the Extract Group filter The selected object must be the result of the Input following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkMultiBlockDataSet Maintain This is used only when PruneOutput is ON By default when 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Structure prun
585. the server machines in the Host entries Select Configure and then in the Configure Server dialog choose Manual Save the server configuration and Connect to it At this point ParaView will establish the two connections This is similar to running ParaView in client server mode but with the addition of a render server The connection between the client and the servers can also be initiated by the servers As explained above this is useful when the servers are running on machines behind a firewall In this case the client must be waiting for both servers when they start The diagram indicating the initial connections is shown in Figure 7 Figure 7 Reversing the connections between the servers and the client To establish the connections shown above start by opening the Configure New Server dialog on the client Choose Client Data Server Render Server reverse connection for the Server Type in the Configure New Server dialog Next add both reverse connection or rc and client host or ch to the command lines for the data server and render server The value of the client host parameter is the name or IP address of the machine running the client You can use the default port numbers for these connections or you can specify ports in the client dialog by adding the data server port or dsp and render server port or rsp command line arguments to the data server and render server command lines respectively The port num
586. this dataset 3 The value must be one of the FileDimensionality contain slices 2D or volumes 3D following 2 2 3 3 File Lower Left This property determines whether the data originates inthe 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted FileLowerLeft lower left corner on or the upper left corner off Most scientific data is written with a right handed axes that originates in the lower left corner However several 2D image file formats write the image from the upper left corner File Pattern The text string contained in the property specifies the format s FilePattern string to determine the file names necessary for reading this dataset In creating the filenames s will be replaced by the prefix and d by a digit which represents the slice number in Z The format string is the same as that used by printf File Prefix The text string contained in this property specifies the file FilePrefix prefix directory plus common initial part of file name for the raw binary uniform rectilinear grid dataset Number Of Scalar This property specifies the number of componenets the 1 Components scalar value at each pixel or voxel has e g RGB 3 scalar NumberOfScalarComponents components Scalar Array Name This property contains a text string listing a name to assign ImageFile ScalarArrayName to the point centered data array read JPEG Series Reader Read a series of JPEG files into an time sequence of image datas
587. ting normals Use Normals Generation filter Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Invert Inverts the arrow direction 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Invert Shaft Radius This property specifies the radius of the shaft of the arrow the cylinder 0 03 The value must be greater than or ShaftRadius equal to 0 and less than or equal to 5 Shaft This property specifies the number of faces of the shaft of the arrow the 6 The value must be greater than or Resolution cylinder As the resolution increases the cylinder will become smoother equal to 0 and less than or equal to ShaftResolution 128 Tip Length This property specifies the length of the tip 0 35 The value must be greater than or TipLength equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1 Tip Radius This property specifies the radius of the widest part of the tip of the arrow 0 1 The value must be greater than or TipRadius the cone equal to 0 and less than or equal to 10 Tip Resolution This property specifies the number of faces in the representation of the tip 6 The value must be greater than or TipResolution of the arrow the cone As the resolution increases the cone will become equal to and less than or equal to smoother 128 Axes Three lines representing the axes red line along X green line along Y and blue line along Z The Axes source can be used to add a representation of the coordinate system ax
588. ting this variable to 1 when running ParaView in tiled display mode using IceT causes the render window for each tile to be the same size as the display area in ParaView s main application window Normally each render window fills the whole screen when tiled display mode is used This feature is sometimes useful when debugging ParaView PV_PLUGIN_PATH If you have shared libraries containing plugins you wish to load in ParaView at startup set this environment variable to the path for these libraries PV_SOFTWARE_RENDERING This environment variable has the same effect as setting both the use software rendering and use satellite software environment variables VTK_CLIENT_SERVER_LOG If set to 1 a log file will be created for the ParaView client server and render server The log files will contain any client server streams sent to the corresponding client server or render server Command Line Arguments 195 Executable help paraview help connect id opt Set the ID of the server and client to make sure they match cslog opt ClientServerStream log file data opt Load the specified data To specify file series replace the numeral with a eg myO vtk myl vtk myN vtk becomes MY o o Wels data directory opt Set the data directory where test case data are disable light kit When present disables light kit by default Useful for dashboard tests disable registry o Do
589. tion Axes property will determine which of these values specify the length of the axes in the output Subsample Rate This property specifies the rate at which to subsample the volume The extent The value must be SubsampleRate of the dataset in each dimension will be divided by this value greater than or equal to 1 List of Sources 284 Whole Extent WholeExtent The six values in the property indicate the X Y and Z extent of the output data The first two numbers are the minimum and maximum X extent the next two are the minimum and maximum Y extent and the final two are the minimum and maximum Z extent The numbers are inclusive so values of 0 250 0 250 0 0 indicate that the dimensions of the output will be 251 x 251 x 1 0 2500 25000 Octree Fractal Test source for octree with Mandelbrot fractal Create an octree from a Mandelbrot fractal See the Mandelbrot source for a description of the variables used Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Dimension This property specifies the dimensionality of the fractal 1D Binary tree 2 The value must be Dimension line 2D Quadtree plane 3D Octree volume greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 3 Maximum Level This property specifies the maximum refinement level for the grid 5 The value must be MaximumLevel greater than or equal to 2 and less
590. tion can be saved to image files one image per animation frame or to a movie file The geometry rendered at each frame can also be saved in ParaView s PVD file format which can be loaded back into ParaView as a time varying data set Animation View Animation View is the user interface used to create animations by adding keyframes It is modeled similar to popular animation and key frame editing application with ability to create tracks for animating multiple parameters The Animation View is accessible from the View menu Animation View amp x Mode Sequence vy Time 35 Start Time 0 amp EndTime 50 A No Frames 50 x x Spheret Phi Resolution Camera P Spheret v Center 0 This view is presented as a table Above the table are the controls that control how time progresses in the animation These were discussed previously Within the table the tracks of the animation appear are rows and animation time is presented increasing from left to right The first row in the table simply labeled Time shows the total span of time that the animation can cover The currently displayed time is indicated both in the Time field at the top and with a thick vertical draggable line within the table Along the left side of the Animation View is an expandable list of the names of the animation tracks i e a particular object and property to animate You choose a data source and then a particular property of the data sour
591. to 1 triangles completely contained in a spatial bin will be 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are Triangles included in the computation of the bin s quadrics When this property is set to 0 accepted UselnternalTriangles the filters operates faster but the resulting surface may not be as well behaved Random Vectors This filter creates a new 3 component point data array and sets it as the default vector array It uses a random number generator to create values The Random Vectors filter generates a point centered array of random vectors It uses a random number generator to determine the components of the vectors This filter operates on any type of data set and the output data set will be of the same type as the input Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Random The selected object must be the result of the following Input Vectors filter sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Maximum This property specifies the maximum length of the 1 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 Speed random point vectors generated MaximumSpeed Minimum This property specifies the minimum length of the 0 The value must be greater than or equal to 0 Speed random point vectors generated MinimumSpeed List of Filters 345 Rectilinear Grid C
592. to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 243 VisItF_LASHReader ASC Alliances Center for Astrophysical Thermonuclear Flash Reader Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are flash and f5 Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays T
593. to the libOSMesa library file Parallel Rendering 131 Variable Value Description PARAVIEW_BUILD_QT_GUI ON VTK_USE_COCOA ON Mac Only X11 is not supported VTK_OPENGL_HAS_OSMESA ON Turn this to ON to enable software rendering OSMESA_INCLUDE_DIR lt mesa include dir gt Set this to the include directory for MESA OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR lt mesa include dir gt Set this to the include directory for MESA OPENGL_gl_ LIBRARY libGL Set this to the libGL a or libGL so file OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY libGLU Set this to the libGLU a or libGLU so file OSMESA_LIBRARY libOSMesa Set this to the libOSMesa a or libOSMesa so file e You can use it for pure offscreen rendering which is necessary when there is no display To do this make sure that the OPENGL_gl_ LIBRARY variable is empty and that VTK_USE_X lt is off Specify the location of OSMesa and OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY as above and turn on the VTK_USE_OFFSCREEN variable Variable Value Description PARAVIEW_BUILD_QT_GUI OFF When using offscreen rendering there is no gui VTK_USE_COCOA OFF Mac only VTK_OPENGL_HAS_OSMESA ON Turn this to ON to enable Off Screen MESA OSMESA_INCLUDE_DIR lt mesa include dir gt Set this to the include directory for MESA OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR lt mesa include dir gt Set this to the include directory for MESA OPENGL_gl LIBRARY lt empty gt Set this to empty OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY libGLU Set this to the libGLU a or libGLU so file OSMESA_LIBRARY libOSMesa Set this to the libOSMesa a
594. ton Figure 5 shows the extract selection filter applied after a frustum selection operation Now one can treat this as any other data source and apply filters to it save state save data etc Plot Selection over Time m ParaView 3 9 0 64 bit File Edit View Sources Filters Tools Macros Help PERSP oes MANS KAP D E Solid Color Representation Sangre Pipeline Browser builtin Beanex2 PlotSelectionOverTime2 Object Inspector Display information Block 2 Point 2318 Properties Attribute Mode Row Data X Axis Data Use Array Index From Y Axis Data Use DataAray Time Line Series Variable Legend Name DISPL 0 DISPL 0 DISPL 1 DISPL 1 DISPL 2 DISPL 2 3 DISPL Ma DISPL Ma VEL 0 VEL 0 VEL 1 VEL 1 4 VEL 2 VEL 2 DISPL Magnitude 0 00 6 80 ACCL 0 ACCL 0 ACCL 1 ACCL 1 For time varying datasets you may want to analyze how the data variables change over time for a particular cell or a point This can be done using the Plot Selection Over Time filter This filter is similar to the Extract Selection filter except that it extracts the selection for all time steps provided by the data source typically a reader and accumulates the values for all the cell or point attributes over time Since the selection can comprise of multiple cells or points the display tab provides the Select Block widget which can be used to select the cell or poi
595. tp paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36922 Contributors DaveDemarle Best Practices Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36919 Contributors DaveDemarle Custom Filters aka Macro Filters Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36917 Contributors DaveDemarle Drilling Down Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37590 Contributors 1 anonymous edits Python Programmable Filter Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 35714 Contributors Berk Calculator Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36834 Contributors Berk DaveDemarle Python Calculator Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 35595 Contributors Berk 8 anonymous edits Spreadsheet View Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36000 Contributors Utkarsh Selection Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36842 Contributors DaveDemarle Utkarsh Querying for Data Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37156 Contributors Utkarsh Histogram Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37433 Contributors Andy bauer Plotting and Probing Data Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37432 Contributors Andy bauer Saving Data Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 36688 Contributors Rmaynard Robert Maynard Exporting Scenes Source http paraview org Wiki index php oldid 37542 Contributors Utkarsh 1 anonymous edits Manipulating data in the 3D view Source http paraview org Wiki index
596. tp paraview org Wiki index php title File Selection4 png License unknown Contributors Utkars File ParaView_UsersGuide_LabeledSelection png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_LabeledSelection png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Sebastien jourdain Image Selection5 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File SelectionS png License unknown Contributors Utkars Image Selection6 png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Selection6 png License unknown Contributors Utkars Image ParaViewUsersGuideFindDataDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideFindDataDialog png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideFindDataHeader png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideFindDataHeader png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideFindDataSelectionControls png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaViewUsersGuideFindDataSelectionControls png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaViewUsersGuideFindDataFooter png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideFindDataFooter png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaView_UsersGuide_SaveParaViewWindowDialog png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_SaveParaViewWindowDialog png License unknown Cont
597. tributors Andy bauer Image outputRendering png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File OutputRendering png License unknown Contributors Andy bauer Image Sources Licenses and Contributors 399 File CoProcessorFlow png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File CoProcessorFlow png License unknown Contributors Andy bauer Image LocalPlugin_Manager png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File LocalPlugin_Manager png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image RemotePlugin_Manager png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File RemotePlugin_Manager png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_general png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_general png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_colors png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_colors png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image ParaViewUsersGuideColorCategoryMenu png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File Para View UsersGuideColorCategoryMenu png License unknown Contributors Utkarsh Image ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_animation png Source http paraview org Wiki index php title File ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_animation png License unknown Contributors DaveDemarle Image ParaView_UsersGuide_settings_charts png Source http paraview org Wiki i
598. tructurally for 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are RemoveDeletedCells example be removed from the mesh accepted Rigid Body Arrays Select which rigid body arrays to load The list of array names is provided RigidBodyArrayStatus by the reader Road Surface Arrays Select which road surface arrays to read The list of array names is provided RoadSurfaceArrayStatus by the reader Shell Arrays Select which shell arrays to read The list of array names is provided ShellArrayStatus by the reader Solid Arrays Select which solid arrays to read The list of array names is provided SolidArrayStatus by the reader Split by Material Id Should each material have its own mesh or should there be one 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are SplitByMaterialld mesh for all materials accepted Thick Shell Arrays Select which thick shell arrays to read The list of array names is provided ThickShellArrayStatus by the reader Legacy VTK Reader Read files stored in VTK s legacy file format The Legacy VTK reader loads files stored in VTK s legacy file format before VTK 4 2 although still supported The expected file extension is vtk The type of the dataset may be structured grid uniform rectilinear grid image volume non uniform rectiinear grid unstructured grid or polygonal This reader also supports file series Property Description Default Restrictions Value s File Names The list of files to be read by the reader If m
599. ts Extract Level e Glyph e Group Datasets e Histogram e Integrate Variables e Normal Glyphs e Outline e Outline Corners e Plot Global Variables Over Time e Plot Over Line e Plot Selection Over Time e Probe Location e Temporal Shift Scale e Temporal Snap to Time Steps e Temporal Statistics There are a few special case filters that do not fit well into any of the previous classes Some of the filters currently Temporal Interpolator and Particle Tracer perform calculations based on how data changes over time Thus these filters may need to load data for two or more instances of time which can double or more the amount of data needed in memory The Temporal Cache filter will also hold data for multiple instances of time Also keep in mind that some of the temporal filters such as the temporal statistics and the filters that plot over time may need to iteratively load all data from disk Thus it may take an impractically long amount of time even if does not require any extra memory The Programmable Filter is also a special case that is impossible to classify Since this filter does whatever it is programmed to do it can fall into any one of these categories 1 4 2 Culling Data When dealing with large data it is clearly best to cull out data whenever possible and the earlier the better Most large data starts as 3D geometry and the desired geometry is often a surface As surfaces usually have a much smaller memory foot
600. ts Render View General Camera Server Mi Settings Control for 3D Movements Left Button Middle Button Right Button Rotate Pan Zoom 24 Shift Key Roll 2 Rotate f Pan 4 Control Key Zoom 2 Rotate be Fz00m 8 Control for 2D Movements Left Button Middle Button Right Button Pan re Pan Zoom B Shift Key Zoom 4 Zoom Zoom B Control Key Zoom 4 Zoom 1S Pan B Figure 6 Camera Preferences Reset Defaults Ok These settings allow you to assign particular key mouse press combinations to various camera moving controls There are two sets of settings Control for 3D Movements pertain to the 3D View Control for 2D Movements pertain to the 2D View In the 3D View controls you can assign the following motions to any combination of left middle or right mouse button press and no shift or control key press e Pan Roll e Rotate e Multi Rotate Application Settings 208 Zoom Rotation is not possible in the 2D View which lacks a down direction to move about So in this area you can only choose from Pan and Zoom Clicking Reset Defaults restores the button assignments to the factory settings Render View Server ANOO HMI Settings General Remote Rendering Parameters Colors Animation Remote Render Threshold Mo O 3 MBytes Charts Render View Client Outline Threshold M O 100 MBytes General Camera C
601. ty lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader VisItDyna3DReader Reads Dyna3D finite element files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is dyn Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to
602. type vtkPointSet and subclasses The output of the filter is an unstructured grid dataset Usually the output is a tetrahedral mesh but if a non zero alpha distance value is specified called the alpha value then only tetrahedra triangles edges and List of Filters 305 vertices lying within the alpha radius are output In other words non zero alpha values may result in arbitrary combinations of tetrahedra triangles lines and vertices The notion of alpha value is derived from Edelsbrunner s work on alpha shapes The 3D Delaunay triangulation is defined as the triangulation that satisfies the Delaunay criterion for n dimensional simplexes in this case n 3 and the simplexes are tetrahedra This criterion states that a circumsphere of each simplex in a triangulation contains only the n 1 defining points of the simplex See text for more information While in two dimensions this translates into an optimal triangulation this is not true in 3D since a measurement for optimality in 3D is not agreed on Delaunay triangulations are used to build topological structures from unorganized or unstructured points The input to this filter is a list of points specified in 3D If you wish to create 2D triangulations see Delaunay2D The output is an unstructured grid The Delaunay triangulation can be numerically sensitive To prevent problems try to avoid injecting points that will result in triangles with bad aspect rat
603. ubclass of one of them vtkMultiBlockDataSet Calculator Compute new attribute arrays as function of existing arrays The Calculator filter computes a new data array or new point coordinates as a function of existing scalar or vector arrays If point centered arrays are used in the computation of a new data array the resulting array will also be point centered Similarly computations using cell centered arrays will produce a new cell centered array If the function is computing point coordinates the result of the function must be a three component vector The Calculator interface operates similarly to a scientific calculator In creating the function to evaluate the standard order of operations applies Each of the calculator functions is described below Unless otherwise noted enclose the operand in parentheses using the and buttons Clear Erase the current function displayed in the read only text box above the calculator buttons Divide one scalar by another The operands for this function are not required to be enclosed in parentheses Multiply two scalars or multiply a vector by a scalar scalar multiple The operands for this function are not required to be enclosed in parentheses Negate a scalar or vector unary minus or subtract one scalar or vector from another The operands for this function are not required to be enclosed in parentheses Add two scalars or two vectors The operands for thi
604. ucer proxy for the grid if not datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName gridname raise RuntimeError Simulation input name s does not exist gridname grid datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName gridname GetGrid producer TrivialProducer producer GetClientSideObject SetOutput grid producer UpdatePipeline return producer def CreateWriter proxy_ctor filename freq global cp_writers writer proxy_ctor writer FileName filenam writer add_attribute cpFrequency freq writer add_attribute cpFileName filename cp_writers append writer return writer 188 Plugins What are Plugins Introduction ParaView comes with plethora of functionality bundled in several readers multitude of filters quite a few different types of views etc However it is not uncommon for developers to add new functionality to ParaView For example to add support for their new file format incorporate a new filter etc ParaView makes it possible to add new functionlity by using an extensive plugin mechanism Plugins can be used to extend ParaView in several ways e Add new readers e Add new writers e Add new filters e Add new GUI components e Add new views e Add new representations Plugin Types Plugins are distributed as shared libraries so on Unix dylib on Mac dll on Windows etc For a plugin to be loadable in ParaView it must be built with the same version of Para
605. ulation code Note that this example requires MPI to be available on your system as well as pyMPI to initialize and finalize MPI from the python script The executable takes in a python co processing script and a number of time steps to be run for Note to remember to set your system environment properly See 1 for details Python driver code import sys if len sys argv 3 print command is pyMPI lt python driver code gt lt script name gt lt number of time steps gt sys exit 1 import mpi mpi initialized import paraview import paraview vtk as vtk initialize and read input parameters paraview options batch True paraview options symmetric True def _refHolderMaker obj def _refHolder obj2 string tmp obj return _refHolder def coProcess grid time step scriptname import vtkCoProcessorPython import libvtkCoProcessorPython for older PV versions if scriptname endswith py scriptname scriptname rstrip py try epscript __import__ scriptname except print Cannot Lind Scsripename no coprocessing wall be performed return datadescription vtkCoProcessorPython vtkCPDataDescription datadescription SetTimeData time step datadescription AddInput input cpscript RequestDataDescription datadescription inputdescription Python CoProcessing Example 185 datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input if inputdescription GetIfGridIsNecessar
606. ult values def Connect ds_host None ds_port 11111 rs_host None rs_port 11111 When connecting to a server pvserver specify only the first 2 arguments These are the server name or IP address and port number When connecting to a data server render server pair you have to specify all four arguments The first 2 are the host name or IP address and port number of the data server the last 2 those of the render server Here are some examples Connect to pvserver running on amberl first node of our test cluster using the default port 11111 gt gt gt Connect amber1 Connect to pvdataserver running on the amber cluster pvrenderserver running on Berk s desktop gt gt gt Connect amberl 12000 kamino 11111 Note Connect will return None on failure To be safe you should check the return value of Connect Getting Help You can access the documentation of all Proxy types by using Python s built in help gt gt gt help paraview simple Cone Help on function CreateObject in module paraview simple CreateObject input params The Cone source can be used to add a polygonal cone to the 3D scene The output of the Python Scripting 146 Cone source is polygonal data To get the full documentation you have to create an instance gt gt gt c Cone gt gt gt help c This documentation is automatically generated from the Server Manager configur
607. ult of the following sources includes Input the filter readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataObject Snap Mode Determine which time step to snap 0 The value must be one of the following Nearest 0 NextBelowOrEqual 1 SnapMode to NextAboveOrEqual 2 Temporal Statistics Loads in all time steps of a data set and computes some statistics about how each point and cell variable changes over time Given an input that changes over time vtkTemporalStatistics looks at the data for each time step and computes some statistical information of how a point or cell variable changes over time For example vtkTemporalStatistics can compute the average value of pressure over time of each point Note that this filter will require the upstream filter to be run on every time step that it reports that it can compute This may be a time consuming operation vtkTemporalStatistics ignores the temporal spacing Each timestep will be weighted the same regardless of how long of an interval it is to the next timestep Thus the average statistic may be quite different from an integration of the variable if the time spacing varies Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Compute Average Compute the average of each point and 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ComputeAverage cell variable over time Compute Ma
608. ult setting of Same as Input the Programmable Filter will copy the topology and geometry of the input to the output before calling your Python script Therefore if you Apply the filter without filling the script you should see a copy of the input without any of its arrays in the output If you also check the Copy Arrays option the output will have all of the input arrays This behavior allows you to focus on creating new arrays without worrying about the mesh Let s try an example Create a Sphere source and then apply the Programmable Filter Use the following script normals inputs 0 PointData Normals output PointData append normals 0 Normals_x This should create a sphere with on array called Normals_x There a few things to note here e You cannot refer to arrays directly by name as in the Python Calculator You need to access arrays using the PointData and CellData qualifiers e Unlike the Python Calculator you have to explicitly add an array to the output using the append function Note that this function takes the name of the array as the second argument You can use any of the functions available in the Calculator in the Programmable Filter For example the following code creates two new arrays and adds them to the output normals inputs 0 PointData Normals output PointData append sin normals 0 sin of Normals_x output PointData append normals 1 1 Normals_y 1 Python Pr
609. urally 0 and 1 are generated if it is not stored with the file accepted Generate Object Id Cell Array Specifies whether a variable named ObjectId should be created for each entry of 1 Only the values GenerateObjectldCellArray each block and set being loaded and assigned the identifying number of the block 0 and 1 are or set so that given a cell one can readily identify the block or set it came from accepted This is useful for coloring a mesh by block ID or set ID Global Variables Use this property to select which global i e per mesh variables should be The list of array GlobalVariables loaded Global variables are stored as arrays in the field data of the reader s names is output provided by the reader Has Mode Shapes Some simulations overload the Exodus time steps to represent mode shapes In 0 Only the values HasModeShapes this case it does not make sense to iterate over the time steps because they are 0 and 1 are not meant to be played in order Rather each represents the vibration at a different accepted mode Setting the value of this property to 1 changes the semantics of the reader to not report the time steps to downstream filters Mode Shape Specify which mode shape to animate when HasModeShapes is on 1 ModeShape Node Map Array Status Specify which maps defined over nodes points in the mesh should be loaded A The list of array NodeMapArrayStatus node map is a renumbering of all the points in a fil
610. urces includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkTable vtkMultiBlockDataSet List of Filters 341 Normalization Scheme NormalizationScheme Before the eigenvector decomposition of the covariance matrix takes place you may normalize each i j entry by sqrt cov i i cov j j This implies that the variance of each variable of interest should be of equal importance The value must be one of the following No normalization 0 Normalize using covariances 3 Variables of Interest SelectArrays Choose arrays whose entries will be used to form observations for statistical analysis An array of scalars is required Task Task Specify the task to be performed modeling and or assessment 1 Statistics of all the data creates an output table or tables summarizing the entire input dataset 2 Model a subset of the data creates an output table or tables summarizing a randomly chosen subset of the input dataset 3 Assess the data with a model adds attributes to the first input dataset using a model provided on the second input port and 4 Model and assess the same data is really just operations 2 and 3 above applied to the same input dataset The model is first trained using a fraction of the input data and then the entire dataset is assessed using that model When the task includes cre
611. urns the greater of the two scalar expressions e cross expr1 expr2 returns the vector cross product of the two vector expressions e sign expr returns 1 0 or 1 depending if the scalar expression is less than equal to or greater than zero respectively e if condition true_expression false_expression evaluates the conditional expression and then evaluates and returns one of the two expressions gt lt e amp boolean and test conjunction e boolean or test conjunction Here we describe various options available within the Calculator Note We recommend that you use the Python Calculator instead of Calculator if possible The Python Calculator is more flexible has more functions and is more efficient However it requires that ParaView is compiled with Python support and that NumPy is installed numerical greater than conditional test numerical less than conditional test numerical equal to conditional test Calculator 66 Let s start with a simple example Create a Wavelet source and then apply the Calculator using 1 as the expression Note You can enter an expression by clicking in the expression entry box and typing This should create an point array called Result in the output A few things to note e The Calculator copies the input mesh to the output It is possible to have the calculator to change the point coordinates We will discuss this later e The expression is calculated for e
612. useful when one creates a selection using another view such as the 3D view and wants to inspect the details for the selected cells points Views Representations and Color Mapping 33 View Settings Currently no user settable settings are available for this view Display Properties Object Inspector 5 f Properties Display Information M Show data C Show only selected elements Select Attributes to Show Point Data 34 Structure num of selected points cells v Root v Element Blocks M Unnamed block ID 1 Type HEX Face Blocks Edge Blocks Element Sets v Side Sets _ Unnamed set ID 1 Size 418 Unnamed set ID 2 Size 180 i Unnamed set ID 3 Size 828 po The display properties for this view provide the same functionality as the header Additionally when dealing with composite datasets the display tab shows a widget allowing the user to choose the block to display in the view Line Chart View A traditional 2D line plot is often the best option to show trends in small quantities of data A line plot is also a good choice to examine relationships between different data values that vary over the same domain Any reader source or filter that produces plottable data can be displayed in an XY Plot View ParaView stores its plottable data in table vtkTable Using the display properties users can choose which columns in the table must be plotted on the x and y axes As with the other view t
613. ust be the result of the following sources includes Input Plane filter readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Texture Map to Sphere Generate texture coordinates by mapping points to sphere This is a filter that generates 2D texture coordinates by mapping input dataset points onto a sphere The sphere is generated automatically The sphere is generated automatically by computing the center i e averaged coordinates of the sphere Note that the generated texture coordinates range between 0 1 The s coordinate lies in the angular direction around the z axis measured counter clockwise from the x axis The t coordinate lies in the angular direction measured down from the north pole towards the south pole Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input Set the input to the Texture Map to Sphere filter The selected object must be the Input result of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Prevent Seam Control how the texture coordinates are generated If Prevent Seam is set the 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are PreventSeam s coordinate ranges from 0 gt 1 and 1 gt 0 corresponding to the theta angle accepted variation between 0 gt 180 and 180 gt 0 degrees Otherwise the s coordinate ranges
614. ut data sets with the same geometry and merges their point and cell attributes to produce a single output containing all the point and cell attributes of the inputs Any inputs without the same number of points and cells as the first input are ignored The input data sets must already be collected together either as a result of a reader that loads multiple parts e g EnSight reader or because the Group Parts filter has been run to form a collection of data sets Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Append The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Attributes filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Append Datasets Takes an input of multiple datasets and output has only one unstructured grid The Append Datasets filter operates on multiple data sets of any type polygonal structured etc It merges their geometry into a single data set Only the point and cell attributes that all of the input data sets have in common will appear in the output The input data sets must already be collected together either as a result of a reader that loads multiple parts e g EnSight reader or because the Group Parts filter has been run to form a collection of data sets Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This
615. vailable or dragging the vertical marker The Start Time and End Time entry boxes display the start and end times for the animation By default when you load time varying data sets the start and end times are automatically adjusted to cover the entire time range present in the data The lock check buttons to the right of the Start Time and End Time widgets will prevent this from happening so that you can ensure that your animation covers a particular time domain of your choosing Animating Time Varying Data When you load time varying data ParaView automatically creates a default animation that allows you to play through the temporal domain of the data without manually creating an animation to do so With the Animation View you can uncouple the data time from the animation time so that you can create keyframes that manipulate the data time during animation as well If you double click in the TimeKeeper Time track the Animation Keyframes dialog an example of which is shown in Figure below appears In this dialog you can make data time progress in three fundamentally different ways If the Animation Time radio button is selected then the data time will be tied to and scaled with the animation time so that as the animation progresses you will see the data evolve naturally You can select Constant Time instead if you want to ignore the time varying nature of the data In this case you choose a particular time value at which the data will be di
616. values 0 and 1 are Toroidal i e the superquadric will be ellipsoidal Otherwise a toroidal object is generated accepted List of Sources 289 Text The Text source generates a table containing text The Text source is used to generate a 1x1 vtkTable with a single text string Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Text This property specifies the text to display Text Text Time Source Produces a single cell uniform grid with data values that vary over a sin t wave from t 0 to t 1 radian Produces a single cell uniform grid with data values that vary over a sin t wave from t 0 to t 1 radian Property Description Default Value s Restrictions Analytic Makes the time source produce discrete steps of or an analytic sin wave 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Analytic Growing Makes the time source grow and shrink along Y over time 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Growing X Amplitude Controls how far the data set moves along X over time 0 X Amplitude Y Amplitude Controls how far the data set moves along Y over time 0 Y Amplitude Wavelet Create a regular rectilinear grid in up to three dimensions with values varying according to a periodic function The Wavelet source can be used to create a uniform rectilinear grid in up to three dimensions with values varying according to the following pe
617. vation filter generates point scalar values for an input dataset along a specified direction vector The Input menu allows the user to select the data set to which this filter will be applied Use the Scalar range entry boxes to specify the minimum and maximum scalar value to be generated The Low Point and High Point define a line onto which each point of the data set is projected The minimum scalar value is associated with the Low Point and the maximum scalar value is associated with the High Point The scalar value for each point in the data set is determined by the location along the line to which that point projects Property Description Default Restrictions Value s High Point This property defines the other end of the 001 The coordinate must lie within the bounding box of the dataset It HighPoint direction vector large scalar values will default to the maximum in each dimension Input This property specifies the input dataset to the The selected object must be the result of the following sources Input Elevation filter includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Low Point This property defines one end of the direction 000 The coordinate must lie within the bounding box of the dataset It LowPoint vector small scalar values will default to the minimum in each dimension Scalar Range This property determines
618. w state as a Python script Those features can be reached from the Tools menu for the Shell and Trace access The management of macros is done inside the Macros menu To save the state as a Python script just go to the File menu and choose Save state without forgetting to switch the file type to be Python py Macros Macros allow the user to define a Python script as built in actions that become accessible from the Macros menu or directly inside the Toolbar Once a local file is defined as a Macro by clicking on Create New Macro the given file is copied inside the user specific ParaView directory No reference is kept to the original file Therefore if you keep editing the original file the changes won t affect the macro itself The macros list is build dynamically at the ParaView startup by listing the content of the ParaView Macros directory as well as the user specific ParaView Macros directory Note if you want to rename a macro just rename the file in one of the given directory Tools for Python Scripting 161 Deleted Macro DO NOT delete the file but just renamed with a before the original filename and the file stay in the same directory Macros are displayed in the macros menu and the macros toolbar The macros toolbar can be shown hidden from the paraview main menu View gt Toolbars gt Macro Toolbar The toolbar may be hidden by default Note python is not initialized until you open the python shel
619. web site Using Binaries There are several precompiled binaries available at the CMake download page 8 How to build compile install 379 On Unix like operating systems On Windows Let s say on Linux download the appropriate version and follow these instructions e Download the installer Download 9 10 Follow the installation instructions cd HOME Moet http www cmake org files v2 8 cmake 2 8 2 Linux i386 tar gz On Windows if you mkdir software are not Coo eats administrator tar xviz cmake 2 8 2 Linux i386 tar 9z Download 11 e Uncompress into some e Now you have the directory HOME software cmake 2 8 2 Linux i386 bin and inside there are executables directory emake and cemake e Optional create a e You can also install CMake in the usr local or opt by untaring and copying sub directories The rest of the shortcut on the desktop instructions will assume the executables are in your PATH Build Your Own CMake On Unix like operating systems On Windows Download the source code 12 To build CMake on windows a previous version of CMake is oe CRONE required This can be downloaded from the CMake download age wget http www cmake org files v2 8 cmake 2 8 2 tar gz pag tan SAY cmake 2 8 2 tar gz ed cmake 2 8 2 configure prefix SHOME software make make install e Again you can install it in usr local or opt by changing the prefix Download And Install Qt ParaView uses Trollte
620. wing sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 3 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Select Input The value of this property specifies the name of the An array of vectors is required Vectors input vector array containing the flow vector field SelectInputVectors Surface Vectors This filter constrains vectors to lie on a surface The Surface Vectors filter is used for 2D data sets It constrains vectors to lie in a surface by removing components of the vectors normal to the local surface Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Constraint Mode This property specifies whether the vectors will be parallel or 0 The value must be one of the ConstraintMode perpendicular to the surface If the value is set to PerpendicularScale 2 following Parallel 0 Perpendicular then the output will contain a scalar array with the dot product of the 1 PerpendicularScale 2 surface normal and the vector at each point Input This property specifies the input to the Surface Vectors filter The selected object must be the result Input of the following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point array with 3 components The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Select Input This property specifies the name of the i
621. xample enumeration properties look like simple integer properties unless a value name pair is associated with them The Server Manager uses Domain objects to store this information The contents of domains may be loaded from xml configuration files or computed automatically Let s look at an example gt gt gt s Sphere gt gt gt Show s gt gt gt dp GetDisplayProperties s gt gt gt dp Representation Surface The current representation type is Surface What other types are available gt gt gt dp GetProperty Representation Available Owedi VPoiisies VNaisemneanie Sw rece YSimeiceyes Whaticla lyelefec Choose outline gt gt gt Cp Representation Oulelime Source Proxies Source proxies are proxies that represent pipeline objects For more information about VTK pipelines see the VTK books http vtk org buy books php They have special properties to connect them as well as special method to query the meta data of their output To connect a source proxy to another use one of its input properties Either gt gt gt glypa Glyph elev i Ole gt gt gt Glyjola liajowhe ellew The SourceProxy class provides several additional properties and methods that are specific to pipelines See vtkSMSourceProxy documentation for a full list e UpdatePipelineInformation This method calls UpdateInformation on the VTK algorithm It also calls UpdatePropertyInf
622. ximum Compute the maximum of each point and 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ComputeMaximum cell variable over time Compute Minimum Compute the minimum of each point and 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted ComputeMinimum cell variable over time Compute Standard Compute the standard deviation of each 1 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Deviation point and cell variable over time ComputeStandardDeviation Input Set the input to the Temporal Statistics The selected object must be the result of the following Input filter sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet List of Filters 358 Tessellate Tessellate nonlinear curves surfaces and volumes with lines triangles and tetrahedra The Tessellate filter tessellates cells with nonlinear geometry and or scalar fields into a simplicial complex with linearly interpolated field values that more closely approximate the original field This is useful for datasets containing quadratic cells Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Chord Error This property controls the maximum chord error allowed at any 0 001 ChordError edge midpoint in the output tessellation The chord error is measured as the distance between the midpoint of any output edge and the original nonlinear geometry Field Error This proeprty contro
623. y False return inputdescription SetGrid grid cpscript DoCoProcessing datadescription try numsteps int sys argv 2 except ValueError print the last argument should be a number numsteps 10 for step in range numsteps assume simulation time starts at 0 time step float numsteps create the input to the coprocessing library normally this will come from the adaptor imageData vtk vtkImageData imageData SetOrigin 0 0 0 imageDarta Ser Sjoacsing si ail 1 imageData SetDimensions 10 12 12 pointArray vtk vtkDoubleArray pointArray SetNumberOfTuples imageData GetNumberOfPoints for i in range imageData GetNumberOfPoints pointArray SetValue i i pointArray SetName pointData imageData GetPointData AddArray pointArray perform coprocessing results are outputted only if the passed in script says we should at time step coProcess imageData time step sys argv 1 mpi finalized Sample coprocessing script try paraview simple except from paraview simple import cp_writers def RequestDataDescription datadescription Callback to populate the request for current timestep timestep datadescription GetTimeStep input_name input if timestep 1 0 Python CoProcessing Example 186 datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name Al1FieldsOn datadescription GetInputDescriptionByName input_name
624. y The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet vtkCompositeDataSet Probe This property specifies the dataset whose The selected object must be the result of the following sources Type geometry will be used in determining positions to includes readers Source probe The value must be set to one of the following FixedRadiusPointSource List of Filters 342 Process Id Scalars This filter uses colors to show how data is partitioned across processes The Process Id Scalars filter assigns a unique scalar value to each piece of the input according to which processor it resides on This filter operates on any type of data when ParaView is run in parallel It is useful for determining whether your data is load balanced across the processors being used The output data set type is the same as that of the input Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Input This property specifies the input to the Process Id Scalars filter The selected object must be the result Input of the following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkDataSet Random The value of this property determines whether to use random id values for 0 Only the values 0 and 1 are accepted Mode the various pieces If set to 1 the unique value per piece will be chosen at RandomMode random
625. y a statistical model following sources includes readers filters The dataset must contain a point or cell array The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkImageData vtkStructuredGrid vtkPolyData vtkUnstructuredGrid vtkTable vtkGraph k Specify the number of clusters 5 The value must be greater than or equal to 1 K Max Iterations Specify the maximum number of iterations in which cluster 50 The value must be greater than or equal to 1 MaxNumiterations centers are moved before the algorithm terminates List of Filters 324 Model Input A previously calculated model with which to assess a separate The selected object must be the result of the ModelInput dataset This input is optional following sources includes readers filters The selected dataset must be one of the following types or a subclass of one of them vtkTable vtkMultiBlockDataSet Variables of Choose arrays whose entries will be used to form observations An array of scalars is required Interest for statistical analysis SelectArrays Task Specify the task to be performed modeling and or assessment 3 The value must be one of the following Task 1 Statistics of all the data creates an output table or tables Statistics of all the data 0 Model a subset of summarizing the entire input dataset the data 1 Assess the data with a model 2
626. y flag for pvserver to make sure that each process is connecting to the display Localhost 0 or just 0 To enable the last condition you would run something like mpirun np 4 pvserver display localhost 0 An easy way to test your setup is to use the glxgears program Unlike pvserver it will quickly tell you or rather fail to start if it cannot connect to the local X server mpirun np 4 usr X11R6 bin glxgears display localhost 0 Offscreen software rendering via OSMesa When running ParaView in a parallel mode it may be helpful for the remote rendering processes to do their rendering in offscreen buffers For example other windows may be displayed on the node s where you are rendering if these windows cover part of the rendering window depending on the platform and graphics capabilities they might even be captured as part of the display results from that node A similar situation could occur if more than one rendering process is assigned to a single machine and the processes share a display Also in some cases the remote rendering nodes are not directly connected to a display and otherwise if your cluster does not have graphics hardware then compile ParaView with OSMesa support and use the use offscreen rendering flag when launching the server The first step to compiling OSMesa support is to make sure that you are compiling with the Mesa 3D Graphics Library 11 Tt is difficult to tell an installation of Mesa from an
627. y other OpenGL implementation although the existence of an osmesa h header and a libOSMesa library is a good clue If you are not sure you can always download your own copy from http mesa3d org We recommend using either Mesa version 7 6 1 or 7 9 1 There are three different ways to use Mesa as ParaView s openGL library e You can use it purely as a substitute for GPU enabled onscreen rendering To do this set the CMake variable OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR to point to the Mesa include directory the one containing the GL subdirectory and set the OPENGL_gl_ LIBRARY and OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY to the libGL and libGLU library files respectively Variable Value Description PARAVIEW_BUILD_QT_GUI ON VTK_USE_COCOA ON Mac Only X11 is not supported VTK_OPENGL_HAS_OSMESA OFF Disable off screen rendering OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR lt mesa include dir gt Set this to the include directory in MESA OPENGL_gl_ LIBRARY libGL Set this to the libGL a or libGL so file in MESA OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY libGLU Set this to the libGLU a or libGLU so file in MESA e You can use it as a supplement to onscreen rendering This mode requires that you have a display X11 is running In addition to specifying the GL library which may be a GPU implementation of the Mesa one above you must tell ParaView where Mesa s OSMesa library is Do that by turning the VTK_OPENGL_HAS_OSMESA variable to ON After you configure again you will see a new CMake variable called OSMESA_LIBRARY Set this
628. y the PointArrayStatus reader VisItCurve2DReader Reads ASCII 2D Curve Format Which is a single x y values per line to generate a 2D curve Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extensions are curve ultra ult and u Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This property lists which cell centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the CellArrayStatus reader File Name This property specifies the file name for the reader FileName Materials Select the Materiales to be loaded from the dataset if The list of array names is provided by the MaterialStatus any reader Meshes Select the meshes to be loaded from the dataset if any The list of array names is provided by the MeshStatus reader Point Arrays This property lists which point centered arrays to read The list of array names is provided by the PointArrayStatus reader List of Readers 241 VisItDDCMDReader Reads ddcMD particle and atom files Note this reader is automatically generated from wrapping a third party reader For more information on the reader see https wci IInl gov codes visit The default file extension is ddcmd Property Description Default Restrictions Value s Cell Arrays This proper
629. ypes exactly what is displayed in the active XY Plot View is displayed by and controllable with the eye icons in the Pipeline Browser panel When an XY Plot View is active only those filters that produce plotable output have eye icons The XY Plot View is the preferred View type for the Plot over Line Plot Point over Time Plot Cell over Time Plot Field Variable over Time and Probe Location over Time filters Creating any one of these filters will automatically create an XY Plot View for displaying its output Figure 3 shows a plot of the data values within a volume as they vary along three separate paths The top curve comes from the line running across the center of the volume where the largest values lie The other two curves come from lines running near the edges of the volume Unlike the 3D and 2D render view the charting views are client side views i e they deliver the data to be plotted to the client Hence ParaView only allows results from some standard filters such as Plot over Line in the line chart view by default However it is also possible to plot cell or point data arrays for any dataset by apply the Plot Data Views Representations and Color Mapping 34 filter File Edit View Sources Filters Tools Macros Help BpEBRoce BAL D Qe Solid Color Md v Surface m rE E E E ES FO 1 POCTSVOEZS Pipeline Browser ax builtin D anex2 D ExtractBlockt PlotOverLines Object Inspect

ParaView User's Guide (v3.10)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents